JP7493825B2 - Gaming Machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to an amusement machine.

Among conventional gaming machines, there are gaming machines in which players play using gaming value that they own.

Recently, there are known gaming machines that notify the occurrence of multiple errors simultaneously when multiple events (e.g., errors) occur at the same time (e.g., Patent Document 1).

JP 2014-087493 A

However, the above-mentioned gaming machine has a problem in that, for example, when an important event occurs, there is a risk that the appropriate event notification may not be provided.

In view of these problems, the present invention aims to provide a gaming machine that can appropriately notify the user of events.

In order to solve such problems, the gaming machine according to the present invention comprises: a game control means capable of executing processes relating to a game; a game value control means capable of executing processes relating to a game value; a presentation control means capable of executing processes relating to presentation; a reset operation detection means capable of detecting a reset operation for initializing a predetermined storage area; a clear operation detection means capable of detecting a clear operation relating to the game value; a calculation means for calculating a game value information value from the number of game values used in a game and the number of game values acquired as a result of the game; and a counting operation detection means capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value. a game stop processing for transitioning to a game stop state in which game progress is impossible when the game value information value calculated by the game stop processing reaches a first specific value, and a game value number reaching time processing for executing a process related to transitioning to a game value number reaching state in which game progress is impossible when the stored game value value reaches a second specific value, and the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage processing for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, a counting processing for counting the stored game value when the counting operation is detected, and a clearing processing for clearing the stored game value when the clearing operation is detected. a game value clear process for clearing a game value by counting the number of times the game is stopped, the game stop state is not released even when the counting process is executed, and is not released even when the game value clear process is executed, but is released when the reset operation is detected by the reset operation detection means, the game value number reached state is released when the counting operation is detected to enable the game to proceed, and the presentation control means is capable of outputting a game value number reached notification for notifying that the game cannot be continued in response to the transition to the game value number reached state, and a game value number reached notification for notifying that the game cannot be continued in response to the transition to the game value number reached state, and a game value number reached notification for notifying that the stored value of the game value has reached a third specific value which is smaller than the second specific value. In response to this, a pre-reach notification to prompt the counting operation , a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation, and a play stop notification in response to the transition to a play stop state can be executed, the play value number reach notification can be deactivated after the clear operation is detected, and the pre-reach notification can be deactivated after the clear operation is detected, and play can proceed until the value of the play value stored after the pre-reach notification is executed reaches the second specific value, and the notification manner of the play value number reach notification, the pre-reach notification, the play stop notification, and the play value number clear notification is different.

Further, a gaming machine according to the present invention includes a game control means capable of executing a process related to a game and a process related to a game value, a presentation control means capable of executing a process related to presentation, a reset operation detection means capable of detecting a reset operation for initializing a predetermined storage area, a clear operation detection means capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value, a calculation means for calculating a game value information value from the number of game values used in a game and the number of game values acquired as a result of the game, and a counting operation detection means capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value, and the game control means controls the game value information calculated by the calculation means. a game stop process for transitioning to a game stop state in which game progress is impossible when the value of the stored game value reaches a first specific value; a game value number reaching time process for executing a process for transitioning to a game value number reaching state in which game progress is impossible when the stored value of the game value reaches a second specific value; a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player; a counting process for counting the stored game value when the counting operation is detected; and a game value clearing process for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clearing operation is detected, The stop state of the game is not released even when the counting process is executed, and is not released even when the game value clear process is executed, but is released when the reset operation is detected by the reset operation detection means, the game value number reached state is released when the counting operation is detected to enable the game to proceed, and the presentation control means issues a game value number reached notification that notifies the player that the game cannot be continued in response to the transition to the game value number reached state, and a game value number reached notification that notifies the player that the game cannot be continued in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a third specific value that is smaller than the second specific value, and a pre-reach notification prompting the player to play a game , a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation, and a play stop notification in response to the game transitioning to a stop state, the play value number reach notification can be cancelled after the clear operation is detected, and the pre-reach notification can be cancelled after the clear operation is detected, game play can proceed from when the pre-reach notification is executed until the value of the game value stored reaches the second specific value, and the notification manner of the play value number reach notification, the pre-reach notification, the play stop notification, and the play value number clear notification is different.

The present invention provides a gaming machine that can notify appropriate events.

FIG. 2 is an external perspective view of the gaming machine. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the gaming machine. FIG. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the entire gaming machine. A diagram showing a memory area of a main control board and a memory area of a game value control board. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the arrangement of symbols on the reels. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the combination of symbols and the awarded gaming value. A diagram showing the transition of game states. A diagram showing the transition of the ball output state. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the flow of materials and information. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing details of transmission and reception of each piece of information. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a winning combination determination table. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the relationship between winning combinations, the order in which stop buttons are operated, and winnings. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing characteristics of winning roles. A figure showing an AT state transition lottery table. A figure showing a CZ state transition lottery table. A figure showing an additional game number lottery table. A figure showing a top-up state transition lottery table. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a storage area of a main RAM. A diagram showing a memory area of a game value RAM. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a main program start process. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a setting value change process. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a main loop process. A figure showing an error check process at the start of a game. A diagram showing a gaming value management process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an internal lottery process. A diagram showing the ball output status management process when the lever is operated. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process for a non-specific period. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a normal state process. A diagram showing processing for the bonus preparation state. FIG. 13 illustrates a process for the CZ state. A diagram showing processing for a bonus state. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing processing for the AT state. A diagram showing processing for the bonus preparation state during AT. A diagram showing processing for the bonus state during AT. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing processing for an added state. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a reel spin start preparation process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing processing during reel rotation. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a display determination process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a gaming value granting process. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a call process after a full stop. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a ratio calculation process. A diagram showing a gaming machine performance information calculation process. A diagram showing the ball output status management process after all balls are stopped. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a normal state process after a full stop. A diagram showing the processing for the bonus preparation state after full stop. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing processing for the CZ state after a full stop. A diagram showing processing for the bonus state after full stop. A diagram showing processing for AT state after full stop. A diagram showing processing for the bonus preparation state during AT after full stop. A diagram showing processing for the bonus state during AT after full stop. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing processing for an added state after a full stop. A diagram showing a game state transition process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a specific period related process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a stop-related process. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a limit calculation process. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a main interrupt process. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a main interrupt error check process. A diagram showing the game value program start processing. A diagram showing the game value main processing. A figure showing a game value command analysis process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process performed when a setting value command is received. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process to be performed when a main error command is received. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the process performed when a settlement command is received. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process performed when a BET command is received. A diagram showing the processing performed when a game value granting command is received. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the process performed when a stop command is received. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process at the time of lending notification. A diagram showing a game value interrupt process. FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a time-over error check process. A figure showing a game value interrupt error check process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a process performed when the counting button is operated. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a gaming machine information notification process. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a sub-main process. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing main control board communication processing. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a main/sub command analysis process. A diagram showing the game value control board communication processing. A figure showing a game value sub-command analysis process. 11 is a diagram showing the data structure of data communicated between the gaming machine and the rental device. FIG. A figure showing a list of messages communicated between the gaming machine and the rental device. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a list of gaming machine information. 13A to 13C are diagrams showing details of the counting notification, the loan notification, and the loan receipt result response. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a basic communication sequence. A diagram showing a startup sequence when the gaming machine is started first. 13 is a diagram showing a start-up sequence in the case where the rental device is started up first. FIG. A diagram showing a sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap. A diagram showing the sequence when hall control fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a counting notification sequence. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a lending notification sequence. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a recovery sequence when a dedicated IF is disconnected. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a communication abnormality sequence during counting. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a communication abnormality sequence during lending. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a list of event priorities. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart during setting change. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation during a setting change. FIG. 13 is a timing chart showing a setting change device operation abnormality error. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a setting change device operation abnormality error. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart during setting confirmation display. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation during a setting confirmation display. A figure showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO). A figure showing an animation of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO). A figure showing a time chart of an internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the gaming machine. A figure showing an animation of an abnormal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine. A figure showing a time chart of a game value number reaching error (main stop). A figure showing an animation of a game value number reaching error (main stop). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device communication no-response error (main stop). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device communication no-response error (main unit stopped). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device unconnected error (main stop). FIG. 13 shows an animation of a rental device unconnected error (main stop). A figure showing a time chart for clearing the number of game values. A figure showing an animation of clearing the number of play values. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart for determining a specific set value. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a specific setting value confirmation. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a door open error (main stop). FIG. 13 shows an animation of a door open error (main stop). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a reset start. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a reset start animation. A figure showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring). A figure showing a time chart of a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring). A figure showing an animation of a game value number reaching error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device no-response communication error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a door open error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a door open error (constant monitoring). FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of the stop function. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of the stop function. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart for completing the counting process. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of the completion of counting processing. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart during counting processing. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation during counting processing. A figure showing a time chart before the number of playing values is reached. FIG. 13 shows an animation before the game value number is reached. A figure showing a time chart for settling the gaming value number. A figure showing an animation of game value settlement. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart for advance notification of termination. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of advance notification of a limit. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a time chart of a stop-standby notification. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation of a limit wait notification. FIG. 13 shows an animation after the stop function is activated. FIG. 13 shows an animation after the number of play values is cleared. FIG. 13 shows an animation after advance notification of the limit. FIG. 13 shows an animation after a limit wait notification. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation from a pre-stop warning to the start of a stop function. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation from a stop standby notification to activation of the stop function. 13 is a diagram showing a second embodiment from a pre-stop notification to activation of the stop function. FIG. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a third embodiment from a pre-stop notification to activation of the stop function. 13A and 13B are diagrams showing modified examples of the explanation display section and the limit display. A diagram showing a list of functions and implementation areas of the gaming machine. FIG. 13 is a detailed diagram showing the awarding of gaming value. FIG. 13 is a detailed diagram of a bet on gaming value. FIG. 13 is a detailed diagram of the MAX BET of the gaming value. A detailed diagram regarding the settlement of gaming value. A detailed diagram regarding clearing of the game value RAM. A detailed diagram regarding clearing the number of play values. FIG. FIG. 11 is a detailed diagram showing the setting change. A detailed diagram regarding the lending of gaming value. FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a fourth embodiment. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a main loop process in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an error check process after a complete stop. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing a timing chart in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 13 is a diagram showing an animation in the fifth embodiment.

The following describes an embodiment of the present invention in detail with reference to the drawings.

(External perspective view of gaming machine 1)
First, an external perspective view of a gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Gaming Machine 1)
The gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is composed of a cabinet 2, a front door 3, etc. In addition, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of executing a game using electromagnetically stored game value. In other words, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of executing a game without using a game medium (e.g., a medal).

(Cabinet 2)
The cabinet 2 is a substantially rectangular box having an opening on the front side. A plurality of parts are attached to the cabinet 2. The cabinet 2 makes it possible to store a reel 20 (described later) and the like.

(Front door 3)
The front door 3 is attached so as to close the opening on the front side of the cabinet 2. In addition, a plurality of parts are attached to the front door 3. Incidentally, by providing the front door 3, it becomes possible to attach a stop button 10 and the like.

(Handle portion 4)
The handle portion 4 is attached so that the gaming machine 1 can be easily transported by a store clerk or the like. By providing the handle portion 4, the gaming machine 1 can be easily transported.

(Door keyhole 5)
The door keyhole 5 is provided on the right side of the center of the front door 3 when viewed from the front, and is provided for unlocking the front door 3 with a locking device (not shown). When a store clerk of the game arcade performs maintenance work or changes a set value, the locking device (not shown) provided on the front door 3 is unlocked. Specifically, the front door 3 is opened by inserting a door key (not shown) into the door keyhole 5 and rotating it clockwise by a predetermined angle, and maintenance work or changes to a set value can be performed. When maintenance work or changes to a set value are completed, the front door 3 is closed to lock the locking device. Incidentally, the door keyhole 5 makes it possible to open and close the front door 3.

(Setting value)
The setting value indicates the degree of advantage to the player, and the larger the setting value, the more advantageous it is for the player. In this embodiment, there are six levels: setting "0", setting "1", setting "3", setting "4", setting "5", and setting "6". In this embodiment, setting "2" is not provided, and setting "0" is a setting value that is significantly disadvantageous to the player.

(BET button 6)
The BET button 6 is provided for betting "1" of the game value owned by the player on a game. By providing the BET button 6, it becomes possible to accept a BET operation for betting "1" of the game value owned by the player on a game.

(MAXBET button 7)
The MAXBET button 7 is provided for betting the maximum gaming value that can be bet in one game ("1" game) from among the gaming value owned by the player. Here, in this embodiment, the maximum gaming value that can be bet in one game is "3". Incidentally, by providing the MAXBET button 7, it becomes possible to accept a MAXBET operation for betting the gaming value of "3" owned by the player on a game.

(Payment button 8)
The settlement button 8 is provided for settling the game value bet by the player. In this embodiment, since the maximum game value that can be bet in one game is "3", the value of the game value that can be settled is any value from "1" to "3". By providing the settlement button 8, it is possible to accept a settlement operation for settling the game value that has been bet.

(Start lever 9)
The start lever 9 is provided for the player to perform a start operation which triggers the start of the rotation of the reel 20 described later. When the player performs the start operation, a process of acquiring a random number value, a process of determining a winning combination using the acquired random number value, a process of starting the rotation of the reel 20 described later, and the like are performed. Incidentally, by providing the start lever 9, it is possible to accept the start operation by the player.

(Stop button 10)
The stop buttons 10 are provided to detect a stop operation that triggers the stopping of the rotation of the reels 20, which will be described later. The stop buttons 10 are composed of a left stop button 11, a center stop button 12, and a right stop button 13. When a stop operation is performed by the player, a process of stopping the rotation of the reels 20, which will be described later, is performed. The provision of the stop buttons 10 makes it possible to accept a stop operation corresponding to the reels 20, which will be described later.

(Left stop button 11)
The left stop button 11 is provided to detect a left stop operation that serves as a trigger to stop the rotation of the left reel 21, which will be described later. When a left stop operation is performed by the player, a process to stop the rotation of the left reel 21, which will be described later, is performed. Incidentally, by providing the left stop button 11, it becomes possible to accept a left stop operation corresponding to the left reel 21, which will be described later.

(Middle stop button 12)
The center stop button 12 is provided to detect a center stop operation that triggers stopping the rotation of the center reel 22, which will be described later. When the center stop operation is performed by the player, a process of stopping the rotation of the center reel 22, which will be described later, is performed. Incidentally, by providing the center stop button 12, it becomes possible to accept a center stop operation corresponding to the center reel 22, which will be described later.

(Right stop button 13)
The right stop button 13 is provided to detect a right stop operation that serves as a trigger to stop the rotation of the right reel 23, which will be described later. When the player performs a right stop operation, a process to stop the rotation of the right reel 23, which will be described later, is performed. Incidentally, by providing the right stop button 13, it becomes possible to accept a right stop operation corresponding to the right reel 23, which will be described later.

(Various displays 15)
The various displays 15 are provided to display various types of information. The various displays 15 will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 3. By providing the various displays 15, it is possible to display various types of information.

(Game Value Indicator 24)
The game value display 24 is provided to display the value of the game value owned by the player. Here, the game value display 24 in this embodiment is capable of displaying a "5" digit value. By providing the game value display 24, it becomes possible to display the value of the game value owned by the player.

(Performance button 25)
The effect button 25 is provided to detect effect operations performed when a predetermined effect image is displayed on the image display device 27 and menu display operations performed when no game is being played. When a player performs an effect operation, a process is performed to switch the predetermined effect image displayed on the image display device 27 to a specific effect image. When a player performs a menu display operation, a process is performed to display a menu image on the image display device 27. The provision of the effect button 25 makes it possible to accept effect operations and menu display operations by the player.

(Cross key 26)
The cross key 26 is composed of an up button, a down button, a left button, a right button, and a decision button, and is provided to detect selection operations and decision operations performed when a menu image is displayed on the image display device 27. When the cross key 26 is operated, a process of moving and displaying a cursor image CUR, which will be described later, is performed. The provision of the cross key 26 makes it possible to accept selection operations and decision operations.

(Image display device 27)
The image display device 27 is provided to display moving images, still images, etc. corresponding to the effects executed when a game is played. Here, the image display device 27 is capable of displaying effect images that are displayed when an effect is being executed, and error images that are displayed when an error is detected in the gaming machine 1. Incidentally, by providing the image display device 27, it is possible to execute effects that appeal to the player's visual sense.

(Frame Lamp 28)
The frame lamp 28 is provided to light up or blink in response to the effects executed when a game is played. Here, the frame lamp 28 can light up or blink in a lighting pattern or blinking pattern corresponding to the effects to be executed or the errors detected. By providing the frame lamp 28, it is possible to execute effects that appeal to the player's visual sense.

(Speaker 29)
The speakers 29 are composed of an upper right speaker 29a, an upper left speaker 29b, a lower right speaker 29c, and a lower left speaker 29d, and are provided to output background music, voice, sound effects, etc. corresponding to the effects executed when a game is played. Here, the speakers 29 are capable of outputting background music, voice, sound effects, etc. corresponding to the effects to be executed and errors detected. Incidentally, by providing the speakers 29, it is possible to execute effects that appeal to the player's hearing.

(Reel display area 30)
The reel display area 30 is made up of a left reel display area 31, a center reel display area 32, and a right reel display area 33, and is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the reels 20, which will be described later. By providing the reel display area 30, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize the symbols arranged on the reels 20, which will be described later.

(Left reel display area 31)
The left reel display area 31 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the left reel 21, which will be described later. Here, the left reel display area 31 is capable of displaying "3" symbols, consisting of symbols displayed on the upper row, symbols displayed on the middle row, and symbols displayed on the lower row, among the symbols arranged on the left reel 21. By providing the left reel display area 31, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize the symbols arranged on the left reel 21, which will be described later.

(Middle reel display area 32)
The center reel display area 32 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the center reel 22, which will be described later. Here, the center reel display area 32 is capable of displaying "3" symbols, consisting of the symbols displayed on the upper row, the symbols displayed on the middle row, and the symbols displayed on the lower row, among the symbols arranged on the center reel 22. By providing the center reel display area 32, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize the symbols arranged on the center reel 22, which will be described later.

(Right reel display area 33)
The right reel display area 33 is a display area for displaying symbols arranged on the right reel 23, which will be described later. Here, the right reel display area 33 is capable of displaying "3" symbols, consisting of the symbols displayed on the upper row, the symbols displayed on the middle row, and the symbols displayed on the lower row, among the symbols arranged on the right reel 23. By providing the right reel display area 33, it becomes possible for the player to visually recognize the symbols arranged on the right reel 23, which will be described later.

(Lower panel 34)
The lower panel 34 is provided below the stop button 10, and has a picture drawn on it to help the player recognize the model name and motif of the gaming machine 1. The front door 3 is also provided with a light (not shown), which lights up to make it easier to recognize the model name and motif of the gaming machine 1. The lower panel 34 has the words "equipped with a play-stop function" printed on it, which will be described in detail later.

(Count button 60)
The counting button 60 is provided to detect a counting operation performed when counting the game value owned by the player. When the player performs a counting operation, a process of counting the game value owned by the player and a process of updating the value displayed on the game value display 24 toward "0" are performed. The provision of the counting button 60 makes it possible to accept a counting operation by the player.

(Diagram of the internal structure of the gaming machine 1)
Next, the internal structure of the gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Reel 20)
The reel 20 is made up of a left reel 21, a center reel 22, and a right reel 23, and has a cylindrical structure. A translucent sheet is attached to the periphery of the reel 20, and multiple types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. The provision of the reel 20 allows the player to visually recognize multiple symbols.

(Left reel 21)
The left reel 21 has a cylindrical structure, and a translucent sheet is attached to the periphery. A plurality of different symbols are arranged in a row on the sheet. By providing the left reel 21, it is possible for the player to see a plurality of symbols.

(Middle reel 22)
The center reel 22 has a cylindrical structure, and a translucent sheet is attached to the periphery. A plurality of different symbols are arranged in a row on the sheet. By providing the center reel 22, it is possible for the player to visually recognize a plurality of symbols.

(Right reel 23)
The right reel 23 has a cylindrical structure and a translucent sheet is attached to the periphery. A plurality of different symbols are arranged in a row on the sheet. By providing the right reel 23, it is possible for the player to see a plurality of symbols.

(Reset door 40)
The reset door 40 is provided to cover the reset button 41. The reset door 40 is switchable between a covered state in which the reset button 41 is covered and an exposed state in which the reset button 41 is exposed. When the reset door 40 is in the covered state, the operation of the reset button 41 is restricted. On the other hand, when the reset door 40 is in the exposed state, the operation of the reset button 41 is possible. Incidentally, by providing the reset door 40, it is possible to prevent unauthorized operation of the reset button 41.

Here, the reset door 40 may be made lockable. Specifically, the reset door 40 may be locked when it is in a covered state, and the locking may be restricted when it is in an exposed state. This makes it possible to further prevent unauthorized operation of the reset button 41.

(Reset button 41)
The reset button 41 is provided to detect an error release operation performed when a specific error occurs, or a setting change operation performed when changing a setting value. Here, when the player performs an error release operation, the main control board 100 performs a process to release the specific error. In addition, when the player performs a setting change operation, the main control board 100 performs a process to switch the display of the current setting value displayed on the acquisition display unit 16, which will be described later. Incidentally, by providing the reset button 41, it becomes possible to accept an error release operation or a setting change operation performed by the player.

(Setting door 42)
The setting door 42 is provided to cover the setting keyhole 43. The setting door 42 is switchable between a covered state in which the setting keyhole 43 is covered and an exposed state in which the setting keyhole 43 is exposed. When the setting door 42 is in the covered state, the insertion of a setting key (not shown) into the setting keyhole 43 is restricted. On the other hand, when the setting door 42 is in the exposed state, it is possible to insert a setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and to rotate the inserted setting key. Incidentally, by providing the setting door 42, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as fraudulently changing the setting value.

Here, the setting door 42 may be made lockable. Specifically, the setting door 42 may be lockable when it is in a covered state, and the locking of the setting door 42 is restricted when it is in an exposed state. This makes it possible to further prevent fraudulent actions such as unauthorized changes to the setting values.

(Setting keyhole 43)
The setting keyhole 43 is provided to detect a setting change operation in which a setting key (not shown) is inserted and rotated a predetermined angle. When the power is turned ON after a setting change operation has been performed, the main control board 100 performs a process to display the current setting value on the acquisition display unit 16, which will be described later. The provision of the setting keyhole 43 makes it possible to accept setting change operations.

The main control board 100, power supply board 200, and game value control board 400 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 4.

(Detailed view of various indicators 15)
Next, the various indicators 15 will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 3, the various displays 15 include an acquisition display section 16, an instruction information display section 17, a play period display section 18, and a role operation display section 19.

(Acquisition display unit 16)
The acquisition display unit 16 is provided to display the value of the game value acquired by winning. Here, the acquisition display unit 16 is composed of a high-ranking acquisition display unit 16a and a low-ranking acquisition display unit 16b, and displays the value of the game value acquired by winning using the high-ranking acquisition display unit 16a and the low-ranking acquisition display unit 16b. In addition, the acquisition display unit 16 can display error information when an error of the gaming machine 1 is detected. Specifically, the high-ranking acquisition display unit 16a and the low-ranking acquisition display unit 16b can display error information. In addition, the acquisition display unit 16 can display a set value, and specifically, the set value is displayed on the low-ranking acquisition display unit 16b. Incidentally, by providing the acquisition display unit 16, it is possible to display the value of the game value acquired by winning, error information, and the set value to the player.

(Instruction information display unit 17)
The instruction information display unit 17 is provided to display "instruction information" that indicates the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10. Here, the instruction information display unit 17 is composed of a higher-level instruction information display unit 17a and a lower-level instruction information display unit 17b, and displays instruction information using the higher-level instruction information display unit 17a and the lower-level instruction information display unit 17b. Incidentally, by providing the instruction information display unit 17, it becomes possible to display instruction information to the player.

(Play Period Display Unit 18)
The play period display unit 18 is composed of an upper play period display unit 18a and a lower play period display unit 18b, and is provided to display the play period. Specifically, when the current play period is a specific period, the upper play period display unit 18a and the lower play period display unit 18b are lit, and when the current play period is a non-specific period, the upper play period display unit 18a and the lower play period display unit 18b are turned off. Incidentally, by providing the play period display unit 18, it is possible to display the current play period.

Here, the "game period" is composed of a "specific period" and a "non-specific period". The "specific period" is a period in which the function related to the instruction function is performed, specifically, a period in which the operation mode of the stop button 10 (for example, the operation sequence of the stop button 10) can be notified, and the "instruction function" refers to a function that makes it easier to win, and in this embodiment, refers to a function that notifies the operation sequence of the stop button 10. On the other hand, the "non-specific period" is a period in which it is prohibited to send a signal related to the instruction function to a peripheral board (for example, the sub-control board 300 described later), specifically, a period in which the notification of the operation mode of the stop button 10 (for example, the operation sequence of the stop button 10) is restricted. Note that the processing related to the instruction function is performed without referring to the value of the stop MY counter 103ba described later.

(Gem operation display unit 19)
The role operation display unit 19 is composed of a higher role operation display unit 19a and a lower role operation display unit 19b, and is provided to display whether the role is in operation or non-operation. Specifically, when the role is in operation, the higher role operation display unit 19a and the lower role operation display unit 19b are lit. On the other hand, when the role is in non-operation, the higher role operation display unit 19a and the lower role operation display unit 19b are turned off. Incidentally, by providing the role operation display unit 19, it is possible to display whether the role is in operation or non-operation.

Here, "functional device operation period" refers to the period during which the functional devices (e.g., first type special functional devices, second type special functional devices, functional device continuous operation devices related to first type special functional devices, functional device continuous operation devices related to second type special functional devices, normal functional devices) are in operation, and more specifically, refers to the period during which the bonus is in operation (e.g., the "bonus operation state" described below). On the other hand, "functional device non-operation period" refers to the period during which the functional devices are not in operation (e.g., the "general game state" and "bonus carryover state" described below).

(Block diagram of the entire gaming machine)
Next, an overall block diagram of the gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

The gaming machine 1 has a main control board 100 that controls the main operations of the gaming machine 1, to which a power supply board 200, a sub-control board 300, a game value control board 400, a status board 500, and a reel control board 600 are connected.

(BET switch 6sw)
The BET switch 6sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the BET button 6. When the operation of the BET button 6 is detected by the BET switch 6sw, a game value of "1" is bet from the game value owned by the player. Incidentally, by providing the BET switch 6sw, the operation of the BET button 6 by the player can be detected.

(MAXBET switch 7sw)
The MAXBET switch 7sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the MAXBET button 7. When the operation of the MAXBET button 7 is detected by the MAXBET switch 7sw, a game value of "3" is bet from the game value owned by the player. Incidentally, by providing the MAXBET switch 7sw, the operation of the MAXBET button 7 by the player can be detected.

(Settlement switch 8sw)
The settlement switch 8sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the settlement button 8. When the operation of the settlement button 8 is detected by the settlement switch 8sw, the bet game value is settled. By providing the settlement switch 8sw, the operation of the settlement button 8 by the player can be detected.

(Start switch 9sw)
The start switch 9sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the start lever 9. When the start switch 9sw detects the operation of the start lever 9, a process for starting the rotation of the reels 20 and the like is performed. By providing the start switch 9sw, the operation of the start lever 9 by the player can be detected.

(Stop switch 10sw)
The stop switch 10sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the stop button 10. The stop switch 10sw is composed of a left stop switch 11sw, a center stop switch 12sw, and a right stop switch 13sw. When the stop switch 10sw detects the operation of the stop button 10, a process for stopping the rotation of the reel 20 is performed. By providing the stop switch 10sw, the operation of the stop button 10 can be detected.

(Left stop switch 11sw)
The left stop switch 11sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the left stop button 11. When the left stop switch 11sw detects the operation of the left stop button 11, a process for stopping the rotation of the left reel 21 is performed. By providing the left stop switch 11sw, the left stop operation of the left stop button 11 can be detected.

(Middle stop switch 12sw)
The middle stop switch 12sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the middle stop button 12. When the middle stop switch 12sw detects the operation of the middle stop button 12, a process for stopping the rotation of the middle reel 22 is performed. By providing the middle stop switch 12sw, the middle stop operation of the middle stop button 12 can be detected.

(Right stop switch 13sw)
The right stop switch 13sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the right stop button 13. When the right stop switch 13sw detects the operation of the right stop button 13, a process for stopping the rotation of the right reel 23 is performed. By providing the right stop switch 13sw, the right stop operation of the right stop button 13 can be detected.

(Door opening/closing sensor 14s)
The door opening/closing sensor 14s is provided to detect whether the front door 3 is open or not. The door opening/closing sensor 14s includes a light emitting unit and a light receiving unit. When a door key (not shown) is inserted into the door keyhole 5 and rotated clockwise by a predetermined angle, the locking unit (not shown) rotates and the light receiving unit cannot receive the light emitted from the light emitting unit. This causes the door opening/closing sensor 14s to turn ON, making it possible to detect the opening of the front door 3. On the other hand, when the front door 3 is closed, the light receiving unit can receive the light emitted from the light emitting unit, so the door opening/closing sensor 14s turns OFF. Incidentally, by providing the door opening/closing sensor 14s, it is possible to detect whether the front door 3 is open or not.

In addition, when the door key is inserted into the door keyhole 5 and rotated counterclockwise a certain angle, the door opening/closing sensor 14s performs a process to clear a certain error. Therefore, by providing the door opening/closing sensor 14s, it becomes possible to clear a certain error.

(Performance switch 25sw)
The effect switch 25sw is provided to detect the operation of the effect button 25. Here, when the effect switch 25sw detects the operation of the effect button 25, a process of switching a predetermined effect image displayed on the image display device 27 to a specific effect image and displaying the same, a process of displaying a menu image on the image display device 27, and the like are performed. Incidentally, by providing the effect switch 25sw, the operation of the effect button 25 by the player can be detected.

(Cross key switch 26sw)
The cross key switch 26sw is provided to detect the operation of the cross key 26. When the operation of the cross key 26 is detected by the cross key switch 26sw, control such as moving and displaying the cursor image CUR is performed. Incidentally, by providing the cross key switch 26sw, the operation of the cross key 26 by the player can be detected.

(Reset switch 41sw)
The reset switch 41sw is provided to detect the operation of the reset button 41. When the reset switch 41sw detects the operation of the reset button 41, it performs a process of switching the display of the setting value displayed on the acquisition display unit 16, a process of canceling an error, etc. By providing the reset switch 41sw, the operation of the reset button 41 can be detected.

(Setting key switch 43sw)
The setting key switch 43sw is a switch for detecting a setting change operation. When the power is turned ON after a setting change operation has been performed, a process is performed to display the current setting value on the acquisition display unit 16, which will be described later. The provision of the setting key switch 43sw makes it possible to detect a setting change operation.

(Monitor display 44)
The monitor display 44 is made of a 7-segment LED with 4 digits, and is provided to display ratio information. Here, "ratio information" refers to the indicated role ratio, the role ratio among "6,000" games, the consecutive role ratio among "6,000" games, the role ratio in the cumulative play, the consecutive role ratio in the cumulative play, and the role etc. state ratio. By providing the monitor display 44, it is possible to display the ratio information.

(Ratio of indicative features)
The instruction-included role ratio is a value obtained by adding the value of the game value provided when the role is operated and the value of the game value provided when the instruction function is operated, and dividing the sum by the value of the game value provided in all games (hereinafter referred to as the "total provided value"). Here, in this embodiment, (the value of the game value provided when the role is operated during the last "175,000" games + the value of the game value provided when the instruction function is operated during the last "175,000" games) / the total provided value during the last "175,000" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the instruction-included role ratio. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "7P") indicating the instruction-included role ratio is displayed on the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the instruction-included role ratio is displayed on the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Ratio of 6,000 games)
The ratio of the reel among "6,000" games is the value of the game value granted when the reel is operated during the most recent "6,000" games divided by the total value granted during the most recent "6,000" games. That is, the value of the game value granted when the reel is operated during the most recent "6,000" games/the total value granted during the most recent "6,000" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the ratio of the reel among "6,000" games. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "7Y") indicating the ratio of the reel among "6,000" games is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the ratio of the reel among "6,000" games is displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Ratio of consecutive wins among "6,000" games)
The consecutive role ratio for "6,000" games is the value obtained by dividing the value of the game value granted when the consecutive role operating device is operated for the most recent "6,000" games by the total value granted for the most recent "6,000" games. In other words, the value of the game value granted when the consecutive role is operated for the most recent "6,000" games/the total value granted for the most recent "6,000" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the role ratio for "6,000" games. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "6Y") indicating the consecutive role ratio for "6,000" games is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the consecutive role ratio for "6000" games is displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Ratio of bonuses to cumulative play)
The ratio of the role in the cumulative play is the value of the game value granted when the role is operated during the most recent "17,500" games divided by the total value granted during the most recent "17,500" games. In other words, the value of the game value granted when the role is operated during the most recent "17,500" games/the total value granted during the most recent "17,500" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the ratio of the role in the cumulative play. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "7A") indicating the ratio of the role in the cumulative play is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the ratio of the role in the cumulative play is displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Ratio of consecutive wins in cumulative play)
The consecutive feature ratio in the cumulative play is the value obtained by dividing the value of the game value granted when the feature continuous operating device is operated during the most recent "17,500" games by the total value granted during the most recent "17,500" games. In other words, the value of the game value granted when the feature continuous operating device is operated during the most recent "17,500" games/the total value granted during the most recent "17,500" games is displayed on the monitor display 44 as the consecutive feature ratio in the cumulative play. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "6A") indicating the consecutive feature ratio in the cumulative play is displayed on the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the consecutive feature ratio in the cumulative play is displayed on the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Ratio of features, etc.)
The ratio of the state of the reels, etc. is the value obtained by dividing the number of games in which the reels are in operation during the most recent "175,000" games by the total number of games, which is "175,000". In other words, the value of the game value awarded during the operation of the reels during the most recent "175,000" games/the total number of games, which is "175,000", is displayed on the monitor display 44. Specifically, the identification information (e.g., "5H") indicating the ratio of the state of the reels, etc. is displayed in the upper "2" digits of the monitor display 44, and the ratio of the state of the reels, etc. is displayed in the lower "2" digits of the monitor display 44.

(Power button 50)
The power button 50 is provided to detect a power-on operation that supplies power to the gaming machine 1. When the power button 50 is operated to power on, the main control board 100 performs a main program start process (see FIG. 21) described later, and the gaming value control board 400 performs a gaming value program start process (see FIG. 59) described later. The provision of the power button 50 makes it possible to accept the power-on operation.

(Power switch 50sw)
The power switch 50sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the power button 50. When the power switch 50sw detects the operation of the power button 50, a process for supplying power to the gaming machine 1 is performed. Incidentally, by providing the power switch 50sw, the operation of the power button 50 can be detected.

(Counting switch 60sw)
The counting switch 60sw is a switch for detecting the counting operation of the counting button 60. When the counting operation of the counting button 60 is detected by the counting switch 60sw, a process of counting the game value owned by the player and a process of updating the value displayed on the game value display 24 toward "0" are performed. Incidentally, by providing the counting switch 60sw, the counting operation of the counting button 60 can be detected.

(Play value number clear button 61)
The game value number clear button 61 is provided to detect a game value number clear operation performed when clearing the game value owned by the player. When the game value number clear operation is performed by the player, a process is performed to reset the value of the game value owned by the player displayed on the game value display 24 to "0". Incidentally, by providing the game value number clear button 61, it becomes possible for a staff member of the game establishment to accept the game value number clear operation.

(Play value number clear switch 61sw)
The play value number clear switch 61sw is a switch for detecting the operation of the play value number clear button 61. When the play value number clear switch 61sw detects the operation of the play value number clear button 61, a process is performed to reset the value of the play value owned by the player displayed on the play value display 24 to "0" and a process is performed to reset the value displayed on the play value display 24 before the power is turned off to "0". Incidentally, by providing the play value number clear switch 61sw, the operation of the play value number clear button 61 can be detected.

(Rental device connection terminal board 62)
The lending device connection terminal board 62 is provided to connect to the lending device 700 outside the gaming machine 1. When the counting switch 60sw detects the operation of the counting button 60, the information that the counting button 60 has been operated is transmitted to the lending device 700 via the lending device connection terminal board 62, and when the lending switch 80sw detects the operation of the lending button 80, the information that the lending button 80 has been operated is received from the lending device 700 via the lending device connection terminal board 62. Incidentally, by providing the lending device connection terminal board 62, communication between the gaming machine 1 (specifically, the game value control board 400) and the lending device 700 is possible.

(Reel sensor 70s)
The reel sensor 70s is composed of a left reel sensor 71s, a center reel sensor 72s, and a right reel sensor 73s, and is provided to detect when the reel 20 has made one rotation. Here, the reel sensor 70s is provided inside the reel 20, and includes a light-emitting portion and a light-receiving portion. Incidentally, by providing the reel sensor 70s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the reel 20 has made one rotation.

(Left reel sensor 71s)
The left reel sensor 71s is provided to detect when the left reel 21 has made one rotation. Here, the left reel sensor 71s is provided inside the left reel 21, and includes a light-emitting portion and a light-receiving portion. By providing the left reel sensor 71s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the left reel 21 has made one rotation.

(Middle reel sensor 72s)
The center reel sensor 72s is provided to detect that the center reel 22 has made one rotation. Here, the center reel sensor 72s is provided inside the center reel 22, and includes a light-emitting portion and a light-receiving portion. By providing the center reel sensor 72s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the center reel 22 has made one rotation.

(Right reel sensor 73s)
The right reel sensor 73s is provided to detect when the right reel 23 has made one rotation. Here, the right reel sensor 73s is provided inside the right reel 23, and includes a light-emitting portion and a light-receiving portion. By providing the right reel sensor 73s, it becomes possible to detect the reel index indicating that the right reel 23 has made one rotation.

(Stepping motor 75)
The stepping motor 75 is composed of a left stepping motor 76, a center stepping motor 77, and a right stepping motor 78, and is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping control of the reel 20. Incidentally, by providing the stepping motor 75, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the reel 20.

(Left stepping motor 76)
The left stepping motor 76 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping control of the left reel 21. The left stepping motor 76 is also configured to be able to stop the rotation axis at a specified angle. This causes the left reel 21 to rotate at a fixed angle each time a pulse signal is output to the left stepping motor 76. Here, the rotation angle of the left reel 21 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the left stepping motor 76 after the reel index is detected by the left reel sensor 71s. Incidentally, by providing the left stepping motor 76, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the left reel 21.

(Middle stepping motor 77)
The middle stepping motor 77 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping control of the middle reel 22. The middle stepping motor 77 is also configured to be able to stop the rotation shaft at a specified angle. As a result, the middle reel 22 rotates at a fixed angle each time a pulse signal is output to the middle stepping motor 77. Here, the rotation angle of the middle reel 22 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the middle stepping motor 77 after the reel index is detected by the middle reel sensor 72s. Incidentally, by providing the middle stepping motor 77, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the middle reel 22.

(Right stepping motor 78)
The right stepping motor 78 is provided to perform acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping control of the right reel 23. The right stepping motor 78 is also configured to be able to stop the rotation shaft at a specified angle. This causes the right reel 23 to rotate at a fixed angle each time a pulse signal is output to the right stepping motor 78. Here, the rotation angle of the right reel 23 is managed by counting the number of times a pulse signal is output to the right stepping motor 78 after the reel index is detected by the right reel sensor 73s. Incidentally, by providing the right stepping motor 78, it becomes possible to rotate and stop the right reel 23.

(Lending button 80)
The lending button 80 is provided to detect an operation of lending gaming value to a player. When the player operates the lending button 80, a process of lending gaming value is performed. By providing the lending button 80 on the lending device 700, it becomes possible to accept a lending operation by a player.

(Lending switch 80sw)
The lending switch 80sw is provided to detect the operation of the lending button 80. When the lending switch 80sw detects the operation of the lending button 80, a process of lending a game value to a player is performed. By providing the lending switch 80sw in the lending device 700, the lending operation of the lending button 80 by a player can be detected.

(Return button 81)
The return button 81 is provided for returning to the player a prepaid card (e.g., a membership card, a visitor card) having electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 700. When the player operates the return button 81, a process for returning the prepaid card is performed. By providing the return button 81 on the lending device 700, it becomes possible to accept a return operation by the player.

(Return switch 81sw)
The return switch 81sw is provided to detect the operation of the return button 81. When the return switch 81sw detects the operation of the return button 81, a process of returning the prepaid card to the player is performed. By providing the return switch 81sw in the lending device 700, the operation of the return button 81 by the player can be detected.

(Liquid crystal display 82)
The liquid crystal display 82 is provided to display electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 700. The liquid crystal display 82 is also capable of displaying information related to the money inserted into the lending device 700, the counted gaming value, etc. By providing the lending device 700 with the liquid crystal display 82, it becomes possible to display electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 700 to the player.

(Main control board 100)
The main control board 100 is provided to perform control related to games. The main control board 100 also includes a main CPU 101, a main ROM 102, a main RAM 103, and a main random number generator 104, and is connected to a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw, a monitor display 44, a power supply board 200, a sub-control board 300, a game value control board 400, a status board 500, and a reel control board 600. The provision of the main control board 100 makes it possible to execute control related to games.

(Main CPU 101)
The main CPU 101 reads the programs stored in the main ROM 102 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game, thereby transmitting predetermined signals to the sub-control board 300, the game value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. Incidentally, the provision of the main CPU 101 makes it possible to execute predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game.

(Main ROM 102)
The main ROM 102 is provided to store the control program executed by the main CPU 101, various tables, data for sending commands to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400, and the like. Incidentally, the provision of the main ROM 102 makes it possible to store the control program, tables, and the like.

(Main RAM 103)
The main RAM 103 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the programs by the main CPU 101. Specifically, the main RAM 103 includes various counters, various timers, and various storage areas. The provision of the main RAM 103 makes it possible to store various data determined by the execution of the programs by the main CPU 101.

(Main Random Number Generator 104)
The main random number generator 104 is provided to generate random numbers used in the lottery. The main random number generator 104 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535" and generates random numbers used to determine winning combinations. The provision of the main random number generator 104 makes it possible to generate random numbers used in the lottery.

(Power supply board 200)
The power supply board 200 is provided to control the supply of power to the gaming machine 1. In addition, the power switch 50sw, the main control board 100, the sub-control board 300, and the game value control board 400 are connected to the power supply board 200. Incidentally, by providing the power supply board 200, it becomes possible to supply power to the gaming machine 1.

(Sub-control board 300)
The sub-control board 300 is provided mainly for controlling the presentation. The sub-control board 300 also includes a sub-CPU 301, a sub-ROM 302, a sub-RAM 303, and a sub-random number generator 304, and is connected to the presentation switch 25sw, the cross key switch 26sw, the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, the speaker 29, the main control board 100, the power supply board 200, and the game value control board 400. The provision of the sub-control board 300 makes it possible to execute control related to the presentation.

(Sub-CPU 301)
The sub-CPU 301 reads the programs stored in the sub-ROM 302, performs a predetermined calculation in response to command information received from the main control board 100 or the game value control board 400, or signals input from the performance switch 25sw or the cross key switch 26sw, and controls the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29 based on the results of the calculation. Incidentally, by providing the sub-CPU 301, it becomes possible to execute control in response to commands received from the main control board 100 or the game value control board 400.

(Sub ROM 302)
The sub ROM 302 is provided to store the control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the sub CPU 301. By providing the sub ROM 302, it becomes possible to store the control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the sub CPU 301.

(Sub-RAM 303)
The sub-RAM 303 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the sub-CPU 301. By providing the sub-RAM 303, it is possible to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the sub-CPU 301.

(Sub-random number generator 304)
The sub-random number generator 304 is provided to generate random numbers used when determining the effects by lottery. In this embodiment, the sub-random number generator 304 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535" and generates the random numbers used when determining the effects. By providing the sub-random number generator 304, it is possible to generate random numbers used in the lottery for determining the effects.

(Game value control board 400)
The game value control board 400 is provided to control the game value owned by the player. The game value control board 400 is provided with a game value CPU 401, a game value ROM 402, and a game value RAM 403, and is connected to the game value display 24, the counting switch 60sw, the game value number clear switch 61sw, the lending device connection terminal board 62, the main control board 100, the power supply board 200, and the sub-control board 300. By providing the game value control board 400, it is possible to execute control over the game value owned by the player.

(Game Value CPU 401)
The game value CPU 401 reads the program stored in the game value ROM 402, performs a predetermined calculation in response to command information received from the main control board 100 and signals input from the counting switch 60sw, the game value number clear switch 61sw, and the lending device connection terminal board 62, and controls the game value display 24 based on the results of the calculation. Incidentally, by providing the game value CPU 401, it becomes possible to execute control in response to commands received from the main control board 100.

(Game Value ROM 402)
The game value ROM 402 is provided to store the control program, data table, etc. executed by the game value CPU 401. By providing the game value ROM 402, it becomes possible to store the control program, data table, etc. executed by the game value CPU 401.

(Game Value RAM 403)
The game value RAM 403 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the game value CPU 401. By providing the game value RAM 403, it becomes possible to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the game value CPU 401.

(Status Board 500)
The status board 500 is provided to relay various switches and various display units to the main control board 100. In addition, the status board 500 is connected to the BET switch 6sw, the MAXBET switch 7sw, the settlement switch 8sw, the start switch 9sw, the left stop switch 11sw, the center stop switch 12sw, the right stop switch 13sw, the door opening/closing sensor 14s, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, the role operation display unit 19, and the main control board 100. By providing the status board 500, it is possible to execute control for relaying various switches and various display units to the main control board 100.

(Reel control board 600)
The reel control board 600 is provided to control the rotation and stopping of the reel 20. In addition, the left reel sensor 71s, the center reel sensor 72s, the right reel sensor 73s, the left stepping motor 76, the center stepping motor 77, the right stepping motor 78, and the main control board 100 are connected to the reel control board 600. Incidentally, by providing the reel control board 600, it becomes possible to execute control of the rotation and stopping of the reel 20.

(Rental device 700)
The lending device 700 is provided to lend gaming value to a player. The lending device 700 is also connected to a lending device connection terminal board 62, a lending switch 80sw, a return switch 81sw, a liquid crystal display 82, and a hall control output unit 730. The lending device 700 makes it possible to lend gaming value to a player.

(Unit board 710)
The unit board 710 is capable of executing an encryption transmission process for encrypting predetermined information received from the gaming value control board 400 and transmitting the information to a gaming machine information center 820 (described later). The unit board 710 is also capable of executing a decryption transmission process for decrypting specific information received from the gaming machine information center 820 (described later) and transmitting the information to the gaming value control board 400.

(Rental Device Control Board 720)
The lending device control board 720 comprises a lending device CPU 721, a lending device ROM 722, and a lending device RAM 723. Here, the lending device control board 720 is capable of executing a prepaid card information storage process that reads and stores information (e.g., a prepaid card ID and monetary information) stored on a prepaid card inserted into the lending device 700. The lending device control board 720 is also capable of executing a prepaid card information transmission process that transmits prepaid card information to a management computer 802, which will be described later.

(Hall control output unit 730)
The hall computer output unit 730 is provided to output hall computer information, which will be described later, to the hall computer 801. The hall computer output unit 730 also includes a plurality of pulse output signal terminals for supplying pulses.

(Memory area of the main control board 100 and memory area of the game value control board 400)
Next, the storage area of the main control board 100 and the storage area of the game value control board 400 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Storage area of main control board 100)
As shown in FIG. 5A , the storage area of the main control board 100 is composed of a main ROM 102 and a main RAM 103 .

As shown in FIG. 5(A), the main ROM 102 has a continuous memory area from "0000(H)" to "EFFF(H)". The main ROM 102 also has an area inside the main ROM 102a, an area outside the main ROM 102b, and an unused area inside the main ROM 102c.

The main ROM usage area 102a is a memory area in which programs related to the progress of the game are stored, and has a control area and a data area. Specifically, the main ROM usage area 102a stores programs related to the progress of the game (for example, the main loop process (see FIG. 23) described below and the main interrupt process (see FIG. 57) described below). In this embodiment, the main ROM usage area 102a is a memory area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)".

The control area of the main ROM area 102a is a memory area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)". This is a memory area other than the data area of the main ROM area 102a, and is an area where various programs executed by the main control board 100 are stored.

The data area in the main ROM area 102a is a storage area from "2000(H)" to "2FFF(H)" and is a storage area in which only information other than programs is stored, and is an area in which data used when a program is executed is stored.

The main ROM outside area 102b is a memory area in which information unrelated to the progress of the game is stored, such as a program used during a test firing test of the gaming machine 1, or a program for preventing cheating on the gaming machine 1. Similarly to the main ROM inside area 102a, the main ROM outside area 102b has a control area and a data area. In this embodiment, the main ROM outside area 102b is a memory area from "4000 (H)" to "5FFF (H)".

The control area outside the main ROM area 102b is a memory area from "4000 (H)" to "4FFF (H)". It is a memory area other than the data area outside the main ROM area 102b, and is an area where various programs executed by the main control board 100 are stored.

The data area outside the main ROM area 102b is a memory area from "5000 (H)" to "5FFF (H)" and is a memory area that stores only information other than programs, and is an area that stores data used when executing programs.

In addition, a program management area is provided outside the main ROM usage area 102b. Here, the "program management area" stores the manufacturer code, product code, etc.

The main ROM unused area 102c is provided between the main ROM use area 102a and the main ROM use area outside 102b (specifically, the memory area from "3000(H)" to "3FFF(H)"), and after the main ROM use area outside 102b (specifically, the memory area from "6000(H)" to "EFFF(H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(A), the main RAM 103 has a continuous memory area from "F000(H)" to "FFFF(H)". The main RAM 103 also has an area inside the main RAM 103a, an area outside the main RAM 103b, and an area unused in the main RAM 103c. The gaming machine 1 has a backup function, and is capable of retaining information stored in the main RAM 103.

The main RAM 103a is a storage area from "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)". Of the main RAM 103a, the storage area from "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" is a working area, and the storage area from "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" is a stack area.

Outside the main RAM area 103b is the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)". Of the outside the main RAM area 103b, the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" is the working area, and the storage area from "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" is the stack area.

The unused main RAM area 103c is located between the inside main RAM area 103a and the outside main RAM area 103b (specifically, the memory area from "F400(H)" to "F4FF(H)"), and after the outside main RAM area 103b (specifically, the memory area from "F900(H)" to "FFFF(H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the memory area of the game value control board 400 is composed of a game value ROM 402 and a game value RAM 403.

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the game value ROM 402 has a continuous memory area from "0000(H)" to "EFFF(H)". The game value ROM 402 also has a game value ROM use area 402a, a game value ROM use area outside 402b, and a game value ROM unused area 402c.

The game value ROM use area 402a is a storage area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)." Here, within the game value ROM use area 402a, the storage area from "0000(H)" to "1FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "2000(H)" to "2FFF(H)" is a data area.

The game value ROM outside use area 402b is a storage area from "4000(H)" to "5FFF(H)". Here, within the game value ROM outside use area 402b, the storage area from "4000(H)" to "4FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "5000(H)" to "5FFF(H)" is a data area.

The unused game value ROM area 402c is provided between the game value ROM use area 402a and the game value ROM use area outside 402b (specifically, the memory area from "3000 (H)" to "3FFF (H)"), and after the game value ROM use area outside 402b (specifically, the memory area from "6000 (H)" to "EFFF (H)").

As shown in FIG. 5(B), the game value RAM 403 has a continuous memory area from "F000(H)" to "FFFF(H)". The game value RAM 403 also has a game value RAM used area 403a, a game value RAM outside used area 403b, and a game value RAM unused area 403c. The gaming machine 1 has a backup function, and is capable of retaining the information stored in the game value RAM 403.

The game value RAM usage area 403a is a storage area from "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)." Of the game value RAM usage area 403a, the storage area from "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" is a working area, and the storage area from "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" is a stack area.

The game value RAM usage area 403b is the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)." Of the game value RAM usage area 403b, the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" is the working area, and the storage area from "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" is the stack area.

The unused game value RAM area 403c is located between the game value RAM used area 403a and the game value RAM used area outside 403b (specifically, the memory area from "F400(H)" to "F4FF(H)"), and after the game value RAM used area outside 403b (specifically, the memory area from "F900(H)" to "FFFF(H)").

(Arrangement of symbols on reel 20)
Next, the arrangement of symbols on the reel 20 will be described with reference to FIG.

The reels 20 each have 20 symbols arranged on them: a red seven symbol FIGa, a BAR symbol FIGb, a cherry symbol FIGc, a first bell symbol FIGd, a second bell symbol FIGe, a third bell symbol FIGf, a fourth bell symbol FIGg, a first plum symbol FIGh, a second plum symbol FIGi, and a replay symbol FIGj.

In the following, the first bell design FIGd, the second bell design FIGe, the third bell design FIGf, and the fourth bell design FIGg are collectively referred to as "bell designs", and the first plum design FIGh and the second plum design FIGi are collectively referred to as "plum designs".

In this embodiment, the stop switch 10sw can stop within the range of the symbol that detected the operation of the stop button 10 to the symbol "5". For example, if the left stop button 11 is operated just before the replay symbol FIGj of number "10" passes through the pay line, the replay symbol FIGj of number "10", the second plum symbol FIGi of number "09", the BAR symbol FIGb of number "08", the cherry symbol FIGc of number "07", and the fourth bell symbol FIGg of number "06" can stop within this range. The stopping position of the symbols is determined according to the winning combination.

(Valid line)
In this embodiment, the "active line" is a line (middle line) that connects the symbols displayed in the middle row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the middle row of the right reel 23. Note that other lines may be used as the active line. For example, the active line may be a lower line, an upper line, a right-upward line, a right-downward line, a small mountain-shaped line, or the like, which will be described below.

(Lower line)
The lower line refers to a line connecting the symbols displayed in the lower row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed in the lower row of the center reel 22, and the symbols displayed in the lower row of the right reel 23.

(Upper line)
The upper line refers to a line connecting the symbols displayed on the upper row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the upper row of the center reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the upper row of the right reel 23.

(Rising line)
The right-sloping line refers to a line connecting the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the top row of the right reel 23.

(Downward slope line)
The right downward line refers to a line connecting the symbols displayed on the top row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the right reel 23.

(Small hill type line)
The small mountain-shaped line refers to a line connecting the symbols displayed on the lower row of the left reel 21, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 22, and the symbols displayed on the lower row of the right reel 23.

Note that although the number of active lines is "1", there may be multiple lines.

In this embodiment, if "4" of a specific symbol are arranged with an interval of "5", the specific symbol can be stopped and displayed on an active line regardless of when the stop button 10 is operated. For example, the center reel 22 has replay symbols FIGj arranged at numbers "04", "09", "14", and "19", so the replay symbols FIGj can be stopped and displayed on an active line regardless of when the center stop button 12 is operated. This type of symbol arrangement is called "PB=1".

In addition, information regarding the symbols arranged on the reel 20 shown in Figure 6 is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

(Pattern Combinations and Gaming Values)
Next, the symbol combination and the awarded gaming value will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 7, in this embodiment, the symbol combinations related to winning are defined as "First Bonus", "Second Bonus", "Replay", "Plum", "Cherry", and "Bell". When this symbol combination is displayed on an active line, a winning is achieved and the player is awarded a benefit. The benefits awarded to the player include transitioning to a bonus activation state, awarding of play value, activation of a replay, etc.

(First Bonus)
The "First Bonus" is won when the red sevens FIGa are displayed in a line on the pay line. When the "First Bonus" is won, the game moves to a bonus activation state.

(Second Bonus)
The "second bonus" is awarded when the BAR symbols FIGb are displayed in a line on an active reel. When the "second bonus" is awarded, the reel goes into a bonus activation state.

The "First Bonus" and "Second Bonus" are collectively referred to as "Bonus".

(Replay)
In the "replay", a winning is achieved when the replay symbols FIGj are displayed on the pay line. When the "replay" winning is achieved, the replay is activated and it becomes possible to play one game without betting the game value.

In this embodiment, replay is activated when the replay symbols FIGj are displayed in any of the upper line, lower line, upward-right line, and downward-right line. For example, replay is activated when the red seven symbol FIGa with the number "03" stops in the middle of the left reel 21, the BAR symbol FIGb with the number "03" stops in the middle of the middle reel 22, the second plum symbol FIGi with the number "05" stops in the middle of the right reel 23, and the replay symbols FIGj are displayed in a line on the lower line. In the display determination process of step S8000 described later, it is determined that a replay win has been achieved by determining that the red seven symbol FIGa, the BAR symbol FIGb, and the replay symbol FIGj are displayed in a line.

(plum)
A "Plum" win is achieved when the "Plum symbols" are displayed in a line. For example, a "Plum" win is achieved when the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the left reel 21, the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the middle reel 22, and the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the right reel 23. When a "Plum" win is achieved, a game value of "6" is awarded to the player.

In this embodiment, the "plum" winning is also achieved when the "plum symbol" is displayed on other lines. Specifically, when the "plum symbol" is displayed on the lower line, upper line, upward-right line, downward-right line, or small mountain-shaped line, the "plum" winning is achieved and a game value of "13" is awarded. In other words, the value of the game value awarded to the player varies depending on the line on which the "plum symbol" is displayed.

(Bell)
The "bell" win is achieved when the "bell symbols" are displayed in a line on the pay line. For example, the "bell" win is achieved when the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle of the left reel 21, the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle of the center reel 22, and the fourth plum symbol FIGg is displayed in the middle of the right reel 23. When the "bell" win is achieved, the player is awarded a game value of "1".

In this embodiment, game value is also awarded to the player when the "bell symbol" is displayed along any of the other lines. Specifically, when the "bell symbol" is displayed along the lower line, upper line, upward-right line, or downward-right line, a "bell" win is achieved. In this case, the game value awarded for the "bell" winning is "1". In other words, the game value awarded to the player is the same regardless of which line the "bell symbol" is displayed along.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, a combination of symbols (not shown) related to the blank is specified, and when a "blank" win is achieved, a gaming value of "1" is awarded to the player. Note that information related to the combination of symbols and the value of the gaming value to be awarded is stored in the main ROM use area 102a of the main ROM 102.

(Game state transition)
Next, the transition of the game state will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 8, in this embodiment, a total of three game states are provided: a general game state, a bonus carryover state, and a bonus activation state.

(Normal game state)
The general gaming state is a gaming state in which the probability of winning "replay" is determined by lottery with a first probability. The general gaming state is also a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player. If "first BB" or "second BB" is won in the general gaming state, the game state transitions from the general gaming state to a bonus carryover state. If "bonus" is won in the general gaming state, the game state transitions from the general gaming state to a bonus activation state.

(Bonus carried over)
The bonus carryover state is a gaming state in which the winning probability of the "replay" is selected at a second probability that is higher than the first probability. Here, when a "bonus" is won in the bonus carryover state, the state transitions from the bonus carryover state to the bonus activation state.

(Bonus activated)
The bonus operating state is a gaming state in which a "bonus" is operating. When a gaming value exceeding a predetermined threshold is awarded in the bonus operating state, the bonus operating state transitions to a general gaming state. Note that, although "91" is used as the predetermined threshold in this embodiment, this is not limited thereto, and other values may be used as the predetermined threshold.

(Ball dispensing state transition)
Next, the transition of the ball dispensing state will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 9, during a "specific period," there are multiple ball output states managed by the main control board 100. Specifically, there are a total of "8" ball output states: normal state, CZ state, bonus preparation state, bonus state, AT state, bonus preparation state during AT, bonus state during AT, and added state.

As will be described in detail later, if a replay is determined to be a winning role during a "non-specific period", a transition to a "specific period" will occur. Other conditions may be adopted as the transition condition for transitioning from a "non-specific period" to a "specific period". For example, the transition condition for a "specific period" may be winning a lottery to transition to a "specific period" during a "non-specific period", or the transition condition for a "specific period" may be that a predetermined number of games have been played during the "non-specific period".

(Normal state)
The normal state is a disadvantageous state for the player, and is a state in which a lottery for transition to the CZ state or the AT state can be executed. In addition, in the normal state, the player remains in the general gaming state. Here, if "BB" is won in the normal state, the state transitions from the normal state to the bonus preparation state. In addition, if "bonus" is won in the normal state, the state transitions from the normal state to the bonus state. In addition, in the normal state, if the lottery for transition to the CZ state is won, the state transitions from the normal state to the CZ state. In addition, in the normal state, if the lottery for transition to the AT state is won or if the number of games to the ceiling, which will be described later, becomes "0", the state transitions from the normal state to the AT state.

In the normal state, if the player wins the lottery to transition to the CZ state, the player may transition to the CZ premonition state. In this case, when the premonition number of games is played in the CZ premonition state, the player will transition from the CZ premonition state to the CZ state.

In addition, in the CZ precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player look forward to the transition to the CZ state, and effects that notify the player of the transition to the CZ state. This makes it possible to make the player look forward to the transition to the CZ state.

In addition, in the normal state, if the conditions for executing the CZ fake premonition effect are met, a transition to the CZ fake premonition state may occur. In this case, when the number of fake premonition games is played in the CZ fake premonition state, a transition from the CZ fake premonition state to the normal state will occur.

The condition for executing the CZ fake premonition effect can be, for example, when a specific winning combination (such as the "Strong Cherry" described below) is determined and the lottery for transition to the CZ state is not won.

In addition, in the CZ fake precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player look forward to a transition to the CZ state, and effects that notify the player that they will transition to the normal state without transitioning to the CZ state. This makes it possible to make the player look forward to a transition to the CZ state even if they have not won the transition to the CZ state.

In addition, in the normal state, if the player wins the lottery to transition to the AT state, the game may transition to the AT precursor state. In this case, when the number of precursor games is played in the AT precursor state, the game will transition from the AT precursor state to the AT state.

In addition, in the AT precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player look forward to the transition to the AT state, and effects that notify the player that they will be transitioning to the AT state. This makes it possible to make the player look forward to the transition to the AT state.

In addition, if the conditions for executing the AT fake premonition effect are met in the normal state, the state may transition to the AT fake premonition state. In this case, when the number of fake premonition games is played in the AT fake premonition state, the state will transition from the AT fake premonition state to the normal state.

The condition for executing the AT fake precursor effect can be, for example, when a specific winning combination (such as the "Strong Cherry" described below) is determined and the lottery for transition to the AT state is not won.

In addition, in the AT fake precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player expect a transition to the AT state, and effects that notify the player that they will transition to the normal state without transitioning to the AT state. This makes it possible to make the player expect a transition to the AT state even if they have not won the transition to the AT state.

(CZ state)
The CZ state is a state in which it is easier to transition to the AT state compared to the normal state, and is a state in which a lottery for transitioning to the AT state can be executed. In addition, in the CZ state, the player will stay in the general gaming state. Here, if "BB" is won in the CZ state, the player will transition from the CZ state to the bonus preparation state. In addition, if "bonus" is won in the CZ state, the player will transition from the CZ state to the bonus state. In addition, if the lottery for transitioning to the AT state is won in the CZ state, the player will transition from the CZ state to the AT state. In addition, if the termination condition of the CZ state is satisfied in the CZ state, the player will transition from the CZ state to the normal state.

(Bonus preparation state)
The bonus preparation state is a state to which the player is shifted when a "BB" is won in the normal state or the CZ state, and is a state in which a "bonus" can be won. In addition, in the bonus preparation state, the player remains in the bonus carryover state. Here, if a "bonus" is won in the bonus preparation state, the player will shift from the bonus preparation state to the bonus state.

(Bonus state)
The bonus state is advantageous to the player in that it is easier to award game value to the player than in the normal state. As will be described later in detail, the bonus state is a state in which the probability of winning the "push order plum" described below is higher than in the normal state, and the operation sequence of the stop button 10 required to win the "plum" is notified. In addition, in the bonus state, the player remains in the bonus operation state. In addition, in the bonus state, a lottery for transition to the AT state can be executed.

Here, when the value of the game value granted to the player in the bonus state exceeds "91", if the player wins the lottery to transition to the AT state, the state will transition from the bonus state to the AT state. On the other hand, if the value of the game value granted to the player exceeds "91" and the player does not win the lottery to transition to the AT state, the state will transition from the bonus state to the normal state.

(AT state)
The AT state is an advantageous state for the player in that game value is more easily awarded to the player than in the normal state. As will be described later in detail, the AT state is a state in which the operation sequence of the stop button 10 required to win "Plum" is notified. In addition, in the AT state, the player remains in the normal game state.

Here, if "BB" is won in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to the AT bonus preparation state. Also, if a "bonus" is won in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to the AT bonus state. Also, if the lottery for transitioning to the added-on state is won in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to the added-on state. Also, if the conditions for ending the AT state are met in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to a non-specific period.

(AT bonus preparation state)
The AT bonus preparation state is a state to which the player is shifted when "BB" is won in the AT state, and is a state in which a "bonus" can be won. Also, in the AT bonus preparation state, the player remains in the bonus carryover state. Here, if a "bonus" is won in the AT bonus preparation state, the player will shift from the AT bonus preparation state to the AT bonus state.

(AT bonus state)
The bonus state during AT is an advantageous state for the player in that it is easier for the player to be awarded game value compared to the normal state. As will be described in detail later, the bonus state during AT is a state in which the probability of winning the "push order plum" is higher compared to the normal state, and the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 required to win the "plum" is notified. Also, in the bonus state during AT, the player will remain in the bonus operation state. In addition, in the bonus state during AT, a lottery for transition to the added state can be executed.

Here, when the value of the game value granted to the player in the AT bonus state exceeds "91", if the player wins the lottery to transition to the added-on state, the state will transition from the AT bonus state to the added-on state. On the other hand, when the value of the game value granted to the player exceeds "91", if the player does not win the lottery to transition to the added-on state, the state will transition from the AT bonus state to the AT state. Also, when the end condition of the "specific period" is met in the AT bonus state, the state will transition from the AT bonus state to the "non-specific period".

(Top-up state)
The added state is a state in which the number of games that can be played in the AT state is added. As will be described later in detail, the added state is a state in which the operation sequence of the stop button 10 required to win a plum is notified. In addition, in the added state, the player remains in the normal game state.

Here, if "BB" is won in the added state, the state will transition from the added state to the AT bonus preparation state. Also, if a "bonus" is won in the added state, the state will transition from the added state to the AT bonus state. Also, if the end condition of the added state is met in the added state, the state will transition from the added state to the AT state. Also, if the end condition of the "specific period" is met in the added state, the state will transition from the added state to the "non-specific period".

(Flow of goods and information)
Next, the flow of objects and information will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 10 shows a gaming machine 1, a rental device 700, a gaming store 800, a card company data center 810, a gaming machine information center 820, a union 830, an addiction countermeasure agency 840, a card company organization 850, a rental device manufacturer 860, a unit board manufacturer 870, a gaming machine manufacturer 880, and a gaming machine management control chip supplier 890.

(Amusement store 800)
The gaming establishment 800 is equipped with a gaming machine 1, a rental device 700, a hall computer 801, and a management computer 802. In this embodiment, a game can be played by connecting the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700. In other words, if the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 are not connected, it is impossible to play a game.

Here, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 are configured to be able to communicate with each other. Specifically, the gaming machine 1 is configured to be able to transmit gaming value counting information, gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and hall control information to the rental device 700. In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured to be able to input a gaming value rental signal from the rental device 700.

The lending device 700 is configured to be able to communicate with the gaming machine 1, the hall computer 801, and the management computer 802. Specifically, the lending device 700 is configured to be able to output a gaming value lending signal to the gaming machine 1, and is configured to be able to transmit hall computer information to the hall computer 801. The lending device 700 is also configured to be able to receive a PIN and a security verification result notification from the management computer 802.

(Hall computer 801)
The hall computer 801 has a configuration capable of communicating with the rental device 700. Specifically, the hall computer 801 has a configuration capable of receiving hall computer information from the rental device 700.

(Management Computer 802)
The management computer 802 is configured to be able to communicate with the lending device 700, the card company data center 810, and the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the management computer 802 is configured to be able to receive gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, prepaid card information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the lending device 700. The management computer 802 is also configured to be able to receive a PIN and collation security result information from the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

The management computer 802 is also configured to be able to notify the lending device 700 of the encryption key and the result of the security comparison. The management computer 802 is also configured to be able to transmit prepaid card information to the card company data center 810. The management computer 802 is also configured to be able to transmit gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

(Card company data center 810)
The card company data center 810 has a configuration capable of communicating with the management computer 802 and the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the card company data center 810 has a configuration capable of transmitting the secret key and the collation security result information received from the gaming machine information center 820 to the management computer 802. The card company data center 810 also has a configuration capable of transmitting the gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures received from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820. On the other hand, the card company data center 810 has a configuration capable of receiving the prepaid card information transmitted from the management computer 802.

(Gaming Machine Information Center 820)
The gaming machine information center 820 is equipped with a machine history server 821, a fraud monitoring server 822, a performance information server 823, and a player information server 824. As a result, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of collecting information received from the management computer 802 installed in the gaming establishment 800, the unit board manufacturer 870, and the gaming machine manufacturer 880.

(Machine history server 821)
The machine history server 821 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information related to the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the machine history server 821 has a configuration capable of storing shipping information of the gaming machine 1, gaming machine installation information, used transfer information of the gaming machine 1, disposal information of the gaming machine 1, etc. This makes it possible to manage the gaming machine 1 from the time the gaming machine 1 is installed in the gaming establishment 800 until the gaming machine 1 is disposed of.

(Fraud monitoring server 822)
The fraud monitoring server 822 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information relating to fraud and errors in the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the fraud monitoring server 822 has a configuration capable of storing fraud error information, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, security result information, and the like that has occurred in the gaming machine 1. This makes it possible to prevent fraudulent replacement of the unit board 710.

The fraud monitoring server 822 is also configured to generate encryption keys and communication keys. This makes it possible to prevent tampering when transmitting encryption keys and comparison security result information from the gaming machine information center 820 to the management computer 802.

(Performance information server 823)
The performance information server 823 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing gaming machine performance information.

(Player Information Server 824)
The player information server 824 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information about players. Specifically, the player information server 824 has a configuration capable of storing information about the membership numbers of registered players, information about the playing time played by the players, information about the amount of money used by the players, information about the number of times the players have played, and the like.

Here, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of communicating with the card company data center 810, the association 830, the addiction countermeasure agency 840, the card company organization 850, the unit board manufacturer 870, and the gaming machine manufacturer 880. Specifically, the gaming machine information center 820 has a configuration capable of transmitting a secret key and comparison security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810.

The gaming machine information center 820 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the machine history server 821, the fraud monitoring server 822, and the performance information server 823 to the association 830. The gaming machine information center 820 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 to the card company organization 850. The gaming machine information center 820 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the player information server 824 to the addiction countermeasure agency 840.

On the other hand, the gaming machine information center 820 is configured to be able to receive gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. The gaming machine information center 820 is also configured to be able to receive unit board manufacturing information from the unit board manufacturer 870. The gaming machine information center 820 is also configured to be able to receive shipping information from the gaming machine manufacturer 880.

(Union 830)
The association 830 is an association to which a plurality of manufacturers related to the gaming machine 1 belong. Here, the association 830 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the association 830 has a configuration capable of acquiring the shipping information, gaming machine installation information, used transfer information, and disposal information of the gaming machine 1 stored in the machine history server 821 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

In addition, the association 830 is configured to be able to acquire fraud error information, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

The combination 830 is also configured to be able to acquire gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 823 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

(Addiction Countermeasure Agency 840)
The addiction countermeasure agency 840 is an agency for taking measures against addiction to playing on the gaming machine 1. Here, the addiction countermeasure agency 840 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the addiction countermeasure agency 840 has a configuration capable of acquiring information on the membership numbers of registered players stored in the player information server 824, information on playing time, information on the amount of money used, and information on the number of times played, by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

(Card company group 850)
The card company organization 850 has a configuration capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the card company organization 850 has a configuration capable of acquiring fraud error information, unit board manufacturing information, unit board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 820.

(Rental Equipment Manufacturer 860)
The rental device manufacturer 860 is a company that manufactures the rental device 700 using the unit board 710 shipped from the unit board manufacturer 870. The manufactured rental device 700 is then shipped to an amusement facility 800 or the like.

(Unit board manufacturing company 870)
The unit board manufacturing company 870 is a company that manufactures the unit board 710 and ships the manufactured unit board 710 to the rental device manufacturing company 860. Here, the unit board manufacturing company 870 is capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the unit board manufacturing company 870 has a configuration that allows it to transmit manufacturing information of the unit board 710 to the gaming machine information center 820.

(Amusement machine manufacturer 880)
The gaming machine manufacturer 880 is a company that manufactures the gaming machine 1 using the main control chip of the main control board 100 shipped from the gaming machine management control chip supply company 890 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400. Here, the gaming machine manufacturer 880 is capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the gaming machine manufacturer 880 has a configuration that allows it to transmit shipping information of the gaming machine 1 to the gaming machine information center 820.

(Amusement machine management control chip supply company 890)
The gaming machine management control chip supplying company 890 is a company that ships the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400 to the gaming machine manufacturing company 880 .

(Details of the information and signals communicated)
The information and signals communicated (transmitted) will be described in detail below.

(Gaming value counting information)
The game value counting information is information relating to the value of the game value owned by the player. When the counting button 60 of the gaming machine 1 is operated, the game value counting information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700. This enables the lending device 700 to perform a process of storing the value of the game value owned by the player, which is included in the received game value counting information, in the prepaid card.

(Gaming machine installation information)
The gaming machine installation information is information relating to the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, and the gaming value chip manufacturer code, gaming value chip product code, and gaming value chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400. Here, the gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200. Next, the gaming machine installation information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted gaming machine installation information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted gaming machine installation information, and stores the decrypted gaming machine installation information in the machine history server 821. In this way, by performing a process of encrypting and decrypting the gaming machine installation information, it is possible to prevent the gaming machine installation information from being obtained illegally.

(Gaming machine performance information)
The gaming machine performance information is mainly information regarding balls dispensed from the gaming machine 1, and is information regarding the ratio of game devices, the ratio of consecutive game devices, the ratio of game device states, etc. Here, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200, the gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700. Next, the gaming machine performance information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted gaming machine performance information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted gaming machine performance information, and stores the decrypted gaming machine performance information in the performance information server 823. In this way, by performing a process of encrypting the gaming machine performance information and a process of decrypting the gaming machine performance information, it is possible to prevent the gaming machine performance information from being obtained illegally.

(Invalid error information)
The fraudulent error information is information indicating the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically, is information relating to an error occurring in the gaming machine 1 and information relating to fraud detected by the gaming machine 1. Here, when an error or fraud is detected in the gaming machine 1, the fraudulent error information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700. Next, the fraudulent error information is encrypted by the lending device 700 and transmitted to the management computer 802. Next, the encrypted fraudulent error information is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted fraudulent error information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted fraudulent error information and stores the decrypted fraudulent error information in the fraud monitoring server 822. In this way, by performing a process of encrypting and decrypting the fraudulent error information, it is possible to prevent the fraudulent error information from being obtained fraudulently.

(Hall concert information)
The hall control information is information that mainly indicates the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically, is information such as bonus activation information indicating that a "bonus" has been activated, and AT transition information indicating that a transition has been made to an AT state. Here, the hall control information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply board 200, the main program start process (see FIG. 21) described later is terminated, and the main loop process (see FIG. 23) described later is performed. The hall control information is then encrypted by the rental device 700 and transmitted to the hall computer 801.

As a result, the hall computer 801 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted hall control information and a process of storing the decrypted hall control information. In this way, by performing a process of encrypting the hall control information and a process of decrypting the hall control information, it is possible to prevent the hall control information from being obtained illegally.

(Game value lending signal)
The game value lending signal is a signal related to lending of game value. When the lending button 80 is operated, the game value lending signal is transmitted from the lending device 700 to the gaming machine 1. This makes it possible to lend game value to a player.

(Prepaid card information)
The prepaid card information is information recorded on a prepaid card. When a prepaid card is inserted into the lending device 700, the prepaid card information is transmitted from the lending device 700 to the management computer 802. The prepaid card information is then transmitted from the management computer 802 to the card company data center 810. This enables the card company data center 810 to collect the prepaid card information.

(Player information related to addiction countermeasures)
The player information related to addiction countermeasures includes information relating to the membership number of a registered player, information relating to the playing time played by the player, information relating to the amount of money used by the player, and information relating to the number of times the player has played.

When a game is played on the gaming machine 1 or when gaming value is lent by the lending device 700, the player information related to the addiction countermeasures is encrypted and transmitted to the management computer 802 by the lending device 700. Next, the encrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures is transmitted from the management computer 802 to the gaming machine information center 820 via the card company data center 810.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures, and stores the decrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures in the player information server 824. In this way, by performing a process of encrypting the player information related to the addiction countermeasures and a process of decrypting the player information related to the addiction countermeasures, it is possible to prevent the player information related to the addiction countermeasures from being obtained illegally.

The "player information related to addiction countermeasures" may be information regarding the number of times the player has visited the gaming establishment 800, information regarding the value of the gaming value used in the game, etc.

(Encryption key and verification security result information)
The encryption key and the comparison security result information are information transmitted from the gaming machine information center 820 to the rental device 700. Specifically, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted gaming machine installation information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted gaming machine installation information, a process of comparing it with the gaming machine installation information stored in the machine history server 821, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted gaming machine installation information in the machine history server 821. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 transmits the encryption key and the comparison security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and the comparison security result information to the rental device 700.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted gaming machine performance information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted gaming machine performance information, a process of comparing it with the gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 823, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted gaming machine performance information in the performance information server 823. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting an encryption key and comparison security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and comparison security result information to the lending device 700.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted fraud error information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted fraud error information, a process of comparing it with the fraud error information stored in the fraud monitoring server 822, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted fraud error information in the fraud monitoring server 822. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting an encryption key and comparison security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and comparison security result information to the lending device 700.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures, a process of comparing it with the player information related to the addiction countermeasures stored in the player information server 824, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted player information related to the addiction countermeasures in the player information server 824. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting an encryption key and comparison security result information to the management computer 802 via the card company data center 810. Then, the management computer 802 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and comparison security result information to the lending device 700.

(Shipping information)
The shipping information is information related to the shipment of the gaming machine 1, and is transmitted from the gaming machine manufacturer 880 to the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, when the gaming machine manufacturer 880 is supplied with the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 400 from the gaming machine management control chip supply company 890, the gaming machine manufacturer 880 manufactures the gaming machine 1. Then, when the manufactured gaming machine 1 becomes ready to be shipped to the gaming establishment 800, the gaming machine manufacturer 880 transmits the shipping information to the gaming machine information center 820.

Here, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives shipping information from the gaming machine manufacturer 880, it links the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, the gaming value chip manufacturer code, gaming value chip product code, and gaming value chip ID number of the gaming value control board 400, and information regarding the shipping date and time of the gaming machine 1, and registers them in the machine history server 821. Then, the gaming machine manufacturer 880 registers each piece of information in the machine history server 821, and then ships the gaming machine 1 to the gaming establishment 800.

As a result, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives gaming machine installation information after the gaming machine 1 is installed in the gaming establishment 800, it can determine whether the main control chip and the gaming value control chip of the gaming machine 1 installed in the gaming establishment 800 are the ones at the time of shipment by comparing the gaming machine installation information with the shipping information registered in the machine history server 821.

(Unit board manufacturing information)
The unit board manufacturing information is information transmitted from the unit board manufacturer 870 to the gaming machine information center 820. Specifically, the unit board manufacturer 870 manufactures the unit board 710, and when the unit board 710 is ready to be shipped to the rental device manufacturer 860, the unit board manufacturing information is transmitted to the gaming machine information center 820.

When the gaming machine information center 820 receives unit board manufacturing information from the unit board manufacturer 870, it links the product code of the unit board 710, the ID number of the unit board 710, and information related to the manufacturing date and time of the unit board 710, and registers them in the fraud monitoring server 822. Then, after each piece of information has been registered in the fraud monitoring server 822, the unit board manufacturer 870 ships the unit board 710 to the rental device manufacturer 860. Then, the rental device manufacturer 860 will manufacture the rental device 700 using the unit board 710 shipped from the unit board manufacturer 870.

When transmitting and receiving the above-mentioned information and signals, the party transmitting the information and signals can execute a process to record information regarding the date and time of transmission, and the party receiving the information and signals can execute a process to record information regarding the date and time of reception.

(Details of sending and receiving each information)
Next, the details of transmission and reception of each piece of information will be described with reference to FIG.

In Figure 11, the phases are divided into a matching phase and a status communication phase. Therefore, we will explain each of the matching phase and the status communication phase.

(Matching phase)
First, the matching phase will be described.

In the matching phase, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 from the power supply board 200, the main control board 100 transmits the main control chip ID number to the game value control board 400. Next, the game value control board 400 transmits the main control chip ID number and the game value control chip ID number to the unit board 710.

Here, the main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number are encrypted by the unit board 710 and then transmitted to the gaming machine information center 820 via the rental device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 820 receives the encrypted main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of collating the decrypted main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number with the gaming machine installation information stored in the machine history server 821 to determine whether the decrypted main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number are normal or not.

The gaming machine information center 820 also performs a process of generating matching security result information and a process of encrypting this generated matching security result information. Next, the gaming machine information center 820 performs a process of transmitting the encrypted matching security result information to the unit board 710 via the card company data center 810, the management computer 802, and the rental device control board 720.

When the unit board 710 receives the encrypted matching security result information, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted matching security result information. Next, the unit board 710 performs a process of determining whether the decrypted matching security result information is normal or not. If it is determined that the decrypted matching security result information is normal, the matching phase ends and the game moves to a status communication phase. If it is determined that the decrypted matching security result information is not normal, the game becomes unable to be played.

(Status communication phase)
Next, the status communication phase will be described.

(1) Lending Information When the lending button 80 is operated with a prepaid card having electronic information corresponding to money inserted into the lending device 700, or when the lending button 80 is operated with money inserted into the lending device 700, the lending device control board 720 transmits information regarding the number of lent game values (e.g., "47") to the unit board 710. Next, the unit board 710 performs a process of transmitting a game value lending signal including information regarding the number of lent game values to the game value control board 400. Then, when the game value control board 400 receives the game value lending signal from the unit board 710, it performs a process of adding the number of lent game values to the value displayed on the game value display 24 and displaying the result.

(2) Counting Information When the game value owned by the player is displayed on the game value display 24 and the counting button 60 is operated, the game value control board 400 transmits information regarding the counted game value to the unit board 710. For example, when the game value owned by the player is "50", and the counting button 60 is operated, the information regarding the counted game value becomes "50". Next, the unit board 710 transmits information regarding the counted game value to the rental device control board 720. In addition, the rental device control board 720 performs a process of storing information regarding the counted game value in a prepaid card.

Then, when the return button 81 is operated after the process of storing information about the counted gaming value in the prepaid card is completed, the lending device control board 720 performs a process of returning the prepaid card. In other words, even if the return button 81 is operated before the process of storing information about the counted gaming value in the prepaid card is completed, the prepaid card will not be returned. This makes it possible to prevent a player from leaving the seat before the counting of the gaming value is completed.

In addition, if the return button 81 is operated before the process of storing information about the counted game value in the prepaid card is completed, the liquid crystal display 82 notifies the player to wait until the counting of the game value is completed. For example, the liquid crystal display 82 displays a text image saying "Counting" to notify the player to wait until the counting of the game value is completed.

The notification to make the player wait until the counting of the game value is completed may be made by outputting a sound from a rental speaker (not shown) provided on the rental device 700, or by turning on or blinking a rental lamp (not shown) provided on the rental device 700, or by a combination of these.

The notification to have the player wait until the counting of the game value is completed may be made by the gaming machine 1, or may be made by the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700. Here, when the gaming machine 1 makes a notification to have the player wait until the counting of the game value is completed, the notification may be made by the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29.

(3) Number of Playing Values Information regarding the number of playing values is transmitted from the playing value control board 400 to the unit board 710 at a predetermined cycle (e.g., every 300 ms). The unit board 710 also transmits information regarding the playing values owned by the player to the lending device control board 720. Here, the playing value number is uncounted playing value, and is the value of the playing value displayed on the playing value display 24. This allows the lending device 700 to recognize the number of playing values owned by the player.

(4) Number of BETs Information regarding the number of BETs placed on the gaming machine 1 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400 at a predetermined cycle (e.g., every 300 ms). Next, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the unit board 710. Then, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the unit board 710 to the rental device control board 720. This allows the rental device 700 to recognize the number of BETs.

(5) Number of game values awarded by winning In the gaming machine 1, the number of game values awarded by winning is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400 at a predetermined cycle (e.g., every 1.564 ms). Next, the game value control board 400 transmits the number of game values awarded by winning to the unit board 710 at a predetermined cycle (e.g., every 300 ms). This allows the lending device 700 to recognize the game value awarded by winning.

(6) Hall Computer Information Hall computer information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the rental device control board 720 via the game value control board 400 and the unit board 710. The rental device control board 720 then transmits the hall computer information to the hall computer 801. This enables the hall computer 801 to recognize the hall computer information.

(7) Gaming Machine Performance Information The gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. The gaming value control board 400 then transmits the gaming machine performance information to the unit board 710. Here, the unit board 710 encrypts the received gaming machine performance information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 820 via the rental device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(8) Gaming Machine Installation Information Gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. The gaming value control board 400 then transmits the gaming machine installation information to the unit board 710. Here, the unit board 710 encrypts the received gaming machine installation information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 820 via the rental device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(9) Error Information Main control board error information regarding an error detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits the main control board error information received from the main control board 100 and/or the gaming value control board error information detected by the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710. Next, the unit board 710 transmits the main control board error information and/or the gaming value control board error information to the rental device control board 720. Then, the rental device control board 720 transmits the error information received from the unit board 710 to the management computer 802.

The unit board 710 also performs a process of encrypting the error information received from the gaming value control board 400. The unit board 710 then transmits the encrypted error information to the gaming machine information center 820 via the rental device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(10) Fraud Information Fraud information regarding fraud detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400. Next, the gaming value control board 400 transmits the fraud information received from the main control board 100 and/or the fraud information regarding fraud detected by the gaming value control board 400 to the unit board 710. Then, the unit board 710 transmits the fraud information received from the gaming value control board 400 to the rental device control board 720. Then, the rental device control board 720 transmits the fraud information received from the unit board 710 to the management computer 802.

The unit board 710 also performs a process of encrypting the fraudulent information received from the gaming value control board 400. The unit board 710 then transmits the encrypted fraudulent information to the gaming machine information center 820 via the rental device control board 720, the management computer 802, and the card company data center 810.

(Winning Role Determination Table)
Next, the winning combination determination table will be described with reference to FIG.

The winning role determination table is stored in the main ROM use area 102a, and is used when determining winning roles by the internal lottery process in step S4000 described below. In addition, the winning role determination table specifies winning roles and lottery values corresponding to the winning roles for each game state.

In this embodiment, the winning role determination table illustrates the lottery values when the set value is "1" and when the set value is "6", and does not illustrate the lottery values when the set value is "0", when the set value is "3", when the set value is "4", and when the set value is "5". Note that in this embodiment, the winning role determination table specifies the lottery values so that the higher the set value, the more advantageous it is for the player.

As shown in FIG. 12, when the game state managed by the main control board 100 is the general game state, the lottery values are set to "1st BB", "2nd BB", "Replay", "Plum in left press order PLa", "Plum in left press order PLb", "Plum in left press order PLc", "Plum in center press order PCa", "Plum in center press order PCb", "Plum in right press order PRa", "Plum in right press order PRb", "Weak Cherry", "Strong Cherry", and "Bell".

In addition, when the game state managed by the main control board 100 is the "bonus carryover state", the lottery values are set to "Replay", "Plum in left press order PLa", "Plum in left press order PLb", "Plum in left press order PLc", "Plum in center press order PCa", "Plum in center press order PCb", "Plum in right press order PRa", "Plum in right press order PRb", "Weak Cherry", "Strong Cherry", and "Bell".

In addition, when the game state managed by the main control board 100 is the "bonus activation state", lottery values are specified for "left push order plum PLa", "left push order plum PLb", "left push order plum PLc", "middle push order plum PCa", "middle push order plum PCb", "right push order plum PRa", and "right push order plum PRb".

Note that "Left push order plum PLa" to "Left push order plum PLc" are collectively referred to as "Left push order plums", "Middle push order plum PCa" to "Middle push order plum PCb" are collectively referred to as "Middle push order plums", and "Right push order plum PRa" to "Right push order plum PRb" are collectively referred to as "Right push order plums". Note that "Left push order plums", "Middle push order plums", and "Right push order plums" are collectively referred to as "push order plums".

(Relationship between winning combinations, the operation order of the stop button 10, and winnings, etc.)
Next, the relationship between the winning combination, the operation sequence of the stop button 10, and the winning will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 13 shows the relationship between winning combinations and symbol combinations that can be displayed on a winning line depending on the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated.

In this embodiment, the combination of symbols that is allowed to win varies depending on the winning combination. For example, if the winning combination is "replay," a "replay" win is allowed.

In addition, in this embodiment, a winning combination that is allowed to win varies depending on which stop button 10 is operated first. For example, if the winning combination is "Plum PLa in left press order" and the left stop button 11 is operated first, "Plum" will win. On the other hand, if the winning combination is "Plum PLa in left press order" and the middle stop button 12 is operated first or the right stop button 13 is operated first, "Blank" will win depending on the timing of the operation of the stop button 10. In other words, depending on the timing of the operation of the stop button 10, "Blank" will not win and there will be no winning.

In addition, in this embodiment, there are winning roles that may or may not win depending on the timing of operation of the stop button 10. For example, if the winning role is "Bell", and the stop button 10 is operated at the appropriate timing, the "Bell" will win. On the other hand, if the stop button 10 is operated at an inappropriate timing, the "Bell" will not win and there will be no winning.

In addition, in this embodiment, "BB" and another winning role may be won at the same time. Specifically, if another winning role is determined while "BB" is carried over, "BB" and the other winning role will be won at the same time.

In this embodiment, if "BB" and "Replay" are won, "Replay" will be displayed on the active line with priority over "Bonus", and Replay will win.

In addition, if "BB" and "Plum" are winning, then "Plum" will be displayed on the active line in priority over "Bonus", and "Plum" will win. Similarly, if "BB" and "Cherry" are winning, or if "BB" and "Bell" are winning, then "Cherry" and "Bell" will be displayed on the active line in priority over "Bonus".

(Characteristics of the winning role)
Next, the characteristics of the winning combination will be described with reference to FIG.

In this embodiment, among the operation sequences of the stop button 10, there is an operation sequence that is unilaterally advantageous to the player (hereinafter referred to as the "first stop operation sequence"), and an operation sequence that is unilaterally disadvantageous to the player (hereinafter referred to as the "second stop operation sequence").

(First Stop Operation Sequence)
The first stop operation sequence is an operation sequence in which the expected value of the game value to be acquired is lower than that of the second stop operation sequence. The first stop operation sequence is an operation sequence in which the lottery result of the ball output state described later is reflected. Here, in this embodiment, the first stop operation sequence corresponds to an operation sequence in which the left stop button 11 is operated first. Specifically, the first stop operation sequence corresponds to an operation sequence in which the left stop button 11 is operated first, then the center stop button 12 is operated, and finally the right stop button 13 is operated (hereinafter referred to as "left, center, right"), and an operation sequence in which the left stop button 11 is operated first, then the right stop button 13 is operated, and finally the center stop button 12 is operated (hereinafter referred to as "left, right, center").

(Second Stop Operation Sequence)
The second stop operation sequence is an operation sequence in which the expected value of the game value to be acquired is higher than that of the first stop operation sequence. The second stop operation sequence is also an operation sequence in which the lottery result of the ball-out state described below is not reflected. Examples of the lottery result of the ball-out state not being reflected include not performing a process to reflect the lottery result of the ball-out state, and performing a process to clear the lottery result of the ball-out state.

Here, the second stop operation sequence corresponds to an operation sequence in which the center stop button 12 is operated first, or an operation sequence in which the right stop button 13 is operated first. Specifically, the second stop operation sequence corresponds to an operation sequence in which the center stop button 12 is operated first, then the left stop button 11, and finally the right stop button 13 (hereinafter referred to as "center left right"), an operation sequence in which the center stop button 12 is operated first, then the right stop button 13, and finally the left stop button 11 (hereinafter referred to as "center right left"), an operation sequence in which the right stop button 13 is operated first, then the left stop button 11, and finally the center stop button 12 (hereinafter referred to as "right left center"), and an operation sequence in which the right stop button 13 is operated first, then the center stop button 12, and finally the left stop button 11 (hereinafter referred to as "right center left").

In this embodiment, when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation sequence, the lottery results regarding the ball output state described below are not reflected. However, when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation sequence, the lottery results regarding the ball output state may be given less favor than when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation sequence.

First, when the winning combination is "Plum PLb in left press order," if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation sequence, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/2." Specifically, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "left, center, right," "Plum" wins. At this time, the game value awarded to the player is "6." Also, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "left, right, center," "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." On the other hand, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation sequence, "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." When "Blank" wins, the game value awarded to the player is "1."

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PLc in left press order," if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation sequence, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/2." Specifically, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "left, right, center," "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the game value awarded to the player is "6." Also, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "left, center, right," "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." On the other hand, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation sequence, "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." When "Blank" wins, the value of the game value awarded to the player is "1."

Next, when the winning combination is "middle press order plum PCa" and the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation sequence, "plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "middle left right", "plum" wins. At this time, the value of the game value granted to the player is "13". Also, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "middle right left", "right left middle", "right middle left", "blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation sequence, "blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". When "blank" wins, the value of the game value granted to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "middle press order plum PCb" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation order, "plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "middle right left", "plum" wins. At this time, the value of the game value granted to the player is "13". Also, when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "middle left right", "right left middle", or "right middle left", "blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation order, "blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". When "blank" wins, the value of the game value granted to the player is "1".

Next, when the winning combination is "Plum PRa in the right press order," if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation sequence, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4." Specifically, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "Right Left Center," "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the game value granted to the player is "13." Also, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "Center Left Right," "Center Right Left," or "Right Center Left," "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." On the other hand, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation sequence, "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4." When "Blank" wins, the value of the game value granted to the player is "1."

Next, when the winning combination is "Right Push Order Plum PRb" and the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the second stop operation sequence, "Plum" wins with a probability of "1/4". Specifically, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "Right Center Left", "Plum" wins. At this time, the value of the game value granted to the player is "13". Also, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "Center Left Right", "Center Right Left", or "Right Left Center", "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". On the other hand, when the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is the first stop operation sequence, "Blank" wins with a probability of "1/4". When "Blank" wins, the value of the game value granted to the player is "1".

Here, in the first stop operation sequence, if the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is "left, center, right," the probability that the player will be awarded a gaming value of "6" is "(4,596 + 4,982) / 65,536 (setting "1") to (5,800 + 4,380) / 65,536 (setting "6")," which is "9,578 / 65,536 (setting "1") to 10,180 / 65,536 (setting "6")."

Similarly, if the operation sequence of the stop buttons 10 is "left, right, middle", the probability that the player will be awarded a gaming value of "6" is "(4,596 + 4,982) / 65,536 (setting "1") to (5,800 + 4,380) / 65,536 (setting "6")", which is "9,578 / 65,536 (setting "1") to 10,180 / 65,536 (setting "6")".

Specifically, the winning probability of "Left Push Order PLA" with setting "1" is "4,596/65,536," while the winning probability of "Left Push Order PLA" with setting "6" is "5,800/65,536." For this reason, it is easier to win "Left Push Order PLA" with setting "6" than with setting "1."

On the other hand, the combined winning probability of "Left Push Order Plum PLb" to "Left Push Order Plum PLc" at setting "1" is "9,964/65536," while the combined winning probability of "Left Push Order Plum PLb" to "Left Push Order Plum PLc" at setting "6" is "8,760/65,536." For this reason, it is easier to win "Left Push Order Plum PLb" to "Left Push Order Plum PLc" when the setting is "1" than when the setting is "6."

In this embodiment, the combined probability of winning for "Left Push Order Plam PLa" to "Left Push Order Plam PLc" in setting "1" is the same as the combined probability of winning for "Left Push Order Plam PLa" to "Left Push Order Plam PLc" in setting "6". Specifically, the combined probability of winning for "Left Push Order Plam PLa" to "Left Push Order Plam PLc" in setting "1" is "14,560/65,536" for both, and the combined probability of winning for "Left Push Order Plam PLa" to "Left Push Order Plam PLc" in setting "6".

In other words, when the ball output state managed by the main control board 100 is in the normal state, the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is not notified, so the player cannot tell whether a "plum" will win if the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, center, right," or whether a "plum" will win if the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, center, right."

On the other hand, when the ball output state managed by the main control board 100 is in the AT state, the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is notified, and the player can win a "Plum" by operating the stop button 10 according to the notified operation sequence.

In addition, since the combined probability of winning "Plum in Left Push Order" is the same for settings "1" and "6," when the ball output state managed by the main control board 100 is in the AT state, it can be said that the probability of "Plum" winning is the same for settings "1" and "6."

(Expected Gain of Gaming Value According to Operation Order of Stop Button 10)
The expected gain of the gaming value according to the operation order of the stop buttons 10 will be described below.

The expected value of the game value to be acquired according to the operation order of the stop button 10 can be calculated as "lottery value according to the winning combination x value of the game value to be awarded x winning rate / total value of all lottery values (the denominator "65,536" in Figure 12)."

In this embodiment, "Plum in left push order PLb" to "Plum in left push order PLc", "Plum in center push order", and "Plum in right push order" are grouped when they are winning roles. Therefore, the expected acquisition value of these game values will be explained. In the following, "Plum in left push order PLb" to "Plum in left push order PLc", "Plum in center push order", and "Plum in right push order" are referred to as a "specific group".

For example, when the setting is "1", the winning combination is determined to be "Plum PLb in the left press order" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, middle, right", the expected value of the game value obtained is "4,982 x 6 x 1/65,536 = 0.45 (for ease of explanation, this is rounded to two decimal places)."

In addition, if the winning combination is determined to be "Left Press Order Plum PLc" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "Left, Middle, Right," the expected value of the game value obtained is "4,982 x 1 x 0.25/65,536 = 0.02."

In addition, if the winning combination is determined to be "middle press order plum PCa" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, middle, right," the expected value of the game value to be acquired is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25/65,536 = 0.03."

Similarly, if the winning combination is determined to be "middle press order plum PCb" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, middle, right," the expected value of the game value to be acquired is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25/65,536 = 0.03."

Similarly, if the winning combination is determined to be "Right Press Order Plum PRa" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "Left, Center, Right," the expected value of the game value to be acquired is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25/65,536 = 0.03."

Similarly, if the winning combination is determined to be "Right Press Order Plum PRb" and the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "Left, Middle, Right," the expected value of the game value obtained is "9,000 x 1 x 0.25/65,536 = 0.03."

Therefore, the expected gain in gaming value when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, middle, right" is "0.61".

Here, the expected gain in game value when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, right, middle" is "0.61", the same as the expected gain in game value when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "left, middle, right".

On the other hand, when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "middle, left, right," the expected value of the game value to be acquired is calculated to be "1.93." Similarly, the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "middle, right, left," the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is "right, left, middle," and the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation order is "right, middle, left" are also "1.93."

For these reasons, it can be said that the expected value of gaining gaming value is higher when the stop button 10 is operated in the second stop operation order than when the stop button 10 is operated in the first stop operation order.

In addition, the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation sequence, and the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation sequence is the second stop operation sequence, can be said to be a value less than the number of BETs, "3."

In addition, in this embodiment, the sum of the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the first stop operation sequence and the expected value of the game value to be acquired in response to the lottery for transition of the ball output state managed by the main control board 100 is greater than the expected value of the game value to be acquired when the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is the second stop operation sequence.

In this way, when a winning combination of a "specific group" is won, the advantages and disadvantages of operating the stop buttons 10 in the first stop operation sequence and the second stop operation sequence are offset in terms of both the expected value of game value gained and the probability of transitioning to the ball output state.

In this case, even if the main control board 100 transmits information (a grouping command, described below) to the sub-control board 300 indicating that a winning combination of a "specific group" has been won, the display mode of the instruction information display unit 17 will be hidden.

In addition, under normal circumstances, the gaming value acquired by winning a winning combination from a "specific group" is not added to the calculation of the instructed combination ratio.

(AT state transition lottery table)
Next, the AT state transition lottery table will be explained using FIG.

The AT state transition lottery table is a table used when conducting a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the AT state transition lottery table includes an AT state transition lottery table for the normal state (see FIG. 15(A)), an AT state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state (see FIG. 15(B)), an AT state transition lottery table for the CZ state (see FIG. 15(C)), and an AT state transition lottery table for the bonus state (see FIG. 15(D)).

(AT state transition lottery table for normal state)
The normal state AT state transition lottery table is a table used when a lottery is performed as to whether or not to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is normal. Here, the normal state AT state transition lottery table specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery is "655/65,536".

(AT state transition lottery table for bonus preparation state)
The AT state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state is a table used when a lottery is conducted as to whether or not to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is the bonus preparation state. Here, the AT state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery is "655/65,536".

(AT state transition lottery table for CZ state)
The AT state transition lottery table for CZ state is a table used when a lottery is performed as to whether or not to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is the CZ state. Here, the AT state transition lottery table for CZ state specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1", if "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery is "16,384/65,536".

(AT state transition lottery table for bonus state)
The AT state transition lottery table for bonus state is a table used when a lottery is conducted as to whether or not to transition to the AT state when the ball output state is the bonus state. Here, the AT state transition lottery table for bonus state specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "push order plum" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the AT state transition lottery is "655/65,536".

As shown in FIG. 15, the AT state transition lottery table illustrates the lottery values when the setting value is "1" and when the setting value is "6", and does not illustrate the lottery values when the setting value is "0", when the setting value is "3", when the setting value is "4", and when the setting value is "5". Also, the AT state transition lottery table specifies the lottery values so that the higher the setting value, the more advantageous it is for the player.

The lottery values specified in the AT state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values shown in Figure 15 and can be set as appropriate.

(CZ state transition lottery table)
Next, using Figure 16, we will explain the CZ state transition lottery table.

The CZ state transition lottery table is a table used when conducting a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the CZ state when the ball output state is in the normal state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

The CZ state transition lottery table specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, if the set value is "1" and a "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the CZ state transition lottery is "655/65,536."

As shown in FIG. 16, the CZ state transition lottery table illustrates the lottery values when the setting value is "1" and when the setting value is "6", and does not illustrate the lottery values when the setting value is "0", when the setting value is "3", when the setting value is "4", and when the setting value is "5". Also, the CZ state transition lottery table specifies the lottery values so that the higher the setting value, the more advantageous it is for the player.

Note that the lottery values specified in the CZ state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values shown in FIG. 16 and can be set as appropriate.

(Additional Game Number Lottery Table)
Next, the additional game number lottery table will be explained using Figure 17.

The additional game number lottery table is a table used when performing an additional lottery for the number of games that can be played in the AT state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the additional game number selection table is provided with an additional game number selection table for the AT state (see FIG. 17(A)) and an additional game number selection table for the additional state (see FIG. 17(B)).

(AT state additional game number lottery table)
The AT state additional game number lottery table is a table used when the ball output state is the AT state and an additional lottery is performed for the number of games that can be played in the AT state. Here, the AT state additional game number lottery table specifies a lottery value corresponding to the number of games to be added for each winning role. For example, when a "bell" is determined as the winning role, "50" games are added with a probability of "2,048/65,536", "100" games are added with a probability of "1,024/65,536", and "300" games are added with a probability of "512/65,536".

(Number of games added for added status lottery table)
The lottery table for the number of games added for the added state is a table used when the number of games that can be played in the AT state is added when the ball output state is the added state. Here, the lottery table for the number of games added for the added state specifies a lottery value corresponding to the number of games to be added for each winning role. For example, when a "bell" is determined as the winning role, "50" games are added with a probability of "65,000/65,536", "100" games are added with a probability of "500/65,536", and "300" games are added with a probability of "36/65,536".

In this embodiment, the number of games to be added is determined when a lottery using the added game number lottery table is won, but this is not limited to this. For example, a predetermined number of games (e.g., "30" games) may be considered as "1" set, and the number of sets may be added, the amount of game value to be awarded to the player may be added, or the number of times the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is notified may be added.

The lottery values specified in the additional game number lottery table are not limited to the lottery values shown in FIG. 17 and can be set as appropriate.

(Add-on state transition lottery table)
Next, the add-on state transition lottery table will be explained using Figure 18.

The top-up state transition lottery table is a table used when conducting a lottery to determine whether or not to transition to the top-up state, and is stored in the main ROM usage area 102a.

Here, in this embodiment, the added-on state transition lottery table includes an added-on state transition lottery table for the AT state (see FIG. 18(A)), an added-on state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state during the AT (see FIG. 18(B)), and an added-on state transition lottery table for the bonus state during the AT (see FIG. 18(C)).

(AT state extra state transition lottery table)
The AT state add-on state transition lottery table is a table used when a lottery is held to determine whether or not to transition to an add-on state when the ball output state is in an AT state. Here, the AT state add-on state transition lottery table specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the lottery to transition to the add-on state is "328/65,536".

(AT bonus preparation state extra state transition lottery table)
The lottery table for transition to the bonus-ready state during the AT is a table used when a lottery is held to determine whether or not to transition to the bonus-ready state when the ball output state is the bonus-ready state during the AT. Here, the lottery table for transition to the bonus-ready state during the AT specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the lottery for transition to the bonus-ready state is "328/65,536".

(AT bonus state transition lottery table)
The lottery table for transition to the bonus state during the AT is a table used when a lottery is held to determine whether or not to transition to the bonus state when the ball output state is the bonus state during the AT. Here, the lottery table for transition to the bonus state during the AT specifies the lottery value corresponding to the winning role for each set value. For example, when the set value is "1" and "push order plum" is determined as the winning role, the probability of winning the lottery for transition to the bonus state is "163/65,536".

As shown in FIG. 18, the add-on state transition lottery table illustrates the lottery values when the set value is "1" and when the set value is "6", and does not illustrate the lottery values when the set value is "0", when the set value is "3", when the set value is "4", and when the set value is "5". Also, the add-on state transition lottery table specifies the lottery values so that the higher the set value, the more advantageous it is for the player.

The lottery values specified in the top-up state transition lottery table are not limited to the lottery values shown in FIG. 18 and can be set as appropriate.

(Storage area of main RAM 103)
Next, the storage area of the main RAM 103 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Storage area 103a in the main RAM area)
First, the storage area in the main RAM use area 103a will be described.

As shown in FIG. 19, the main RAM usage area 103a has multiple memory areas, from the set value memory area 103aa to the game value error memory area 103zd. Each memory area is explained below.

(Setting value storage area 103aa)
The set value storage area 103aa is a 1-byte storage area that can store a set value indicating the degree of advantage to the player. For example, when the set value is 1, 00000001B is stored in the set value storage area 103aa, and when the set value is 6, 00000110B is stored in the set value storage area 103aa.

(Bonus memory area 103ab)
The bonus memory area 103ab is a "1" byte memory area, and when "BB" is won, information on the winning of "BB" can be carried over and stored until the bonus is won. Here, for example, if "1st BB" is carried over, the value of the bonus memory area 103ab is "00000001B", if "2nd BB" is carried over, the value of the bonus memory area 103ab is "00000010B", and if "BB" is not carried over, the value of the bonus memory area 103ab is "00000000B".

(Winning combination memory area 103ac)
The winning combination memory area 103ac is a 2-byte memory area capable of storing information related to a winning combination. For example, when a winning combination is determined to be a "replay", the upper byte of the winning combination memory area 103ac has a value of "00000000B" and the lower byte has a value of "00000001B".

(BET counter 103ad)
The BET counter 103ad is a 1-byte memory area capable of storing information related to a bet game value. For example, when the bet game value is 3, the value of the BET counter 103ad is 00000011B.

(Wait timer 103ae)
The wait timer 103ae is a 2-byte memory area capable of storing information for counting the minimum game time. In this embodiment, the value set in the wait timer 103ae is decremented by 1 each time a main interrupt process (see FIG. 57) is executed. The minimum game time in this embodiment is approximately 4.1 seconds.

(Replay in progress flag storage area 103af)
The replay operation flag storage area 103af is a "1" byte storage area capable of storing a replay operation flag that is turned ON when a replay is won. When the replay operation flag is ON, the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af is "00000001B", and when the replay operation flag is OFF, the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af is "00000000B".

(Assigned value storage area 103ag)
The granted value storage area 103ag is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the game value granted to the player. For example, when the game value granted to the player is 13, the value of the granted value storage area 103ag is 00001101B.

(Bonus end value counter 103ah)
The bonus end value counter 103ah is a 1-byte memory area that can store information about the game value that can be awarded in the bonus operating state. For example, when the game value that can be awarded in the bonus operating state is "13", the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah becomes "00001101B".

(RB winning count counter 103ai)
The RB winning count counter 103ai is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information regarding the number of times that "RB (first type special feature)" can be won. For example, when the number of times that "RB" can be won is "1", the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai becomes "00000001B".

(RB game number counter 103aj)
The RB game number counter 103aj is a storage area of “1” byte, and is a storage area capable of storing information regarding the number of games that can be played with “RB.” For example, when the number of games that can be played with “RB” is “1,” the value of the RB game number counter 103aj is “00000001B.”

(Game status memory area 103ak)
The game status memory area 103ak is a 1-byte memory area capable of storing information about the game status of the current game. When the current game status is the normal game status, the value of the game status memory area 103ak is "00000000B", when the current game status is the bonus carryover status, the value of the game status memory area 103ak is "00000001B", and when the current game status is the bonus activation status, the value of the game status memory area 103ak is "00000010B".

(Ball output status memory area 103al)
The ball output state memory area 103al is a "1" byte memory area that can store information about the ball output state in the current game. For example, when the current ball output state is the normal state, the value of the ball output state memory area 103al is "00000001B".

(Next ball output status memory area 103am)
The next ball output state memory area 103am is a "1" byte memory area that can store information about the ball output state in the next game. For example, if the ball output state in the next game is the normal state, the value of the next ball output state memory area 103am becomes "00000001B".

(Ceiling game number counter 103an)
The ceiling game number counter 103an is a memory area of "2" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the ceiling game number. Here, for example, when the number of games up to the ceiling is "1", the value of the upper byte of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "00000000B", and the value of the lower byte is "00000001B".

(CZ game number counter 103ao)
The CZ game number counter 103ao is a 1-byte memory area that can store the number of games that can be played in the CZ state. For example, if the number of games that can be played in the CZ state is 1, the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao becomes 00000001B.

(AT game number counter 103ap)
The AT game number counter 103ap is a memory area of "2" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the number of games that can be played in the AT state. Here, for example, when the number of games that can be played in the AT state is "1", the value of the upper byte of the AT game number counter 103ap is "00000000B", and the value of the lower byte is "00000001B".

(Number of games in added state counter 103aq)
The number of games in the added state counter 103aq is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing the number of games that can be played in the added state. For example, when the number of games that can be played in the added state is "1", the value of the number of games in the added state counter 103aq becomes "00000001B".

(CZ winning flag storage area 103ar)
The CZ winning flag memory area 103ar is a "1" byte memory area that can store a CZ winning flag indicating that a CZ state transition lottery has been won. When the CZ winning flag is ON, the value of the CZ winning flag memory area 103ar is "00000001B", and when the CZ winning flag is OFF, the value of the CZ winning flag memory area 103ar is "00000000B".

(AT winning flag storage area 103as)
The AT winning flag memory area 103as is a "1" byte memory area that can store an AT winning flag indicating that the AT state transition lottery has been won. Here, when the AT winning flag is ON, the value of the AT winning flag memory area 103as is "00000001B", and when the AT winning flag is OFF, the value of the AT winning flag memory area 103as is "00000000B".

(Additional State Winning Flag Memory Area 103at)
The added-on state winning flag memory area 103at is a "1" byte memory area that can store an added-on state winning flag indicating that the added-on state transition lottery has been won. Here, when the added-on state winning flag is ON, the value of the added-on state winning flag memory area 103at is "00000001B", and when the added-on state winning flag is OFF, the value of the added-on state winning flag memory area 103at is "00000000B".

(First stop memory area 103au)
The first stop memory area 103au is a "1" byte memory area that can store information about the first operated stop button 10 when all reels 20 are spinning. Here, if the value of the first stop memory area 103au is "00000001B", this means that the first operated stop button 10 is the left stop button 11, and the first stop is the left reel 21.

(Press reference position storage area 103av)
The pressing reference position memory area 103av is a "3" byte memory area, and is a memory area capable of storing the symbol position when the stop button 10 corresponding to the spinning reel 20 is operated. Specifically, the "1" byte of the pressing reference position memory area 103av is a memory area capable of storing the symbol position when the left stop button 11 is operated, the "2" byte of the pressing reference position memory area 103av is a memory area capable of storing the symbol position when the center stop button 12 is operated, and the "3" byte of the pressing reference position memory area 103av is a memory area capable of storing the symbol position when the right stop button 13 is operated. For example, when the pressing reference position of the left reel 21 is "01", the value of the "1" byte of the pressing reference position memory area 103av is "00000001B".

(Sliding frame count storage area 103aw)
The sliding frame number memory area 103aw is a "3" byte memory area capable of storing information regarding the number of sliding frames. Specifically, the "1" byte of the sliding frame number memory area 103aw is a memory area capable of storing the number of sliding frames of the left reel 21, the "2" byte of the sliding frame number memory area 103aw is a memory area capable of storing the number of sliding frames of the center reel 22, and the "3" byte of the sliding frame number memory area 103aw is a memory area capable of storing the number of sliding frames of the right reel 23. For example, when the number of sliding frames of the left reel 21 is "1", the value of the "1" byte of the sliding frame number memory area 103aw is "00000001B".

(difference counter 103ax)
The difference counter 103ax is a storage area of "2" bytes, and is a storage area capable of storing information regarding the difference in the game value in the "specific period". The difference counter 103ax can store positive and negative values. Specifically, when the difference in the game value in the "specific period" is "200", the value of the upper byte of the difference counter 103ax is "11001000B", and the value of the lower byte is "00000000B". On the other hand, when the difference in the game value in the "specific period" is "-200", the value of the upper byte of the difference counter 103ax is "00000000B", and the value of the lower byte is "11001000B". When the difference in the game value in the "specific period" is "0", the value of both the upper byte and the lower byte of the difference counter 103ax are "00000000B".

(Specific period start flag storage area 103ay)
The specific period start flag storage area 103ay is a "1" byte storage area capable of storing a specific period start flag that is turned ON at the start of a "specific period." When the specific period start flag is ON, the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay becomes "00000001B," and when the specific period start flag is OFF, the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay becomes "00000000B."

(Specific period flag storage area 103az)
The specific period flag storage area 103az is a “1” byte storage area capable of storing a specific period flag that is ON during a stay in a “specific period.” When the specific period flag is ON, the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az is “00000001B,” and when the specific period flag is OFF, the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az is “00000000B.”

(Specific period end flag storage area 103za)
The specific period end flag storage area 103za is a “1” byte storage area capable of storing a specific period end flag that is turned ON at the end of a “specific period.” When the specific period end flag is ON, the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za becomes “00000001B,” and when the specific period end flag is OFF, the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za becomes “00000000B.”

(Main error information storage area 103zb)
The main error information storage area 103zb is a 2-byte storage area capable of storing error information detected by the main control board 100. Specifically, the main error information storage area 103zb stores information relating to a setting change device operation abnormality error, which will be described later.

(Stop position memory area 103zc)
The stop position memory area 103zc is a "3" byte memory area capable of storing the stop position of the reel 20. Specifically, the "1" byte of the stop position memory area 103zc is a memory area capable of storing the stop position of the left reel 21, the "2" byte of the stop position memory area 103zc is a memory area capable of storing the stop position of the center reel 22, and the "3" byte of the stop position memory area 103zc is a memory area capable of storing the stop position of the right reel 23. For example, when the number of sliding frames of the left reel 21 is "1", the value of the "1" byte of the stop position memory area 103zc is "00000001B".

(Game value error storage area 103zd)
The gaming value error memory area 103zd is a 2-byte memory area that can store error information detected by the gaming value control board 400 in response to a command received from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value error memory area 103zd stores information related to a rental device unconnected error (main stop) described below, information related to a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) described below, and the like.

In this embodiment, a "main stop" refers to an error that is monitored during play. Specifically, as described below, this includes an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop), a game value number reached error (main stop), a lending device communication no response error (main stop), a lending device unconnected error (main stop), and a door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, "constant monitoring" refers to errors that are monitored while the machine is not being played. Specifically, as will be described later, these include abnormal communication errors within the gaming machine (constant monitoring), game value number reached errors (constant monitoring), no response from the rental device in communication errors (constant monitoring), rental device unconnected errors (constant monitoring), and door open errors (constant monitoring).

(Storage area outside the main RAM area 103b)
Next, the storage area outside the main RAM area 103b will be described.

As shown in FIG. 19, the main RAM outside area 103b has multiple memory areas, from the MY counter for limiting 103ba to the number of plays counter for calculating ratio 103yw. Each memory area will be explained below.

(My counter for limiting 103ba)
The limit MY counter 103ba is a "2" byte memory area that can store the maximum increase (also called "maximum MY") from when power was supplied to the gaming machine 1 until the present. For example, if the value of the game value awarded from when power was supplied to the gaming machine 1 until the present is "200", the value of the upper byte of the limit MY counter 103ba will be "00000000B" and the value of the lower byte will be "11001000B". Note that the limit MY counter 103ba is not designed to store negative values.

When the gaming establishment opens (when the gaming machine 1 is powered on), the value of the cap MY counter 103ba is "0" and the maximum increase is also "0". Then, when the MAX BET button 7 is operated to play and a win is achieved, the value obtained by subtracting the value of the bet game value from the value of the game value awarded for the win is added to the value of the cap MY counter 103ba. On the other hand, if no win is achieved, the value of the bet game value is subtracted from the value of the cap MY counter 103ba.

At this time, when the value of the MY counter for limiting 103ba becomes a negative value, the value of the MY counter for limiting 103ba becomes "0". For example, when the value of the MY counter for limiting 103ba is "0", the MAXBET button 7 is operated to play a game, a win is made, and the value of the game value awarded to the player is "1", then "0 (value of the MY counter for limiting 103ba before calculation)" - "3 (value of the game value bet)" + "1 (value of the game value awarded as a result of the win)" = "-2", but the value of the MY counter for limiting 103ba becomes "0".

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "0", if the MAXBET button 7 is operated to play and no winning occurs, "0 (value of the limit MY counter 103ba before calculation)" - "3 (value of the game value bet)" = "-3", but the value of the limit MY counter 103ba will be "0".

When the state transitions to one that is advantageous to the player (for example, AT state or bonus activation state), the value of the capping MY counter 103ba will change significantly. For example, assume that the transition to the AT state occurs when the value of the capping MY counter 103ba is "0". In the AT state, if the "push order plum" is won, the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is notified, and if the stop buttons 10 are operated in the notified operation order of the stop buttons 10, the "plum" will be won.

At this time, the value of the capping MY counter 103ba is "0 (value of capping MY counter 103ba before calculation)" - "3 (value of bet game value)" + "13 (value of game value awarded by winning)" = "10". Here, the AT state remains over multiple games because a lottery is held to add to the initial number of games and to add to the number of games, so the value of the capping MY counter 103ba changes significantly. For example, suppose that the AT state continues for a predetermined period of time and the value of the capping MY counter 103ba becomes "1,500".

Here, in the capping MY counter calculation process in step S14103 described below, if the maximum increase is less than "1,500", the maximum increase is updated to "1,500". On the other hand, if the maximum increase is "1,500" or more, the maximum increase is not updated. After that, by transitioning to the AT state or the bonus activation state multiple times before the value of the capping MY counter 103ba is subtracted to "0", the value of the capping MY counter 103ba gradually increases until it reaches "19,000" or more, and the capping function is activated.

Here, the upper limit of the value that can be stored in the limit MY counter 103ba is "19,009", and a range is available up to "19,009", with values exceeding "19,009" not being stored. The reason for the range of "19,009" as the upper limit of the value that can be stored in the limit MY counter 103ba is that the condition for the limit function to be activated is that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more, and due to differences in the value of the game value awarded by winning, there are cases where the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" and the limit function is activated, and cases where the value of the limit MY counter 103ba exceeds "19,000" and the limit function is activated.

For example, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,999", the value of the betted game value is "3", and a "Plum" win is achieved, "18,999 (value of the limit MY counter 103ba before calculation)" - "3 (value of the betted game value)" + "13 (value of the game value awarded upon winning ≒ maximum value of the game value awarded in one game in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment)" = "19,009", so the upper limit value of the limit MY counter 103ba is sufficient as "19,009".

The limit MY counter 103ba can also be made to store a range up to "19,013". Specifically, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,999", the value of the bet game value is "1", and the value of the game value awarded by winning is "15", which is the maximum value for one win as determined by the rules of the gaming machine, then "18,999 (value of the limit MY counter 103ba before calculation)" - "1 (value of the bet game value)" + "15 (value of the game value awarded by winning)" = "19,013", so the upper limit value of the limit MY counter 103ba is sufficient to be "19,013" regardless of the gaming machine 1.

By doing this, it is possible to reduce the effort of changing the upper limit value of the limit MY counter 103ba each time a gaming machine 1 is developed. Of course, the upper limit value of the limit MY counter 103ba may be set to the maximum value of the game value awarded in one game of the gaming machine 1 each time a gaming machine 1 is developed.

Also, it is possible not to set an upper limit value for the limit MY counter 103ba. For example, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,999" and a transition is made to the bonus operation state, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba may be updated and stored even after the value of the limit MY counter 103ba exceeds "19,000" until the bonus operation state ends.

In this embodiment, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is initialized when the power is turned on and off.

The specifics will be explained later, but the limit MY counter 103ba is referenced in the process of determining whether the count is greater than or equal to 18,500 and in the process of determining whether the count is greater than or equal to 19,000, and can count up to a maximum of 20,000.

(Internal stack pointer storage area 103bb)
The internal stack pointer storage area 103bb is a storage area capable of storing a stack pointer when a program stored in the outside main ROM use area 102b is executed.

(End flag storage area 103bc)
The stop flag memory area 103bc is a 1-byte memory area that can store a stop flag indicating that a stop function that makes it impossible to continue playing has been activated. When the stop flag is ON, the value of the stop flag memory area 103bc is "00000001B," and when the stop flag is OFF, the value of the stop flag memory area 103bc is "00000000B."

(Performance information game number counter 103bd)
The performance information game play count counter 103bd is a memory area of "2" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the game play count used when calculating the gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information total BET number counter 103be)
The performance information total BET number counter 103be is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the total BET number of the gaming value used when calculating the gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information total number counter 103bf)
The performance information total awarded number counter 103bf is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the total awarded number of gaming values used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information MY counter 103bg)
The performance information MY counter 103bg is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the current MY used when calculating the gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information maximum MY counter 103bh)
The performance information maximum MY counter 103bh is a storage area of "3" bytes, and is a storage area capable of storing the maximum value of the performance information MY counter 103bg.

(Performance information feature total number of allocation counters 103bi)
The performance information total number of game items awarded counter 103bi is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the value of game value awarded by the operation of game items used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Performance information consecutive feature total number counter 103bj)
The total number of consecutive game devices awarded counter 103bj for performance information is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a memory area capable of storing the value of game value awarded by the operation of a first type special game device used when calculating gaming machine performance information.

(Ring pointer 103ya)
The ring pointer 103ya is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a pointer for specifying whether to tally up sets such as (400 games) total award 103yb, (400 games) consecutive role total award 103yc, and (400 games) role ratio total award 103yd.

((400 games) Total awarded 103yb)
The (400 games) total award 103yb is a buffer having 15 (sets) of 2-byte memory areas for storing the total value of the award of game value due to winning, with 400 games being regarded as 1 set.

((400 games) Total consecutive wins awarded: 103yc)
The (400 games) consecutive win total award 103yc is a buffer having 15 (sets) of 2-byte memory areas for storing the total value of the game value awarded by the operation of the first type special device, with 400 games being considered as one set.

((400 games) Total winnings 103 yards)
The (400 games) total award ratio 103yd has 15 (sets) of 2-byte memory areas, and is a buffer for storing the total value of the award of game value due to the operation of the reels, with 400 games being one set.

((400 games) Instruction included role given 103ye)
The (400 plays) instruction-included device granting 103ye is a buffer having 15 (sets) of 2-byte memory areas for storing the aggregated value of the game value granted by the operation of the devices and instruction functions, with 400 plays being one set.

((6,000 games) Total awarded 103yf)
The (6,000 games) total award 103yf is a memory area of 3 bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum of the (400 games) total award 103yb, a total of 15 sets.

((6,000 games) Total consecutive wins awarded: 103yg)
The (6,000 game) consecutive win total award 103yg is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum of the total of "15" sets of the (400 game) consecutive win total award 103yc.

((6,000 games) Total winnings 103yh)
The (6,000 game) role ratio total award 103yh is a memory area of "3" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the sum of the total of "15" sets of the (400 game) role ratio total award 103yd.

((Cumulative) Total awarded: 103yi)
The (accumulated) total award 103yi is a memory area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of the game value in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((Cumulative) Total consolidation award: 103yj)
The (cumulative) consecutive total award 103yj is a memory area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of game value due to the operation of the first type special device in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((Cumulative) Total award ratio 103yk)
The (cumulative) role ratio total award 103yk is a memory area of "4" bytes, and is a buffer for storing the award value of the game value due to the operation of the role device in the total number of games counter 103yu.

((Cumulative) 103 yl with instructions)
The (cumulative) instruction-included reel granting 103yl is a 4-byte memory area, and is a buffer for storing the granted value of game value resulting from the operation of the reels and instruction functions in the total number of plays counter 103yu.

((6,000 games) consecutive win ratio 103ym)
The (6,000 games) consecutive win ratio 103ym is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the consecutive win ratio in "6,000" games to be displayed on the monitor display 44.

((6,000 games) Role ratio 103yn)
The (6,000 game) feature ratio 103yn is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the feature ratio in "6,000" game to be displayed on the monitor display 44.

((Cumulative) Indicated role ratio 103yo)
The (accumulated) instructed feature ratio 103yo is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the instructed feature ratio in the accumulated total displayed on the monitor display 44.

((Cumulative) Consolidated ratio 103yp)
The (cumulative) consecutive win ratio 103yp is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the consecutive win ratio in the cumulative total displayed on the monitor display 44.

((Cumulative) Role ratio 103yq)
The (cumulative) reel ratio 103yq is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the reel ratio in the cumulative total to be displayed on the monitor display 44.

((Cumulative) Role-playing ratio 103 yrs)
The (accumulated) reel etc. state ratio 103yr is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a buffer for storing the reel etc. state ratio in the accumulated state displayed on the monitor display 44.

(Total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys)
The total number of plays upper limit flag memory area 103ys is a 1-byte memory area that stores a total number of plays upper limit flag used when determining whether the value of the total number of plays counter 103yu has reached the upper limit.

(Total granted number upper limit flag storage area 103yt)
The total allotted number upper limit flag storage area 103yt is a 1-byte storage area that stores a total allotted number upper limit flag used when determining whether the (cumulative) total allotted number value 103yi has reached the upper limit.

(Total number of games counter 103yu)
The total number of games played counter 103yu is a memory area of "4" bytes, and is a memory area for storing the total number of games played used when performing ratio calculation.

(Game play count counter 103yv)
The reel state play count counter 103yv is a 4-byte memory area for storing the reel state play count.

(Ratio calculation game number counter 103yw)
The ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is a memory area of "2" bytes, and is a memory area for managing the number of games played every "400".

(Storage area of the gaming value RAM 403)
Next, the storage area of the game value RAM 403 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Memory area of the game value RAM use area 403a)
First, the storage area in the game value RAM use area 403a will be described.

As shown in FIG. 20, the game value RAM usage area 403a has multiple memory areas, from the game value memory area 403aa to the loaned game value number buffer 403aj. Each memory area is explained below.

(Game value storage area 403aa)
The game value storage area 403aa is a 2-byte storage area capable of storing the game value owned by the player. For example, when the game value owned by the player is 200, the upper byte value of the game value storage area 403aa is 00000000B, and the lower byte value is 11001000B.

(Game value error information storage area 403ab)
The gaming value error information storage area 403ab is a 2-byte storage area capable of storing error information that has occurred in the main control board 100 and error information that has occurred in the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value error information storage area 403ab stores information on a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) described below, information on a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring), and the like.

(BET number storage area 403ac)
The BET number storage area 403ac is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the bet game value. For example, when the bet game value is 3, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is 00000011B.

Here, in this embodiment, the bet value is stored in the bet counter 103ad and the bet number storage area 403ac. Therefore, the bet counter 103ad and the bet number storage area 403ac have the same value.

(Gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad)
The gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad is a storage area capable of storing the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100.

(Main periodic command reception timer 403ae)
The main regular command reception timer 403ae is a storage area capable of storing information for measuring the time from when a main regular command is received from the main control board 100 until when the next main regular command is received.

(Rental device communication timer 403af)
The rental device communication timer 403af is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information for measuring the communication time between the game value control board 400 and the rental device 700.

(receiving buffer 403ag)
The receiving buffer 403ag is a storage area for storing serial reception data received from the lending device 700.

(reception counter 403ah)
The reception counter 403ah is a storage area for storing a reception counter value used for determining a process to be executed when a rental notification is received from the rental device 700.

(Lending serial number buffer 403ai)
The lending sequence number buffer 403ai is a storage area in which received data is set when the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2".

(Lending game value number buffer 403aj)
The loaned game value number buffer 403aj is a storage area in which the game value to be loaned to a player is set.

Explanation of the game value RAM outside usage area 403b is omitted. Note that the MY counter for limiting 103ba to the number of plays counter for ratio calculation 103yw stored in the main RAM outside usage area 103b may be stored in a storage area provided in the game value RAM outside usage area 403b.

(Main program start process)
Next, the main program start process performed by the main control board 100 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S1)
In step S1, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the power is cut off. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is in a power-off state by inspecting the power-off signal terminal. If it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is in a power-off state (step S1=YES), the process of step S1 is repeated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is not in a power-off state (step S1=NO), the process proceeds to step S2.

(Step S2)
In step S2, the main CPU 101 performs a startup command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting startup commands to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S2 ends, the process proceeds to step S3.

Here, a "start-up command" is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. Note that the startup command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S3)
In step S3, the main CPU 101 performs a checksum calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets an address for starting calculation of the checksum of the main RAM 103 in a register, calculates the checksum of the main RAM 103, and sets the calculated checksum in the register. Then, when the process of step S3 ends, the process proceeds to step S4.

(Step S4)
In step S4, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the setting key signal is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the setting key signal has been input. Here, if the setting key signal is ON (step S4=YES), the main CPU 101 performs a process of step S5. On the other hand, if the setting key signal is OFF (step S4=NO), the process proceeds to step S7.

(Step S5)
In step S5, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the door open/close sensor 14s is ON and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. If it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S5=YES), the process proceeds to step S11. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S5=NO), the process proceeds to step S6.

(Step S6)
In step S6, the main CPU 101 performs processing when a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to store information about the setting change device operation abnormality error in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, since the power-on operation and the setting change operation cannot be performed unless the front door 3 is opened, when the power is turned on (step S1=NO), if the setting key switch 43sw is ON (step S4=YES), it is normal that the front door 3 is open (step S5=YES). Therefore, when the power is turned on (step S1=NO), if the setting key switch 43sw is ON (step S4=YES) and the front door 3 is not open (step S5=NO), a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs. Then, when the processing of step S6 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S7.

(Step S7)
In step S7, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset switch 41sw has been turned ON and a reset switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S7=YES), the process proceeds to step S8. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S7=NO), the process proceeds to step S9.

(Step S8)
In step S8, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the door open/close sensor 14s is ON and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. If it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S8=YES), the process proceeds to step S11. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S8=NO), the process proceeds to step S9.

(Step S9)
In step S9, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio monitor test display request process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads out a program from the main ROM outside use area 102b, and when there is a ratio monitor test display request, performs a process to display ratio monitor test information on the monitor display 44. Then, when the process of step S9 ends, the process proceeds to step S10.

The display mode of the ratio monitor test information in this embodiment is a flashing display mode that alternates between turning on for about "5" seconds, turning on for about "0.3" seconds, and turning off for about "0.3" seconds. Note that any display mode can be adopted as the display mode of the ratio monitor test information.

The ratio monitor test information is also displayed on the monitor display 44 when the setting value change process of step S100 is completed or when the setting value confirmation is completed. After the ratio monitor test information is displayed on the monitor display 44, the monitor display 44 will switch to displaying the ratio information.

In this embodiment, when the set value is being changed or checked, the ratio monitor test information is not displayed on the monitor display 44. At this time, all of the monitor displays 44 are turned off. Of course, the ratio monitor test information may be displayed on the monitor display 44 even when the set value is being changed or checked. Even in this case, the monitor display 44 will display the ratio information after displaying the ratio monitor test information.

(Step S10)
In step S10, the main CPU 101 performs a power interruption recovery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to restore the register values that were saved before the power interruption and the values that were saved in the stack pointer. Then, when the process of step S10 ends, the gaming machine 1 returns to the state it was in when the power was turned off.

(Step S11)
In step S11, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the checksum value is normal. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the checksum value set in the register by the checksum calculation process in step S3 is normal. If it is determined that the checksum is normal (step S11=YES), the process proceeds to step S13. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not normal (step S11=NO), the process proceeds to step S12.

(Step S12)
In step S12, the main CPU 101 performs a monitor RAM initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads a program from the main ROM outside area 102b, and performs a process of initializing a predetermined area in the main RAM outside area 103b. Then, when the process of step S12 ends, the process proceeds to step S13.

(Step S13)
In step S13, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset switch 41sw is turned ON when the power is turned on and a reset switch signal is input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S13=YES), the process proceeds to step S14. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S13=NO), the process proceeds to step S16.

(Step S14)
In step S14, the main CPU 101 performs a reset start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reset start command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S14 ends, the process proceeds to step S15.

The "reset start command" here is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 when the operation of the reset button 41 is detected by the reset switch 41sw when the gaming machine 1 is powered on. Note that the reset command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S15)
In step S15, the main CPU 101 performs a main RAM clear process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear a predetermined area in the main RAM use area 103a. Then, when the process of step S15 ends, the process proceeds to step S16.

(Step S16)
In step S16, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio monitor test display request process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads out a program from the main ROM outside use area 102b, and when there is a ratio monitor test display request, performs a process to display ratio monitor test information on the monitor display 44. Then, when the process of step S16 ends, the process proceeds to step S17.

(Step S17)
In step S17, the main CPU 101 performs a main gaming machine installation information command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads out the program in the outside main ROM use area 102b, extracts the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, and stores them in a predetermined memory area in the outside main RAM use area 103b. Then, in accordance with the program in the inside main ROM use area 102a, the main CPU 101 refers to the predetermined memory area in the outside main RAM use area 103b to generate a gaming machine installation information command and transmits it to the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S17 is completed, the process proceeds to step S18.

Here, the "main gaming machine installation information command" is a command that includes information on the main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100, information on the main control chip product code, and information on the main control chip ID number, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 400.

(Step S18)
In step S18, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, after transmitting the main gaming machine installation information command by the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400. Then, if it is determined that there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S18=YES), the process proceeds to step S20. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S18=NO), the process proceeds to step S19.

(Step S19)
In step S19, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information about an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, in the case of an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop), processing by the main control board 100 does not proceed until the termination (cancellation) condition for the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) is satisfied. In other words, if there is no response to the main gaming machine installation information command, processing by the main control board 100 does not proceed, and therefore the setting value cannot be changed.

(Step S20)
In step S20, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it is time to change the settings. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON. If it is determined that it is time to change the settings (step S20=YES), the process proceeds to step S21. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not time to change the settings (step S20=NO), the process proceeds to step S22.

(Step S21)
In step S21, the main CPU 101 performs a setting change start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting change start command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S21 ends, the process proceeds to step S100.

The "setting change start command" here is a command that is sent when it becomes possible to start changing the setting value, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the setting change start command may be sent from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300 after it has been sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400.

(Step S100)
In step S100, the main CPU 101 performs a set value change process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 22. Then, when the process of step S100 ends, the process proceeds to step S22.

(Step S22)
In step S22, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a set value determination command. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a set value determination command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S22 ends, the process proceeds to the main loop process of step S1000.

The "setting value determination command" is a command sent when the change of the setting value is completed, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. The setting value determination command is a command that has information stored in the setting value memory area 103aa. The setting value determination command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Setting value change process)
Next, the setting value changing process performed in step S100 of the main program start process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S101)
In step S101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the set value is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the set value stored in the set value storage area 103aa is a normal value (e.g., any one of setting "0", setting "1", setting "3", setting "4", setting "5", and setting "6"). If it is determined that the set value is a normal value (step S101=YES), the process proceeds to step S103. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value is not a normal value (step S101=NO), the process proceeds to step S102.

(Step S102)
In step S102, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an initial setting value in the register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the initial setting value, "0", in the register. The initial setting value may be any value as long as it is a normal value (e.g., any of setting "0", setting "1", setting "3", setting "4", setting "5", and setting "6"). Then, when the process of step S102 ends, the process proceeds to step S104.

(Step S103)
In step S103, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the current setting value in the register. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the setting value stored in the setting value storage area 103aa in the register. Then, when the process of step S103 ends, the process proceeds to step S104.

(Step S104)
In step S104, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset button 41 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the reset switch 41sw has been turned ON and a reset switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the reset button 41 has been operated (step S104=YES), the process proceeds to step S105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset button 41 has not been operated (step S104=NO), the process proceeds to step S109.

(Step S105)
In step S105, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting value change command. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting value change command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S105 ends, the process proceeds to step S106.

The "setting value change command" here is a command that is sent when the reset button 41 is operated after the setting value change has begun, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the setting value change command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S106)
In step S106, the main CPU 101 performs a set value update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding a predetermined value to the set value set in the register. More specifically, if the current set value is other than "1", the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the set value set in the register, and if the current set value is "1", the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "2" to the set value set in the register. Then, when the process of step S106 ends, the process proceeds to step S107.

(Step S107)
In step S107, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the set value is greater than "6". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the set value set in the register has become greater than "6" as a result of the set value update process in step S106. If it is determined that the set value is greater than "6" (step S107=YES), the process proceeds to step S108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value is not greater than "6" (step S107=NO), the process proceeds to step S109.

(Step S108)
In step S108, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the set value to "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of changing the set value set in the register to "0." Then, when the process of step S108 ends, the process proceeds to step S109.

(Step S109)
In step S109, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the start lever 9 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the start lever 9 has been detected by the start switch 9sw. If it is determined that the start lever 9 has been operated (step S109=YES), the process proceeds to step S110. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start lever 9 has not been operated (step S109=NO), the process proceeds to step S104.

(Step S110)
In step S110, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the setting key signal has been turned OFF. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the setting key switch 43sw has been turned OFF by rotating an inserted setting key (not shown) a predetermined angle, and the setting key signal has been turned OFF. If it is determined that the setting key signal has been turned OFF (step S110=YES), the process proceeds to step S111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting key signal has not been turned OFF (step S110=NO), the process of step S110 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S111)
In step S111, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value saving process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the setting values set in the registers in the setting value storage area 103aa. The main CPU 101 also performs a process of clearing a predetermined area of the main RAM 103. Then, when the process of step S111 ends, the subroutine of the setting value change process ends.

(Main loop processing)
Next, the main loop process performed in step S1000 of the program start process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S1001)
In step S1001, the main CPU 101 performs RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the initialization start address and initialization end address of the main RAM 103, and then performs processing to initialize the area from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area of the main RAM 103. This initializes the winning combination memory area 103ac, the pressed reference position memory area 103av, the sliding frame number memory area 103aw, etc. Then, when the processing of step S1001 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S2000.

(Step S2000)
In step S2000, the main CPU 101 performs an error check process at the start of a game, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 24. Then, when the process of step S2000 ends, the process proceeds to step S3000.

(Step S3000)
In step S3000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value management process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 25. Then, when the process of step S3000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1002.

(Step S1002)
In step S1002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the number of BETs is "3". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the number of BETs is "3" by referring to the value of the BET counter 103ad. If it is determined that the number of BETs is "3" (step S1002=YES), the process proceeds to step S1003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of BETs is not "3" (step S1002=NO), the process proceeds to step S2000.

(Step S1003)
In step S1003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the start lever 9 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the start lever 9 has been detected by the start switch 9sw. If it is determined that the start lever 9 has been operated (step S1003=YES), the process proceeds to step S4000. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start lever 9 has not been operated (step S1003=NO), the process proceeds to step S2000.

(Step S4000)
In step S4000, the main CPU 101 performs an internal lottery process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 26. Then, when the process of step S4000 ends, the process proceeds to step S5000.

(Step S5000)
In step S5000, the main CPU 101 performs a lever operation time ball output state management process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 27. Then, when the process of step S5000 ends, the process proceeds to step S6000.

(Step S6000)
In step S6000, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spin start preparation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 37. Then, when the process of step S6000 ends, the process proceeds to step S7000.

(Step S7000)
In step S7000, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spinning process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 38. Then, when the process of step S7000 ends, the process proceeds to step S8000.

(Step S8000)
In step S8000, the main CPU 101 performs a display determination process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 39. Then, when the process of step S8000 ends, the process proceeds to step S9000.

(Step S9000)
In step S9000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value awarding process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 40. Then, when the process of step S9000 ends, the process proceeds to step S10000.

(Step S10000)
In step S10000, the main CPU 101 performs a call process after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 41. Then, when the process of step S10000 ends, the process proceeds to step S11000.

(Step S11000)
In step S11000, the main CPU 101 performs a post-all-stop ball dispense state management process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 44. Then, when the process of step S11000 ends, the process proceeds to step S12000.

(Step S12000)
In step S12000, the main CPU 101 performs a game state transition process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 53. Then, when the process of step S12000 ends, the process proceeds to step S13000.

(Step S13000)
In step S13000, the main CPU 101 performs specific period-related processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 54. Then, when the processing of step S13000 ends, the process returns to step S13000.

(Step S14000)
In step S14000, the main CPU 101 performs a stop-play related process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 55. Then, when the process of step S14000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1001.

(Error check process at the start of a game)
Next, the error check process at the start of a game, which is performed in step S2000 of the main loop process, will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S2001)
In step S2001, the main CPU 101 performs a game start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a game start command to the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S2001 ends, the process proceeds to step S2002.

Here, the "game start command" refers to a command sent when a game starts, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400.

(Step S2002)
In step S2002, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a game start command to the game value control board 400. If it is determined that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S2002=YES), the process proceeds to step S2004. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S2002=NO), the process proceeds to step S2003.

(Step S2003)
In step S2003, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S2003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S2004.

(Step S2004)
In step S2004, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the error is an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not information related to an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) is stored in the main error information storage area 103zb. If it is determined that the error is an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) (step S2004=YES), the process proceeds to step S2013. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error is not an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) (step S2004=NO), the process proceeds to step S2005.

(Step S2005)
In step S2005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value number reaching error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error command, described later, received from the game value control board 400 has information regarding a game value number reaching error (main stop). Then, if it is determined that a game value number reaching error (main stop) has occurred (step S2005=YES), the process proceeds to step S2006. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value number reaching error (main stop) has not occurred (step S2005=NO), the process proceeds to step S2007.

(Step S2006)
In step S2006, the main CPU 101 performs a game value number reaching error (main stop) process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information related to the game value number reaching error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process of step S2006 ends, the process proceeds to step S2013.

(Step S2007)
In step S2007, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a game value error command, described later, received from the game value control board 400 contains information regarding a rental device communication no-response error (main stop). Then, if it is determined that a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) has occurred (step S2007=YES), the process proceeds to step S2008. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) has not occurred (step S2007=NO), the process proceeds to step S2009.

(Step S2008)
In step S2008, the main CPU 101 performs a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process of step S2008 ends, the process proceeds to step S2013.

(Step S2009)
In step S2009, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there is a rental device unconnected error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the game value error command received from the game value control board 400 contains information regarding a rental device unconnected error (main stop). Then, if it is determined that there is a rental device unconnected error (main stop) (step S2009=YES), the process proceeds to step S2010. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not a rental device unconnected error (main stop) (step S2009=NO), the process proceeds to step S2011.

(Step S2010)
In step S2010, the main CPU 101 performs a rental device unconnected error (main stop) process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the rental device unconnected error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process of step S2010 ends, the process proceeds to step S2013.

(Step S2011)
In step S2011, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the front door 3 is open. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the door open/close sensor 14s is ON and a door open signal is input from the status board 500. Then, if it is determined that the front door 3 is open (step S2011=YES), the process proceeds to step S2012. On the other hand, if it is determined that the front door 3 is not open (step S2011=NO), the subroutine of the game start error check process is terminated.

(Step S2012)
In step S2012, the main CPU 101 performs door open error (main stop) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to store information related to the door open error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S2012 ends, the processing proceeds to step S2013.

(Step S2013)
In step S2013, the main CPU 101 performs a main error command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main error command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S2013 ends, the process proceeds to step S2014.

Here, a "main error command" is a command that contains information about an error in the main control board 100, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the main error command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S2014)
In step S2014, the main CPU 101 performs a main stop process. Specifically, since information on an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in which the number of play values has been reached (main stop), a no-response error in communication with the lending device (main stop), an unconnected error with the lending device (main stop), or an open door error (main stop) is stored in the main error information storage area 103zb, the main CPU 101 does not allow the processing by the main control board 100 to proceed until the termination (cancellation) condition of each error is satisfied. Then, when the processing of step S2014 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S2015.

(Step S2015)
In step S2015, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the error has been released. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the above-mentioned error termination (release) condition stored in the main error information storage area 103zb has been satisfied. If it is determined that the error has been released (step S2015=YES), the subroutine of the error check process at the start of the game is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error has not been released (step S2015=NO), the process proceeds to step S2014.

(Game value management process)
Next, the gaming value management process performed in step S3000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S3001)
In step S3001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay operation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af. If it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S3001=YES), the process proceeds to step S3002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S3001=NO), the process proceeds to step S3006.

(Step S3002)
In step S3002, the main CPU 101 performs an automatic insertion number command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an automatic insertion number command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S3002 ends, the process proceeds to step S3003.

The "automatic insertion number command" here refers to a command that contains information regarding the automatic insertion of game value, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the automatic insertion number command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S3003)
In step S3003, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting the automatic insertion number command to the game value control board 400 by the automatic insertion number command transmission process in step S3002. Then, if it is determined that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S3003=YES), the process proceeds to step S3005. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S3003=NO), the process proceeds to step S3004.

(Step S3004)
In step S3004, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S3004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3005.

(Step S3005)
In step S3005, the main CPU 101 performs a replay operation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the game value bet in the previous game in the BET counter 103ad. Then, when the process of step S3005 ends, the subroutine of the game value management process ends.

(Step S3006)
In step S3006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the settlement button 8 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not operation of the settlement button 8 has been detected by the settlement switch 8sw. Then, if it is determined that the settlement button 8 has been operated (step S3006=YES), the process proceeds to step S3007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the settlement button 8 has not been operated (step S3006=NO), the process proceeds to step S3012.

(Step S3007)
In step S3007, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more, by referring to the value of the BET counter 103ad. If it is determined that the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or more (step S3007=YES), the process proceeds to step S3008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the BET counter 103ad is not "1" or more (step S3007=NO), the process proceeds to step S3012.

(Step S3008)
In step S3008, the main CPU 101 performs a settlement command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a settlement command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S3008 ends, the process proceeds to step S3009.

Here, the "settlement command" is a command that contains information regarding the settlement of the bet game value, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the settlement command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S3009)
In step S3009, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a settlement command to the game value control board 400 by the settlement command transmission process in step S3008. Then, if it is determined that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S3009=YES), the process proceeds to step S3011. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S3009=NO), the process proceeds to step S3010.

(Step S3010)
In step S3010, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S3010 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3011.

(Step S3011)
In step S3011, the main CPU 101 performs a settlement process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the value of the BET counter 103ad. Then, when the process of step S3011 ends, the process proceeds to step S3022.

(Step S3012)
In step S3012, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the BET button 6 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the BET button 6 has been detected by the BET switch 6sw. If it is determined that the BET button 6 has been operated (step S3012=YES), the process proceeds to step S3013. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET button 6 has not been operated (step S3012=NO), the process proceeds to step S3017.

(Step S3013)
In step S3013, the main CPU 101 performs a BET command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a BET command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S3013 ends, the process proceeds to step S3014.

Here, a "BET command" is a command that contains information about the operation of the BET button 6, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the BET command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S3014)
In step S3014, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a BET command to the game value control board 400 by the BET command transmission process in step S3013. Then, if it is judged that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S3014=YES), the process proceeds to step S3016. On the other hand, if it is judged that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S3014=NO), the process proceeds to step S3015.

(Step S3015)
In step S3015, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S3015 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3016.

(Step S3016)
In step S3016, the main CPU 101 performs a BET process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the value of the BET counter 103ad. Here, if the value of the BET counter 103ad is "2" or less, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the BET counter 103ad. Also, if the value of the BET counter 103ad is "3", the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the value of the BET counter 103ad to "1". Then, when the process of step S3016 ends, the process proceeds to step S3022.

(Step S3017)
In step S3017, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the MAXBET button 7 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the MAXBET button 7 has been detected by the MAXBET switch 7sw. If it is determined that the MAXBET button 7 has been operated (step S3017=YES), the process proceeds to step S3018. On the other hand, if it is determined that the MAXBET button 7 has not been operated (step S3017=NO), the subroutine of the game value management process is terminated.

(Step S3018)
In step S3018, the main CPU 101 performs a MAXBET command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a MAXBET command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S3018 ends, the process proceeds to step S3019.

Here, the "MAXBET command" is a command that contains information about the operation of the MAXBET button 7, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the MAXBET command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S3019)
In step S3019, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a MAXBET command to the game value control board 400 by the MAXBET command transmission process in step S3018. Then, if it is judged that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S3019=YES), the process proceeds to step S3021. On the other hand, if it is judged that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S3019=NO), the process proceeds to step S3020.

(Step S3020)
In step S3020, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S3020 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3021.

(Step S3021)
In step S3021, the main CPU 101 performs a MAXBET process. Specifically, when the value of the game value owned by the player is "3" or more, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the BET counter 103ad to "3". Also, when the value of the game value owned by the player is "2" or less, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the game value owned by the player to the value of the BET counter 103ad. Specifically, when the value of the game value owned by the player is "2", the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the BET counter 103ad to "2", and when the value of the game value owned by the player is "1", the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the BET counter 103ad to "1". Then, when the process of step S3021 is completed, the process proceeds to step S3022.

(Step S3022)
In step S3022, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the hall control fraud monitoring information (prescribed number (IN)). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the prescribed number (IN) of the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 150, according to the value of the game value bet. Then, when the process of step S3022 ends, the subroutine of the game value management process ends.

(Internal lottery processing)
Next, the internal lottery process performed in step S4000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S4001)
In step S4001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining a winning combination. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of determining a winning combination according to the extracted random number value and a winning combination determination table (see FIG. 12). Here, information related to the determined winning combination is stored in the winning combination memory area 103ac. Then, when the process of step S4001 is completed, the process proceeds to step S4002.

(Step S4002)
In step S4002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the current gaming state is a bonus operating state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the current gaming state is a bonus operating state by referring to the value of the gaming state storage area 103ak. Then, if it is determined that the current gaming state is a bonus operating state (step S4002=YES), the process proceeds to step S4006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is not a bonus operating state (step S4002=NO), the process proceeds to step S4003.

(Step S4003)
In step S4003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not "BB" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not "BB" has been won by referring to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. Then, if it is determined that "BB" has been won (step S4003=YES), the process proceeds to step S4004. On the other hand, if it is determined that "BB" has not been won (step S4003=NO), the process proceeds to step S4005.

(Step S4004)
In step S4004, the main CPU 101 performs a process when the BB is won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the won "BB" in the bonus memory area 103ab. Then, when the process of step S4004 ends, the process proceeds to step S4006.

(Step S4005)
In step S4005, the main CPU 101 performs a BB setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the bonus memory area 103ab to the winning combination memory area 103ac. Then, when the process of step S4005 ends, the process proceeds to step S4006.

(Step S4006)
In step S4006, the main CPU 101 performs a ball output state setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the information stored in the next ball output state storage area 103am in the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, when the process of step S4006 ends, the subroutine of the internal lottery process ends.

(Ball output status management process when lever is operated)
Next, using Figure 27, we will explain the ball output state management process at the time of lever operation, which is performed in step S5000 of the main loop process.

(Step S5001)
In step S5001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it is a "non-specific period." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the current "game period" is a "non-specific period" by referring to the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az. Then, if it is determined that the current "game period" is a "non-specific period" (step S5001=YES), the process proceeds to step S5100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current "game period" is not a "non-specific period" (step S5001=NO), the process proceeds to step S5002.

(Step S5100)
In step S5100, the main CPU 101 performs a non-specific period process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 28. Then, when the process of step S5100 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5002)
In step S5002, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball dispensing state is a normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball dispensing state is a normal state by referring to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al. If it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is a normal state (step S5002=YES), the process proceeds to step S5200. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not a normal state (step S5002=NO), the process proceeds to step S5003.

(Step S5200)
In step S5200, the main CPU 101 performs normal state processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 29. Then, when the processing in step S5200 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5003)
In step S5003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state (step S5003=YES), the process proceeds to step S5300. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus preparation state (step S5003=NO), the process proceeds to step S5004.

(Step S5300)
In step S5300, the main CPU 101 performs a process for a bonus preparation state, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 30. Then, when the process of step S5300 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5004)
In step S5004, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a CZ state by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a CZ state (step S5004=YES), the process proceeds to step S5400. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a CZ state (step S5004=NO), the process proceeds to step S5005.

(Step S5400)
In step S5400, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the CZ state, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 31. Then, when the processing of step S5400 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5005)
In step S5005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a bonus state by referring to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is a bonus state (step S5005=YES), the process proceeds to step S5500. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is not a bonus state (step S5005=NO), the process proceeds to step S5006.

(Step S5500)
In step S5500, the main CPU 101 performs a bonus state process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 32. Then, when the process of step S5500 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5006)
In step S5006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state by referring to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state (step S5006=YES), the process proceeds to step S5600. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is not an AT state (step S5006=NO), the process proceeds to step S5007.

(Step S5600)
In step S5600, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the AT state, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 33. Then, when the processing of step S5600 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5007)
In step S5007, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT (step S5007=YES), the process proceeds to step S5700. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus preparation state during AT (step S5007=NO), the process proceeds to step S5008.

(Step S5700)
In step S5700, the main CPU 101 performs processing for a bonus preparation state during AT, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 34. Then, when the processing of step S5700 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5008)
In step S5008, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT (step S5008=YES), the process proceeds to step S5800. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus state during AT (step S5008=NO), the process proceeds to step S5900.

(Step S5800)
In step S5800, the main CPU 101 performs a process for a bonus state during AT, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 35. Then, when the process of step S5800 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5900)
In step S5900, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the added state, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 36. Then, when the processing of step S5900 ends, the process proceeds to step S5009.

(Step S5009)
In step S5009, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball-out state is a specific ball-out state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball-out state is a specific ball-out state by referring to the value of the ball-out state storage area 103al. Here, the "specific ball-out state" refers to a state in which the operation sequence of the stop button 10 is notified, specifically, a bonus state, an AT state, a bonus state during AT, and an added state. Then, if it is determined that the current ball-out state is a specific ball-out state (step S5009=YES), the process proceeds to step S5010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball-out state is not a specific ball-out state (step S5009=NO), the process proceeds to step S5011.

(Step S5010)
In step S5010, the main CPU 101 performs a grouping command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a grouping command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S5010 ends, the process proceeds to step S5011.

Here, a "grouping command" is a command that contains information about a winning combination, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the grouping command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

In addition, the same grouping command will be sent if the winning role is one of the "specific groups." For example, the same command will be generated and sent whether the winning role is "left-push order plum PCa" or "right-push order plum PRa." As a result, even if a grouping command is obtained fraudulently, the order in which the stop buttons 10 are operated, which is necessary to win, cannot be known, and fraudulent behavior such as obtaining a grouping command fraudulently can be suppressed.

(Step S5011)
In step S5011, the main CPU 101 performs a push order command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a push order command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S5011 ends, the process proceeds to step S5012.

Here, the "push order command" is a command having information about the values to be displayed on the instruction information display unit 17, and is a command transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. In other words, the push order command is a command having information about the operation order of the stop buttons 10. Note that the push order command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S5012)
In step S5012, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there is a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there is a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a push order command to the game value control board 400 by the push order command transmission process of step S5011. Then, if it is determined that there is a response from the game value control board 400 (step S5012=YES), the subroutine of the ball output state management process at the time of lever operation is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no response from the game value control board 400 (step S5012=NO), the process proceeds to step S5013.

(Step S5013)
In step S5013, the main CPU 101 performs a process for processing an abnormal communication error (main stop) in the gaming machine. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process for storing information about an abnormal communication error (main stop) in the gaming machine in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the process of step S5013 ends, the subroutine for the ball output state management process during lever operation ends.

(Non-specific period processing)
Next, using Figure 28, we will explain the non-specific period processing performed in step S5100 of the ball output status management processing during lever operation.

(Step S5101)
In step S5101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the winning combination is either "replay" or "BB". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the winning combination is either "replay" or "BB" by referring to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. Then, if it is determined that the winning combination is either "replay" or "BB" (step S5101=YES), the process proceeds to step S5102. On the other hand, if it is determined that the winning combination is not either "replay" or "BB" (step S5101=NO), the subroutine of the non-specific period process is terminated.

(Step S5102)
In step S5102, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period start flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period start flag by updating the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay. Then, when the process of step S5102 ends, the process proceeds to step S5103.

(Step S5103)
In step S5103, the main CPU 101 performs a difference counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the difference counter 103ax to "0." Then, when the process of step S5103 ends, the process proceeds to step S5104.

(Step S5104)
In step S5104, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next ball output state to the normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the normal state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S5104 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5105.

(Step S5105)
In step S5105, the main CPU 101 performs a ceiling game number setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the ceiling game number counter 103an to "800". The value set in the ceiling game number counter 103an by the ceiling game number setting process can be set appropriately. For example, it may be another predetermined value, or it may be a value determined by lottery. Then, when the process of step S5105 ends, the process proceeds to the normal state process of step S5200.

(Normal state processing)
Next, using Figure 29, we will explain the normal state processing performed in step S5200 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5201)
In step S5201, the main CPU 101 performs a normal state AT lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a lottery process to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the normal state AT state transition lottery table (see FIG. 15(A)). Then, when the process of step S5201 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5202.

(Step S5202)
In step S5202, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it has been decided to transition to the AT state as a result of the normal state AT lottery process in step S5201. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5202=YES), the process proceeds to step S5203. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5202=NO), the process proceeds to step S5204.

(Step S5203)
In step S5203, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the process of step S5203 ends, the subroutine for the normal state process ends.

(Step S5204)
In step S5204, the main CPU 101 performs a CZ lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of drawing lots to determine whether or not to transition to the CZ state according to the extracted random number value and the CZ state transition lottery table (see FIG. 16). Then, when the process of step S5204 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5205.

(Step S5205)
In step S5205, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the CZ lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the CZ state as a result of the CZ lottery process in step S5204. If it is determined that the CZ lottery has been won (step S5205=YES), the process proceeds to step S5206. On the other hand, if it is determined that the CZ lottery has not been won (step S5205=NO), the subroutine for the normal state process is terminated.

(Step S5206)
In step S5206, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the CZ win flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the CZ win flag by updating the value of the CZ win flag memory area 103ar. Then, when the process of step S5206 ends, the subroutine for the normal state process ends.

(Bonus preparation state processing)
Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the bonus preparation state processing performed in step S5300 of the ball output state management processing during lever operation will be described.

(Step S5301)
In step S5301, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for the AT for the bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a lottery process to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the AT state transition lottery table for the bonus preparation state (see FIG. 15(B)). Then, when the process of step S5301 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5302.

(Step S5302)
In step S5302, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the AT state as a result of the AT lottery process for the bonus preparation state in step S5301. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5302=YES), the process proceeds to step S5303. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5302=NO), the subroutine for the bonus preparation state process is terminated.

(Step S5303)
In step S5303, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the process of step S5303 ends, the subroutine for the bonus preparation state process ends.

(CZ State Treatment)
Next, using Figure 31, we will explain the CZ state processing performed by step S5400 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5401)
In step S5401, the main CPU 101 performs a CZ game number counter subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao. Then, when the process of step S5401 ends, the process proceeds to step S5402.

(Step S5402)
In step S5402, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for the AT for the CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a lottery process to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the AT state transition lottery table for the CZ state (see FIG. 15(C)). Then, when the process of step S5402 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5403.

(Step S5403)
In step S5403, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the AT state as a result of the AT lottery process for the CZ state in step S5402. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5403=YES), the process proceeds to step S5404. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5403=NO), the subroutine for the CZ state process is terminated.

(Step S5404)
In step S5404, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the process of step S5404 ends, the subroutine for the CZ state process ends.

(Bonus state processing)
Next, using Figure 32, the bonus state processing performed in step S5500 of the ball output state management processing at the time of lever operation will be explained.

(Step S5501)
In step S5501, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for the AT for the bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of drawing lots to determine whether or not to transition to the AT state based on the extracted random number value and the AT state transition lottery table for the bonus state (see FIG. 15(D)). Then, when the process of step S5501 ends, the process proceeds to step S5502.

(Step S5502)
In step S5502, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the AT lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the AT state as a result of the bonus state AT lottery process in step S5501. If it is determined that the AT lottery has been won (step S5502=YES), the process proceeds to step S5503. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT lottery has not been won (step S5502=NO), the subroutine for the bonus state process is terminated.

(Step S5503)
In step S5503, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the AT winning flag by updating the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, when the process of step S5503 ends, the subroutine for the bonus state process ends.

(AT state processing)
Next, using Figure 33, we will explain the AT state processing performed in step S5600 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5601)
In step S5601, the main CPU 101 performs an AT game number counter subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the AT game number counter 103ap. Then, when the process of step S5601 ends, the process proceeds to step S5602.

(Step S5602)
In step S5602, the main CPU 101 performs an add-on lottery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of drawing a number of games to be added to the number of games that can be played in the AT state according to the extracted random number value and the AT state add-on game number drawing table (see FIG. 17(A)), and performs a process of adding the result of the drawing to the AT game number counter 103ap. Then, when the process of step S5602 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5603.

(Step S5603)
In step S5603, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for transition to the added-on state for the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a lottery process for determining whether or not to transition to the added-on state according to the extracted random number value and the lottery table for transition to the added-on state for the AT state (see FIG. 18(A)). Then, when the process of step S5603 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5604.

(Step S5604)
In step S5604, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the add-on state transition lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the add-on state as a result of the AT state add-on state transition lottery process in step S5603. If it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has been won (step S5604=YES), the process proceeds to step S5605. On the other hand, if it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has not been won (step S5604=NO), the subroutine for the AT state process is terminated.

(Step S5605)
In step S5605, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the added-on state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the added-on state winning flag by updating the value of the added-on state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, when the process of step S5605 ends, the subroutine for the AT state process ends.

(Processing for bonus preparation state during AT)
Next, using Figure 34, we will explain the processing for the bonus preparation state during AT performed by step S5700 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5701)
In step S5701, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for transition to the bonus preparation state during the AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and when the winning combination is one of "weak cherry", "strong cherry", and "bell", extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a lottery process to determine whether or not to transition to the bonus preparation state according to the extracted random number value and the lottery table for transition to the bonus preparation state during the AT (see FIG. 18 (B)). Then, when the process of step S5701 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5702.

(Step S5702)
In step S5702, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the add-on state transition lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the add-on state as a result of the add-on state transition lottery process for the bonus preparation state during the AT in step S5701. Then, if it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has been won (step S5702=YES), the process proceeds to step S5703. On the other hand, if it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has not been won (step S5702=NO), the subroutine for the AT bonus preparation state process is terminated.

(Step S5703)
In step S5703, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the bonus state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the bonus state winning flag by updating the value of the bonus state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, when the process of step S5703 ends, the subroutine for the process for the bonus preparation state during the AT is ended.

(Processing for bonus state during AT)
Next, using Figure 35, we will explain the processing for the bonus state during AT performed by step S5800 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5801)
In step S5801, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for transition to the bonus state during the AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of drawing lots to determine whether or not to transition to the bonus state based on the extracted random number value and the lottery table for transition to the bonus state during the AT (see FIG. 18(C)). Then, when the process of step S5801 ends, the process proceeds to step S5802.

(Step S5802)
In step S5802, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the add-on state transition lottery has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has been decided to transition to the add-on state as a result of the add-on state transition lottery process for the bonus state during the AT in step S5801. If it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has been won (step S5802=YES), the process proceeds to step S5803. On the other hand, if it is determined that the add-on state transition lottery has not been won (step S5802=NO), the subroutine for the AT bonus state process is terminated.

(Step S5803)
In step S5803, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the bonus state winning flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the bonus state winning flag by updating the value of the bonus state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, when the process of step S5803 ends, the subroutine for the process for the bonus state during the AT ends.

(Processing for top-up state)
Next, using Figure 36, we will explain the processing for the added state performed by step S5900 of the ball output state management processing when the lever is operated.

(Step S5901)
In step S5901, the main CPU 101 performs a subtraction process on the number of games in the added state counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the number of games in the added state counter 103aq. Then, when the process of step S5901 ends, the process proceeds to step S5902.

(Step S5902)
In step S5902, the main CPU 101 performs a lottery process for adding on the added state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 extracts a random number value generated by the main random number generator 104, and performs a process of drawing lots for the number of games to be added to the number of games that can be played in the AT state, based on the extracted random number value and the lottery table for the number of added games for the added state (see FIG. 17(B)). Then, when the process of step S5902 ends, the subroutine for the process for the added state ends.

(Reel spin start preparation process)
Next, the reel spin start preparation process performed in step S6000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S6001)
In step S6001, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the minimum game time has elapsed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the wait timer 103ae has become "0". If it is determined that the minimum game time has elapsed (step S6001=YES), the process proceeds to step S6002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the minimum game time has not elapsed (step S6001=NO), the process of step S6001 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S6002)
In step S6002, the main CPU 101 performs a minimum play time setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the wait timer 103ae. In this embodiment, the value set in the wait timer 103ae by the minimum play time setting process is "2,622". Then, when the process of step S6002 ends, the process proceeds to step S6003.

(Step S6003)
In step S6003, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spin start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reel spin start command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S6003 ends, the subroutine of the reel spin start preparation process ends.

Here, the "reel spin start command" is a command that contains information to start the spinning of the reel 20, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the reel spin start command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Processing while reels are spinning)
Next, the reel spinning process performed in step S7000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S7001)
In step S7001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the stop button 10 has been operated. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the stop button 10 has been detected by the stop switch 10sw. If it is determined that the stop button 10 has been operated (step S7001=YES), the process proceeds to step S7002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop button 10 has not been operated (step S7001=NO), the process of step S7001 is repeatedly executed.

(Step S7002)
In step S7002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it is the first stop time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not it is the first stop time by referring to the value of the first stop memory area 103au. Here, the main CPU 101 determines that it is the first stop time when the value of the first stop memory area 103au is "0". Then, if it is determined that it is the first stop time (step S7002=YES), the process proceeds to step S7003. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the first stop time (step S7002=NO), the process proceeds to step S7004.

(Step S7003)
In step S7003, the main CPU 101 performs a first stop storage process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the first operated stop button 10 in the first stop storage area 103au. Then, when the process of step S7003 ends, the process proceeds to step S7004.

(Step S7004)
In step S7004, the main CPU 101 performs a pressing reference position setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains a pressing reference position according to information on the operated stop button 10 and the position of the symbol passing through the pay line, and stores the obtained information on the pressing reference position in the pressing reference position memory area 103av. Then, when the process of step S7004 ends, the process proceeds to step S7005.

(Step S7005)
In step S7005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining the number of sliding frames. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining the number of sliding frames according to information about the pressed reference position stored in the pressed reference position memory area 103av and the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac, and stores information about the determined number of sliding frames in the sliding frame number memory area 103aw. Then, when the process of step S7005 ends, the process proceeds to step S7006.

(Step S7006)
In step S7006, the main CPU 101 performs a stop position storage process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 determines a stop position based on information about the pressed reference position stored in the pressed reference position storage area 103av and information about the number of sliding pieces stored in the number of sliding pieces storage area 103aw, and stores information about the determined stop position in the stop position storage area 103zc. Then, when the process of step S7006 ends, the process proceeds to step S7007.

(Step S7007)
In step S7007, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a "specific ball-dispensing state". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is a "specific ball-dispensing state" by referring to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is a "specific ball-dispensing state" (step S7007=YES), the process proceeds to step S7010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is not a "specific ball-dispensing state" (step S7007=NO), the process proceeds to step S7008.

(Step S7008)
In step S7008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop memory area 103au. If it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S7008=YES), the process proceeds to step S7009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S7008=NO), the process proceeds to step S7010.

(Step S7009)
In step S7009, the main CPU 101 performs a grouping command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a grouping command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S7009 ends, the process proceeds to step S7010.

(Step S7010)
In step S7010, the main CPU 101 performs a reel stop command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reel stop command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S7010 ends, the process proceeds to step S7011.

Here, the "reel stop command" is a command that contains information about the stopped reel 20, and is a command that is sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the reel stop command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S7011)
In step S7011, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not all of the reels 20 have stopped. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not all of the reels 20 have stopped by referring to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that all of the reels 20 have stopped (step S7011=YES), the subroutine of the reel rotation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that all of the reels 20 have not stopped (step S7011=NO), the process proceeds to step S7001.

(Display Determination Process)
Next, the display determination process performed in step S8000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S8001)
In step S8001, the main CPU 101 performs an all reels stop command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an all reels stop command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S8001 ends, the process proceeds to step S8002.

The "all reels stop command" is a command sent when all the reels 20 have stopped, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the all reels stop command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then sent from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S8002)
In step S8002, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize, based on the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that the replay has won a prize (step S8002=YES), the process proceeds to step S8003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay has not won a prize (step S8002=NO), the process proceeds to step S8004.

(Step S8003)
In step S8003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the replay operation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the replay operation flag by updating the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af. Then, when the processing of step S8003 ends, the subroutine of the display determination processing ends.

(Step S8004)
In step S8004, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a win has been achieved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a win has been achieved according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. If it is determined that a win has been achieved (step S8004=YES), the process proceeds to step S8005. On the other hand, if it is determined that a win has not been achieved (step S8004=NO), the display determination process subroutine is terminated.

(Step S8005)
In step S8005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an award value of a game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an award value to be awarded to a player in the award value memory area 103ag. Then, when the process of step S8005 ends, the process proceeds to step S8006.

(Step S8006)
In step S8006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the hall control fraud monitoring information (prescribed number (OUT)). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the prescribed number (OUT) of the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later using FIG. 150, according to the value of the game value awarded by winning. Then, when the process of step S8006 ends, the subroutine of the display determination process ends.

(Game value granting process)
Next, the game value granting process performed in step S9000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S9001)
In step S9001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the granted value of the game value is "1" or more. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the granted value of the game value is "1" or more, by referring to the value of the granted value memory area 103ag. Then, if it is determined that the granted value of the game value is "1" or more (step S9001=YES), the process proceeds to step S9002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the granted value of the game value is not "1" or more (step S9001=NO), the subroutine of the game value granting process is terminated.

(Step S9002)
In step S9002, the main CPU 101 performs a game value imparting command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a game value imparting command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S9002 ends, the process proceeds to step S9003.

Here, a "game value imparting command" is a command that contains information about the game value to be imparted to the player, and is a command that is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the game value imparting command may be transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S9003)
In step S9003, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 after transmitting a game value imparting command to the game value control board 400 by the game value imparting command transmission process in step S9002. Then, if it is determined that there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S9003=YES), the process proceeds to step S9005. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the game value control board 400 (step S9003=NO), the process proceeds to step S9004.

(Step S9004)
In step S9004, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S9004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S9005.

(Step S9005)
In step S9005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a game value provision completion command has been received. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a game value provision completion command, which will be described later, has been received from the game value control board 400. Then, if it is determined that the game value provision completion command has been received (step S9005=YES), the subroutine of the game value provision process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value provision completion command has not been received (step S9005=NO), the process of step S9005 is repeatedly executed.

Note that the value of the game value actually granted to the player may be stored separately from the granted value granted to the player. In this case, an actual payout memory area may be provided in the main RAM usage area 103a. In this case, when the main CPU 101 receives a game value grant completion command (step S9005 = YES), it will store the value of the game value actually granted to the player in the actual payout memory area.

Specifically, if the game value grant completion command contains information about the value of the game value actually granted to the player (for example, if it contains information that the value of the game value actually granted to the player is "13"), the actual payout memory area will be updated and stored in accordance with this game value grant completion command. On the other hand, if the game value grant completion command does not contain information about the value of the game value actually granted to the player (for example, if it contains information that the grant of the game value has been completed normally, but does not contain information about the value of the game value actually granted to the player), the actual payout memory area will be updated and stored in accordance with the value of the granted value memory area 103ag.

If an actual payout memory area is provided in the main RAM usage area 103a, the value stored in the actual payout memory area will be used to update and store the value of the limit MY counter 103ba.

(Call processing after total stop)
Next, the call process after all stops performed in step S10000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S10001)
In step S10001, the main CPU 101 performs an internal stack pointer save process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the current value of the internal stack pointer in the internal stack pointer storage area 103bb. Then, when the process of step S10001 ends, the process proceeds to step S10002.

(Step S10002)
In step S10002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an outside-area stack pointer. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the outside-area stack pointer in a register. Then, when the processing in step S10002 ends, the processing proceeds to step S10003.

(Step S10003)
In step S10003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of saving the registers. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of saving the values of the registers currently being used in step S10003. Then, when the process of step S10003 ends, the process proceeds to step S10004.

(Step S10004)
In step S10004, the main CPU 101 performs a test signal output process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program in the main ROM outside use area 102b, and performs a process of outputting a test signal required for a test firing test of the gaming machine 1 to the outside of the gaming machine 1. Then, when the process of step S10004 ends, the process proceeds to step S10100.

(Step S10100)
In step S10100, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio calculation process, which will be described later in detail with reference to Fig. 42. Here, the ratio calculation process is performed by reading out a program from the main ROM outside area 102b. Then, when the process of step S10100 ends, the process proceeds to step S10200.

(Step S10200)
In step S10200, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine performance information calculation process, which will be described later in detail with reference to Fig. 43. Here, the gaming machine performance information calculation process is performed by reading out a program from the main ROM outside use area 102b. Then, when the process of step S10200 ends, the process proceeds to step S10005.

(Step S10005)
In step S10005, the main CPU 101 performs a process to restore the registers. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S10003. Then, when the process of step S10005 ends, the process proceeds to step S10006.

(Step S10006)
In step S10006, the main CPU 101 performs an internal stack pointer return process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of returning the internal stack pointer according to the value of the internal stack pointer stored in the internal stack pointer storage area 103bb. Then, when the process of step S10006 ends, the subroutine of the call process after all stops ends.

(Ratio calculation process)
Next, the ratio calculation process performed in step S10100 of the call process after all stops will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S10101)
In step S10101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 games) total award 103yb. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the game value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value memory area 103ag) to the (400 games) total award 103yb corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya. Note that the value of the actual payout memory area described above may be added instead of the value of the award value memory area 103ag. Then, when the process of step S10101 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10102.

(Step S10102)
In step S10102, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the reel is in operation or the instruction monitor is displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine that the reel is in operation if the current ball output state is a bonus state or a bonus state during AT, and performs a process to determine that the instruction monitor is displayed if the current ball output state is an AT state or an added state. Then, if it is determined that the reel is in operation or the instruction monitor is displayed (step S10102=YES), the process proceeds to step S10103. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reel is not in operation or the instruction monitor is not displayed (step S10102=NO), the process proceeds to step S10104.

(Step S10103)
In step S10103, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 game) instruction-included role award 103ye. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the game value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value memory area 103ag) to the (400 game) instruction-included role award 103ye. Note that the value of the actual payout memory area described above may be added instead of the value of the award value memory area 103ag. Then, when the process of step S10103 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10104.

(Step S10104)
In step S10104, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the first type special feature is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the first type special feature is in operation by referring to the value of the game state storage area 103ak. Here, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine that the first type special feature is in operation when the current game state is a bonus operation state. Then, if it is determined that the first type special feature is in operation (step S10104=YES), the process proceeds to step S10105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first type special feature is not in operation (step S10104=NO), the process proceeds to step S10106.

(Step S10105)
In step S10105, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 game) consecutive role total award 103yc. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the game value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value memory area 103ag) to the (400 game) consecutive role total award 103yc. Note that instead of the value in the award value memory area 103ag, the value in the actual payout memory area described above may be added. Then, when the process of step S10105 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10106.

(Step S10106)
In step S10106, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether any of the roles is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the first type special role, the role continuous operation device related to the first type special role, the second type special role, the role continuous operation device related to the second type special role, the normal role, etc. are in operation. Here, since the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment does not have the second type special role, the role continuous operation device related to the second type special role, or the normal role, the main CPU 1 performs a process to determine whether the first type special role and the role continuous operation device related to the first type special role are in operation. Then, if it is determined that any of the roles is in operation (step S10106=YES), the process is shifted to step S10107. On the other hand, if it is determined that any of the roles is not in operation (step S10106=NO), the process is shifted to step S10108.

(Step S10107)
In step S10107, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding an award value to the (400 game) role ratio total award 103 yards. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the award value of the game value awarded in the game (specifically, the award value memory area 103ag) to the (400 game) role ratio total award 103 yards. Note that instead of the value in the award value memory area 103ag, the value in the actual payout memory area described above may be added. Then, when the process of step S10107 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10108.

(Step S10108)
In step S10108, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the total number of games upper limit flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the total number of games upper limit flag is ON by referring to the value of the total number of games upper limit flag storage area 103ys. Then, if it is determined that the total number of games upper limit flag is ON (step S10108=YES), the process proceeds to step S10109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the total number of games upper limit flag is not ON (step S10108=NO), the process proceeds to step S10114.

(Step S10109)
In step S10109, the main CPU 101 performs a total game counter increment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the total game counter 103yu by "1". Then, when the process of step S10109 ends, the process proceeds to step S10110.

(Step S10110)
In step S1010, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535" by referring to the value of the total number of games counter 103yu. Then, if it is determined that the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is less than "65,535" (step S10110=YES), the process proceeds to step S10111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the total number of games counter 103yu is not less than "65,535" (step S10110=NO), the process proceeds to step S10112.

(Step S10111)
In step S10111, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the total game count upper limit flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the total game count upper limit flag by updating the value of the total game count upper limit flag storage area 103ys. Then, when the process of step S10111 ends, the process proceeds to step S10114.

(Step S10112)
In step S10112, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the reel or the reel continuous operation device is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the reel or the reel continuous operation device is in operation by referring to the value of the game state memory area 103ak. Then, if it is determined that the reel or the reel continuous operation device is in operation (step S10112=YES), the process proceeds to step S10113. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reel or the reel continuous operation device is not in operation (step S10112=NO), the process proceeds to step S10114.

(Step S10113)
In step S10113, the main CPU 101 performs a reel state play count counter increment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the reel state play count counter 103yv by "1". Then, when the process of step S10113 ends, the process proceeds to step S10114.

(Step S10114)
In step S10114, the main CPU 101 performs a cumulative reel state ratio calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative reel state ratio and sets it to the (cumulative) reel state ratio 103yr. Then, when the process of step S10114 ends, the process proceeds to step S10115.

(Step S10115)
In step S10115, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio calculation game number counter addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw. Then, when the process of step S10115 ends, the process proceeds to step S10116.

(Step S10116)
In step S10116, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is "400". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw becomes "400" as a result of the ratio calculation game number counter addition process in step S10115. Then, if it is determined that the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is "400" (step S10116=YES), the process proceeds to step S10117. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw is not "400" (step S10116=NO), the subroutine of the ratio calculation process is terminated.

(Step S10117)
In step S10117, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio calculation game number counter initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the value of the ratio calculation game number counter 103yw to "0." Then, when the process of step S10117 ends, the process proceeds to step S10118.

(Step S10118)
In step S10118, the main CPU 101 performs a (6,000 game) total award setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value of (400 game) total award 103yb for "15" sets, and performs a process of setting (6,000 game) total award 103yf. Then, when the process of step S10118 ends, the process proceeds to step S10119.

(Step S10119)
In step S10119, the main CPU 101 performs a (6,000 game) consecutive win total award setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value of the (400 game) consecutive win total award 103yc for "15" sets, and performs a process of setting the (6,000 game) consecutive win total award 103yg. Then, when the process of step S10119 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10120.

(Step S10120)
In step S10120, the main CPU 101 performs a (6,000 game) role ratio total award setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the total value of the (400 game) role ratio total award 103yd for "15" sets, and performs a process of setting the (6,000 game) role ratio total award 103yh. Then, when the process of step S10120 ends, the process proceeds to step S10121.

(Step S10121)
In step S10121, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the total given number upper limit flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the total given number upper limit flag is ON by referring to the value of the total given number upper limit flag storage area 103yt. Then, if it is determined that the total given number upper limit flag is ON (step S10121=YES), the process proceeds to step S10129. On the other hand, if it is determined that the total given number upper limit flag is not ON (step S10121=NO), the process proceeds to step S10122.

(Step S10122)
In step S10122, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) total award provisional addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains a value from the (400 games) total award 103yb corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and performs a process of provisionally adding the value to the (cumulative) total award 103yi. Then, when the process of step S10122 ends, the process proceeds to step S10123.

(Step S10123)
In step S10123, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the provisional addition result is less than "65,535". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the provisional addition result is less than "65,535" as a result of performing the (cumulative) total awarded provisional addition processing in step S10122. Then, if it is determined that the provisional addition result is less than "65,535" (step S10123 = YES), processing proceeds to step S10124. On the other hand, if it is determined that the provisional addition result is not less than "65,535" (step S10123 = NO), processing proceeds to step S10125.

(Step S10124)
In step S10124, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the total award upper limit flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the total award upper limit flag by updating the value of the total award number upper limit flag storage area 103yt. Then, when the process of step S10124 ends, the process proceeds to step S10129.

(Step S10125)
In step S10125, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) total award setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value provisionally added in the (cumulative) total award provisional addition process in step S10122 to the (cumulative) total award 103yi. Then, when the process of step S10125 ends, the process proceeds to step S10126.

(Step S10126)
In step S10126, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) consecutive win total award addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains a value from the (400 games) consecutive win total award 103yc corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and performs a process of adding it to the (cumulative) consecutive win total award 103yj. Then, when the process of step S10126 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10127.

(Step S10127)
In step S10127, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) role ratio total award addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains a value from the (400 game) role ratio total award 103yd corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and performs a process of adding it to the (cumulative) role ratio total award 103yk. Then, when the process of step S10127 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10128.

(Step S10128)
In step S10128, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) instruction-included feature total award addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains a value from the (400 play) instruction-included feature award 103ye corresponding to the ring pointer 103ya, and performs a process of setting the (cumulative) instruction-included feature award 103yl. Then, when the process of step S10128 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10129.

(Step S10129)
In step S10129, the main CPU 101 performs a ring pointer increment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the value of the ring pointer 103ya by "1." Then, when the process of step S10129 ends, the process proceeds to step S10130.

(Step S10130)
In step S1010, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15" as a result of the ring pointer addition process in step S10129. If it is determined that the value of the ring pointer 103ya is "15" (step S10130=YES), the process proceeds to step S10131. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ring pointer 103ya is not "15" (step S10130=NO), the process proceeds to step S10132.

(Step S10131)
In step S10131, the main CPU 101 performs a ring pointer initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the value of the ring pointer 103ya to "0." Then, when the process of step S10131 ends, the process proceeds to step S10132.

(Step S10132)
In step S10132, the main CPU 101 performs a (400 game) total award initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the value of the (400 game) total award 103yb to "0." Then, when the process of step S10132 ends, the process proceeds to step S10133.

(Step S10133)
In step S10133, the main CPU 101 performs a (400 game) consecutive win total award initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the value of the (400 game) consecutive win total award 103yc to "0". Then, when the process of step S10133 ends, the process proceeds to step S10134.

(Step S10134)
In step S10134, the main CPU 101 performs a (400 game) role ratio total award initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the value of the (400 game) role ratio total award 103 yd to "0". Then, when the process of step S10134 ends, the process proceeds to step S10135.

(Step S10135)
In step S10135, the main CPU 101 performs an initialization process for the (400 game) instruction-included role-given feature. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process for setting the value of the (400 game) instruction-included role-given feature 103ye to "0." Then, when the process of step S10135 ends, the process proceeds to step S10136.

(Step S10136)
In step S10136, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) instruction-included feature ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative instruction-included feature ratio and performs a process of setting the (cumulative) instruction-included feature ratio 103yo. Then, when the process of step S10136 ends, the process proceeds to step S10137.

(Step S10137)
In step S10137, the main CPU 101 performs a (6,000 game) consecutive win ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the consecutive win ratio of "6,000" games and performs a process of setting it to the (6,000 game) consecutive win ratio 103ym. Then, when the process of step S10137 ends, the process proceeds to step S10138.

(Step S10138)
In step S10138, the main CPU 101 performs a (6,000 game) feature ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the feature ratio for "6,000" game and sets it to the (6,000 game) feature ratio 103yn. Then, when the process of step S10138 ends, the process proceeds to step S10139.

(Step S10139)
In step S10139, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) consecutive win ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative consecutive win ratio and performs a process of setting it to the (cumulative) consecutive win ratio 103yp. Then, when the process of step S10139 ends, the process proceeds to step S10140.

(Step S10140)
In step S10140, the main CPU 101 performs a (cumulative) feature ratio setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 calculates the cumulative feature ratio and sets it to the (cumulative) feature ratio 103yq. Then, when the process of step S10140 ends, the subroutine of the ratio calculation process ends.

(Gaming machine performance information calculation process)
Next, using Figure 43, the gaming machine performance information calculation process performed in step S10200 of the post-all-stop call process will be explained.

(Step S10201)
In step S10201, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether the value of the performance information game counter 103bd is "65,535". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether the value of the performance information game counter 103bd is "65,535" by referring to the value of the performance information game counter 103bd. Then, when it is judged that the value of the performance information game counter 103bd is "65,535" (step S10201=YES), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is judged that the value of the performance information game counter 103bd is not "65,535" (step S10201=NO), the process proceeds to step S10202.

(Step S10202)
In step S10202, the main CPU 101 performs a performance information game play counter increment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the value of the performance information game play counter 103bd by "1". Then, when the process of step S10202 ends, the process proceeds to step S10203.

(Step S10203)
In step S10203, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay has won a prize according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that the replay has won a prize (step S10203=YES), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay has not won a prize (step S10203=NO), the process proceeds to step S10204.

(Step S10204)
In step S10204, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the total BET number counter for performance information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the BET counter 103ad to the value of the total BET number counter for performance information 103be. Then, when the process of step S10204 ends, the process proceeds to step S10205.

(Step S10205)
In step S10205, the main CPU 101 performs a performance information total grant number counter increment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the grant value memory area 103ag to the value of the performance information total grant number counter 103bf. Then, when the process of step S10205 ends, the process proceeds to step S10206.

(Step S10206)
In step S10206, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether any of the roles is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the first type special role or the role continuous operation device related to the first type special role is in operation. If it is determined that any of the roles is in operation (step S10206=YES), the process proceeds to step S10207. On the other hand, if it is determined that any of the roles is not in operation (step S10206=NO), the process proceeds to step S10210.

(Step S10207)
In step S10207, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the performance information feature total number of given counters. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the given value memory area 103ag to the value of the performance information feature total number of given counters 103bi. Then, when the process of step S10207 ends, the process proceeds to step S10208.

(Step S10208)
In step S10208, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the first type special feature is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the first type special feature is in operation by referring to the value of the game state memory area 103ak. If it is determined that the first type special feature is in operation (step S10208=YES), the process proceeds to step S10209. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first type special feature is not in operation (step S10208=NO), the process proceeds to step S10210.

(Step S10209)
In step S10209, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the total consecutive bonus item number counter for performance information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the bonus value memory area 103ag to the value of the total consecutive bonus item number counter for performance information 103bj. Then, when the process of step S10209 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10210.

(Step S10210)
In step S10210, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the calculation result of the value of the MY counter 103bg for performance information - the number of BETs + the number of awards is a negative value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the result of subtracting the value of the BET counter 103ad from the value of the MY counter 103bg for performance information and adding the value of the award value storage area 103ag is a negative value. Then, if it is determined that the calculation result of the value of the MY counter 103bg for performance information - the number of BETs + the number of awards is a negative value (step S10210 = YES), the process proceeds to step S10211. On the other hand, if it is determined that the calculation result of the value of the MY counter 103bg for performance information - the number of BETs + the number of awards is not a negative value (step S10210 = NO), the process proceeds to step S10212.

(Step S10211)
In step S10211, the main CPU 101 performs a process of initializing the MY counter for performance information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the MY counter for performance information 103bg to "0." Then, when the process of step S10211 ends, the process proceeds to step S10212.

(Step S10212)
In step S10212, the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the MY counter for performance information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the MY counter for performance information 103bg with the result of the calculation (value of the MY counter for performance information 103bg - number of BETs + number of awarded coins). Then, when the process of step S10212 ends, the process proceeds to step S10213.

(Step S10213)
In step S10213, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is greater than the value of the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of judging whether the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is greater than the value of the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh by comparing the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg with the value of the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh. Then, when it is judged that the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is greater than the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh (step S10213=YES), the process proceeds to step S10214. On the other hand, when it is judged that the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg is not greater than the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh (step S10213=NO), the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process is terminated.

(Step S10214)
In step S10214, the main CPU 101 performs a maximum MY counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the performance information maximum MY counter 103bh to the value of the performance information MY counter 103bg. Then, when the process of step S10214 ends, the subroutine of the gaming machine performance information calculation process ends.

(Ball status management process after all machines have stopped)
Next, using Figure 44, we will explain the post-all-stop ball output status management process performed in step S11000 of the main loop processing.

(Step S11001)
In step S11001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is a normal state or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball dispensing state is a normal state or not by referring to the value of the ball dispensing state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is a normal state (step S11001=YES), the process proceeds to step S11100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball dispensing state is not a normal state (step S11001=NO), the process proceeds to step S11002.

(Step S11100)
In step S11100, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the normal state after a full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 45. Then, when the processing of step S11100 ends, the processing proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11002)
In step S11002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state or not by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state (step S11002=YES), the process proceeds to step S11200. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus preparation state (step S11002=NO), the process proceeds to step S11003.

(Step S11200)
In step S11200, the main CPU 101 performs a process for a bonus preparation state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 46. Then, when the process of step S11200 ends, the process proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11003)
In step S11003, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a CZ state by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. If it is determined that the current ball output state is a CZ state (step S11003=YES), the process proceeds to step S11300. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a CZ state (step S11003=NO), the process proceeds to step S11004.

(Step S11300)
In step S11300, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the CZ state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 47. Then, when the processing of step S11300 ends, the processing transitions to step S11008.

(Step S11004)
In step S11004, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball output state is a bonus state by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus state (step S11004=YES), the process proceeds to step S11400. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus state (step S11004=NO), the process proceeds to step S11005.

(Step S11400)
In step S11400, the main CPU 101 performs a process for a bonus state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 48. Then, when the process of step S11400 ends, the process proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11005)
In step S11005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state or not by referring to the value of the ball-dispensing state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is an AT state (step S11005=YES), the process proceeds to step S11500. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball-dispensing state is not an AT state (step S11005=NO), the process proceeds to step S11006.

(Step S11500)
In step S11500, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the AT state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 49. Then, when the processing of step S11500 ends, the processing proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11006)
In step S11006, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus preparation state during AT (step S11006=YES), the process proceeds to step S11600. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus preparation state during AT (step S11006=NO), the process proceeds to step S11007.

(Step S11600)
In step S11600, the main CPU 101 performs processing for a bonus preparation state during the AT after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 50. Then, when the processing of step S11600 ends, the processing proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11007)
In step S11007, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT by referring to the value of the ball output state storage area 103al. Then, if it is determined that the current ball output state is a bonus state during AT (step S11007=YES), the process proceeds to step S11700. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current ball output state is not a bonus state during AT (step S11007=NO), the process proceeds to step S11800.

(Step S11700)
In step S11700, the main CPU 101 performs a process for a bonus state during the AT after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 51. Then, when the process of step S11700 ends, the process proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11800)
In step S11800, the main CPU 101 performs processing for the added state after full stop, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 52. Then, when the processing of step S11800 ends, the processing proceeds to step S11008.

(Step S11008)
In step S11008, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the difference counter 103ax is equal to or greater than the threshold value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the difference counter 103ax is equal to or greater than the threshold value by referring to the value of the difference counter 103ax. Here, in this embodiment, the threshold value of the difference counter 103ax is "2,400", but it can be set appropriately. Then, if it is determined that the value of the difference counter 103ax is equal to or greater than the threshold value (step S11008=YES), the process proceeds to step S11009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the difference counter 103ax is not equal to or greater than the threshold value (step S11008=NO), the subroutine of the post-all-stop ball-out state management process is terminated.

(Step S11009)
In step S11009, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period end flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period end flag by updating the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za. Then, when the process of step S11009 ends, the subroutine of the post-all stop ball payout state management process ends.

(Processing for normal state after total shutdown)
Next, using Figure 45, we will explain the normal state processing after all stops performed by step S11100 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11101)
In step S11101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop memory area 103au. Then, if it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S11101=YES), the process proceeds to step S11102. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S11101=NO), the process proceeds to step S11111.

(Step S11102)
In step S11102, the main CPU 101 performs a ceiling game number counter subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an. Then, when the process of step S11102 ends, the process proceeds to step S11103.

(Step S11103)
In step S11103, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an has become "0" as a result of the ceiling game number counter subtraction process in step S11102. Then, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0" (step S11103=YES), the process proceeds to step S11105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is not "0" (step S11103=NO), the process proceeds to step S11104.

(Step S11104)
In step S11104, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON by referring to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11104=YES), the process proceeds to step S11105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11104=NO), the process proceeds to step S11108.

(Step S11105)
In step S11105, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the AT state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11105 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11106.

(Step S11106)
In step S11106, the main CPU 101 performs an AT game number counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11106 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11107.

(Step S11107)
In step S11107, the main CPU 101 performs a process for setting the control state at the time of AT transition. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process for turning ON the bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later, and is therefore transmitted to the game value control board 400 and then to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S11107 ends, the subroutine for the normal state process after full stop ends.

(Step S11108)
In step S11108, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the CZ winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the CZ winning flag is ON by referring to the value of the CZ winning flag storage area 103ar. Then, if it is determined that the CZ winning flag is ON (step S11108=YES), the process proceeds to step S11109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the CZ winning flag is not ON (step S11108=NO), the process proceeds to step S11111.

(Step S11109)
In step S11109, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the CZ state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the CZ state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11109 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11110.

(Step S11110)
In step S11110, the main CPU 101 performs a CZ game number counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the CZ game number counter 103ao. Here, in this embodiment, "10" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the CZ state, but this can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11110 is completed, the subroutine for the normal state process after all stops is completed.

(Step S11111)
In step S11111, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won, based on the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11111 = YES), the process proceeds to step S11112. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11111 = NO), the process proceeds to step S11113.

(Step S11112)
In step S11112, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next ball output state to the bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11112 is completed, the subroutine for the normal state process after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11113)
In step S11113, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game by referring to the value of the bonus memory area 103ab and the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11113=YES), the process proceeds to step S11114. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11113=NO), the subroutine of the process for the normal state after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11114)
In step S11114, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next ball output state to a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus preparation state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11114 ends, the subroutine for the normal state process after all stops ends.

(Processing for bonus preparation state after full stop)
Next, using Figure 46, we will explain the processing for the bonus preparation state after all stops performed by step S11200 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11201)
In step S11201, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11201=YES), the process proceeds to step S11202. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11201=NO), the subroutine for the process for the bonus preparation state after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11202)
In step S11202, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next ball output state to the bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11202 ends, the subroutine for the process for the bonus preparation state after all stops ends.

(Processing for CZ state after full stop)
Next, using Figure 47, we will explain the processing for the CZ state after all stops performed by step S11300 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11301)
In step S11301, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the first stop is the left reel 21 by referring to the value of the first stop memory area 103au. Then, if it is determined that the first stop is the left reel 21 (step S11301=YES), the process proceeds to step S11302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the first stop is not the left reel 21 (step S11301=NO), the process proceeds to step S11308.

(Step S11302)
In step S11302, the main CPU 101 performs a ceiling game number counter subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an. Then, when the process of step S11302 ends, the process proceeds to step S11303.

(Step S11303)
In step S11303, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an has become "0" as a result of the ceiling game number counter subtraction process in step S11302. Then, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is "0" (step S11303=YES), the process proceeds to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the ceiling game number counter 103an is not "0" (step S11303=NO), the process proceeds to step S11304.

(Step S11304)
In step S11304, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON by referring to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11304=YES), the process proceeds to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11304=NO), the process proceeds to step S11308.

(Step S11305)
In step S11305, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the AT state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11305 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11306.

(Step S11306)
In step S11306, the main CPU 101 performs an AT game number counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11306 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11307.

(Step S11307)
In step S11307, the main CPU 101 performs a process for setting the control state at the time of AT transition. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process for turning ON the bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100 described later. Here, the first control state of the main control board 100 is the hall control fraud monitoring information described later, and therefore is transmitted to the game value control board 400 and then to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S11307 ends, the subroutine for the process for the CZ state after all stops ends.

(Step S11308)
In step S11308, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11308=YES), the process proceeds to step S11309. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11308=NO), the process proceeds to step S11310.

(Step S11309)
In step S11309, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11309 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the CZ state after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11310)
In step S11310, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game by referring to the value of the bonus memory area 103ab and the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11310=YES), the process proceeds to step S11311. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11310=NO), the process proceeds to step S11312.

(Step S11311)
In step S11311, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to a bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus preparation state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11311 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the CZ state after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11312)
In step S11312, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao has become "0" as a result of the CZ game number counter subtraction process in step S5401. Then, if it is determined that the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is "0" (step S11312=YES), the process proceeds to step S11313. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the CZ game number counter 103ao is not "0" (step S11312=NO), the subroutine for the process for the CZ state after full stop is terminated.

(Step S11313)
In step S11313, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next payout state to the normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the normal state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11313 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the CZ state after all stops is terminated.

(Processing for bonus state after full stop)
Next, using Figure 48, we will explain the processing for the bonus state after all stops performed by step S11400 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11401)
In step S11401, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus has ended. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus has ended by referring to the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag and the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S11401=YES), the process proceeds to step S11402. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus has not ended (step S11401=NO), the subroutine for the post-all-stop bonus state process is terminated.

(Step S11402)
In step S11402, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the AT winning flag is ON by referring to the value of the AT winning flag storage area 103as. Then, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is ON (step S11402=YES), the process proceeds to step S11403. On the other hand, if it is determined that the AT winning flag is not ON (step S11402=NO), the process proceeds to step S11406.

(Step S11403)
In step S11403, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next ball output state to the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the AT state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11403 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11404.

(Step S11404)
In step S11404, the main CPU 101 performs an AT game number counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the AT game number counter 103ap. Here, in this embodiment, "50" games are set as the initial number of games when transitioning to the AT state, but this can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11404 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11405.

(Step S11405)
In step S11405, the main CPU 101 performs a process for setting the control state at the time of AT transition. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process for turning ON the bit "2" of the first control state of the main control board 100 described later. Here, the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall control fraud monitoring information described later, and therefore is transmitted to the game value control board 400 and then to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S11405 ends, the subroutine for the process for the bonus state after all stops ends.

(Step S11406)
In step S11406, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the normal state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the normal state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11406 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the bonus state after all stops is completed.

(Processing for AT state after complete stop)
Next, using Figure 49, we will explain the processing for the AT state after all stops performed by step S11500 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11501)
In step S11501, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the added-on state winning flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the added-on state winning flag is ON by referring to the value of the added-on state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, if it is determined that the added-on state winning flag is ON (step S11501=YES), the process proceeds to step S11502. On the other hand, if it is determined that the added-on state winning flag is not ON (step S11501=NO), the process proceeds to step S11504.

(Step S11502)
In step S11502, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the add-on state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the add-on state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11502 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11503.

(Step S11503)
In step S11503, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the number of games in the added-on state counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the number of games in the added-on state counter 103aq. Here, in this embodiment, the initial number of games when moving to the added-on state is set to "5", but it can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11503 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the AT state after all stops is completed.

(Step S11504)
In step S11504, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11504=YES), the process proceeds to step S11505. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11504=NO), the process proceeds to step S11506.

(Step S11505)
In step S11505, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT bonus state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11505 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state process after all stops is completed.

(Step S11506)
In step S11506, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game by referring to the value of the bonus memory area 103ab and the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11506=YES), the process proceeds to step S11507. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11506=NO), the process proceeds to step S11508.

(Step S11507)
In step S11507, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT bonus preparation state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11507 is completed, the subroutine for the AT state process after all stops is completed.

(Step S11508)
In step S11508, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the AT game number counter 103ap has become "0" as a result of the AT game number counter subtraction process in step S5601. Then, if it is determined that the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is "0" (step S11508=YES), the process proceeds to step S11509. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the AT game number counter 103ap is not "0" (step S11508=NO), the subroutine for the process for the AT state after full stop is terminated.

(Step S11509)
In step S11509, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period end flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the specific period end flag by updating the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za. Then, when the process of step S11509 ends, the subroutine for the process for the AT state after full stop ends.

(Processing for bonus preparation state during AT after full stop)
Next, using Figure 50, we will explain the processing for the bonus preparation state during AT after all stops, which is performed by step S11600 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11601)
In step S11601, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11601=YES), the process proceeds to step S11602. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11601=NO), the subroutine for the process for the bonus preparation state during the AT after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11602)
In step S11602, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the AT bonus state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT bonus state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11602 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the AT bonus preparation state after all stops is terminated.

(Processing for bonus state during AT after full stop)
Next, using Figure 51, we will explain the processing for the bonus state during AT after all stops, which is performed by step S11700 of the ball output state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11701)
In step S11701, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus has ended. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus has ended by referring to the value of the awarded value storage area 103ag and the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S11701=YES), the process proceeds to step S11702. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus has not ended (step S11701=NO), the subroutine for the process for the bonus state during the AT after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11702)
In step S11702, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the added-on state winning flag is ON or not. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the added-on state winning flag is ON or not by referring to the value of the added-on state winning flag storage area 103at. Then, if it is determined that the added-on state winning flag is ON (step S11702=YES), the process proceeds to step S11703. On the other hand, if it is determined that the added-on state winning flag is not ON (step S11702=NO), the process proceeds to step S11705.

(Step S11703)
In step S11703, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the next payout state to the add-on state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the add-on state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11703 is completed, the process proceeds to step S11704.

(Step S11704)
In step S11704, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the bonus state game number counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the bonus state game number counter 103aq. Here, in this embodiment, the initial number of games when moving to the bonus state is set to "5", but it can be set appropriately. Then, when the process of step S11704 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the bonus state during the AT after all stops is completed.

(Step S11705)
In step S11705, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11705 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the bonus state during the AT after all stops is terminated.

(Processing for top-up state after full stop)
Next, using Figure 52, we will explain the processing for the added state after all stops performed by step S11800 of the ball payout state management processing after all stops.

(Step S11801)
In step S11801, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won, based on the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S11801=YES), the process proceeds to step S11802. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S11801=NO), the process proceeds to step S11803.

(Step S11802)
In step S11802, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the bonus state during AT. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the bonus state during AT in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11802 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the added-on state after all stops is terminated.

(Step S11803)
In step S11803, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the game is a bonus winning game by referring to the value of the bonus memory area 103ab and the value of the winning combination memory area 103ac. If it is determined that the game is a bonus winning game (step S11803=YES), the process proceeds to step S11804. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is not a bonus winning game (step S11803=NO), the process proceeds to step S11805.

(Step S11804)
In step S11804, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next ball output state to the AT bonus preparation state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT bonus preparation state in the next ball output state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11804 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the all-stop added-on state is terminated.

(Step S11805)
In step S11805, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the added-on state game number counter 103aq is "0". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the added-on state game number counter 103aq has become "0" as a result of the added-on state game number counter subtraction process in step S5901. Then, if it is determined that the value of the added-on state game number counter 103aq is "0" (step S11805=YES), the process proceeds to step S11806. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the added-on state game number counter 103aq is not "0" (step S11805=NO), the subroutine for the process for the added-on state after full stop is terminated.

(Step S11806)
In step S11806, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the next payout state to the AT state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information about the AT state in the next payout state storage area 103am. Then, when the process of step S11806 is completed, the subroutine for the process for the top-up state after all stops is completed.

(Game state transition process)
Next, using Figure 53, we will explain the game state transition processing performed in step S12000 of the main loop processing.

(Step S12001)
In step S12001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not a "bonus" has been won, based on the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. Then, if it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S12001=YES), the process proceeds to step S12002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S12001=NO), the process proceeds to step S12007.

(Step S12002)
In step S12002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the bonus end value counter 103ah. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the bonus end value counter 103ah to "91." Then, when the process of step S12002 ends, the process proceeds to step S12003.

(Step S12003)
In step S12003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting various RB counters. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the RB winning count counter 103ai to "1" and a process of setting the RB game number counter 103aj to "1". Then, when the process of step S12003 ends, the process proceeds to step S12004.

(Step S12004)
In step S12004, the main CPU 101 performs a BB transition control state setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set ON the bit "1" of the first control state of the main control board 100, which will be described later. Here, the first control state of the main control board 100 is hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later, and therefore is transmitted to the game value control board 400 and then to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S12004 ends, the process proceeds to step S12005.

(Step S12005)
In step S12005, the main CPU 101 performs a game status setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing information about the bonus operation status in the game status memory area 103ak. Then, when the process of step S12005 ends, the process proceeds to step S12006.

(Step S12006)
In step S12006, the main CPU 101 executes a bonus memory area clearing process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 executes a process of clearing the value of the bonus memory area 103ab. Then, when the process of step S12006 ends, the subroutine of the game state transition process ends.

(Step S12007)
In step S12007, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus operation state is in progress. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the bonus operation state is in progress by referring to the value of the game state storage area 103ak. If it is determined that the bonus operation state is in progress (step S12007=YES), the process proceeds to step S12008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus operation state is not in progress (step S12007=NO), the subroutine of the game state transition process is terminated.

(Step S12008)
In step S12008, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a win has been achieved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not a win has been achieved according to the value of the stop position memory area 103zc. If it is determined that a win has been achieved (step S12008=YES), the process proceeds to step S12009. On the other hand, if it is determined that a win has not been achieved (step S12008=NO), the process proceeds to step S12011.

(Step S12009)
In step S12009, the main CPU 101 performs a bonus end value counter subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting the granted value of the gaming value granted to the player from the bonus end value counter 103ah and storing the result. Then, when the process of step S12009 ends, the process proceeds to step S12010.

(Step S12010)
In step S12010, the main CPU 101 performs a subtraction process on the RB winning count counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai. Then, when the process of step S12010 ends, the process proceeds to step S12011.

(Step S12011)
In step S12011, the main CPU 101 performs a subtraction process of the RB game number counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the RB game number counter 103aj. Then, when the process of step S12011 ends, the process proceeds to step S12012.

(Step S12012)
In step S12012, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai was "0" before the subtraction. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai was "0" before the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai was updated by the RB winning count counter subtraction process in step S12010. If it is determined that the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai was "0" before the subtraction (step S12012=YES), the process proceeds to step S12014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai is not "0" before the subtraction (step S12012=NO), the process proceeds to step S12013.

(Step S12013)
In step S12013, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the subtraction. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was subtracted by the RB game number counter subtraction process in step S12011. Then, if it is determined that the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was "0" before the update (step S12013=YES), the process proceeds to step S12014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the RB game number counter 103aj was not "0" before the update (step S12013=NO), the process proceeds to step S12016.

(Step S12014)
In step S12014, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the RB winning count counter 103ai. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the RB winning count counter 103ai to "1". Then, when the process of step S12014 ends, the process proceeds to step S12015.

(Step S12015)
In step S12015, the main CPU 101 performs an RB game number counter setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the RB game number counter 103aj to "1". Then, when the process of step S12015 ends, the process proceeds to step S12016.

(Step S12016)
In step S12016, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the bonus has ended. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the bonus has ended by referring to the value of the bonus end value counter 103ah. If it is determined that the bonus has ended (step S12016=YES), the process proceeds to step S12017. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus has not ended (step S12016=NO), the subroutine of the game state transition process is terminated.

(Step S12017)
In step S12017, the main CPU 101 performs a bonus end RAM initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to initialize the bonus end value counter 103ah, the RB winning count counter 103ai, the RB game count counter 103aj, etc. Then, when the process of step S12017 ends, the subroutine of the game state transition process ends.

(Specific period related processing)
Next, the specific period-related process performed in step S13000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S13001)
In step S13001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period start flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period start flag is ON by referring to the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay. If it is determined that the specific period start flag is ON (step S13001=YES), the process proceeds to step S13002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period start flag is not ON (step S13001=NO), the process proceeds to step S13004.

(Step S13002)
In step S13002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the specific period flag by updating the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az. Then, when the processing of step S13002 ends, the process proceeds to step S13003.

(Step S13003)
In step S13003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the specific period start flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the specific period start flag by updating the value of the specific period start flag storage area 103ay. Then, when the processing of step S13003 ends, the process proceeds to step S13005.

(Step S13004)
In step S13004, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period flag is ON by referring to the value of the specific period flag storage area 103az. If it is determined that the specific period flag is ON (step S13004=YES), the process proceeds to step S13005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period flag is not ON (step S13004=NO), the subroutine of the specific period-related process is terminated.

(Step S13005)
In step S13005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period end flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the specific period end flag is ON by referring to the value of the specific period end flag storage area 103za. If it is determined that the specific period end flag is ON (step S13005=YES), the process proceeds to step S13009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the specific period end flag is not ON (step S13005=NO), the process proceeds to step S13006.

(Step S13006)
In step S13006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the replay operation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af. Then, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S13006=YES), the subroutine of the specific period related process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S13006=NO), the process proceeds to step S13007.

(Step S13007)
In step S13007, the main CPU 101 performs a grant value addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the grant value memory area 103ag to the value of the difference number counter 103ax. Then, when the process of step S13007 ends, the process proceeds to step S13008.

(Step S13008)
In step S13008, the main CPU 101 performs a BET subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting the value of the BET counter 103ad from the value of the difference number counter 103ax. Then, when the process of step S13008 ends, the subroutine of the specific period related process ends.

(Step S13009)
In step S13009, the main CPU 101 performs a RAM initialization process at the end of the specific period. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to initialize the payout state storage area 103al, etc. Then, when the process of step S13009 ends, the subroutine of the specific period related process ends.

(Processing related to termination)
Next, the termination-related processing performed in step S14000 of the main loop will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S14100)
In step S14100, the main CPU 101 performs a limit calculation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 56. Then, when the process of step S14100 ends, the process proceeds to step S14001.

(Step S14001)
In step S14001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the bonus operation state is in progress. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the bonus operation state is in progress by referring to the value of the game state memory area 103ak. If it is determined that the bonus operation state is in progress (step S14001=YES), the process proceeds to step S14008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the bonus operation state is not in progress (step S14001=NO), the process proceeds to step S14002.

(Step S14002)
In step S14002, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the cap-off flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the cap-off flag is ON by referring to the value of the cap-off flag storage area 103bc. If it is determined that the cap-off flag is ON (step S14002=YES), the process proceeds to step S14003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the cap-off flag is not ON (step S14002=NO), the process proceeds to step S14006.

(Step S14003)
In step S14003, the main CPU 101 performs a stop command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a stop command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S14003 ends, the process proceeds to step S14004.

Here, the "stop command" is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 when the stop function is activated. Note that the stop command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then sent from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S14004)
In step S14004, the main CPU 101 performs a limit notification process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of displaying "E0" on the win display section 16. Then, when the process of step S14004 ends, the process proceeds to step S14005.

(Step S14005)
In step S14005, the main CPU 101 performs a stop processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store information regarding the operation of the stop function in the main error information storage area 103zb. Here, when the stop function is activated, processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the operation of the stop function are satisfied. Then, when the processing of step S14005 ends, the subroutine for the stop-related processing ends.

(Step S14006)
In step S14006, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500" as a result of the limit calculation process in step S14100. If it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500" (step S14006=YES), the process proceeds to step S14007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is not equal to or greater than "18,500" (step S14006=NO), the subroutine for the limit-related process is terminated.

(Step S14007)
In step S14007, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a pre-notification command for a game limit. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a pre-notification command for a game limit to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S14007 ends, the subroutine for the game limit-related process ends.

The "pre-notification command for limiting" is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 when the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "18,500". Note that the pre-notification command for limiting may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S14008)
In step S14008, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" as a result of the limit calculation process in step S14100. If it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14008=YES), the process proceeds to step S14009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is not equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14008=NO), the subroutine for the limit-related process is terminated.

(Step S14009)
In step S14009, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a waiting-for-play notification command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. When the process of step S14009 ends, the subroutine of the waiting-for-play notification command ends.

The "waiting for a limit notification command" is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" in a bonus activation state. The waiting for a limit notification command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Limit calculation process)
Next, the limit calculation process performed in step S14100 of the limit-related process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S14101)
In step S14101, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the limit flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the limit flag is ON by referring to the value of the limit flag storage area 103bc. Then, if it is determined that the limit flag is ON (step S14101=YES), the subroutine of the limit calculation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the limit flag is not ON (step S14101=NO), the process proceeds to step S14102.

(Step S14102)
In step S14102, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay operation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the replay operation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af. Then, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is ON (step S14102=YES), the subroutine of the limit calculation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay operation flag is not ON (step S14102=NO), the process proceeds to step S14103.

(Step S14103)
In step S14103, the main CPU 101 performs a limit MY counter calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 adds the value of the award value memory area 103ag to the value of the limit MY counter 103ba, and subtracts the value of the BET counter 103ad. Then, when the process of step S14103 ends, the process proceeds to step S14104.

(Step S14104)
In step S14104, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the calculation result is a negative value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the calculation result is a negative value as a result of performing the limit MY counter calculation process in step S14103. If it is determined that the calculation result is a negative value (step S14104=YES), the process proceeds to step S14105. On the other hand, if it is determined that the calculation result is not a negative value (step S14104=NO), the process proceeds to step S14106.

(Step S14105)
In step S14105, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the limit MY counter 103ba to "0." In this embodiment, since the limit MY counter 103ba is configured not to store negative values, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the limit MY counter 103ba to "0." Then, when the processing of step S14105 ends, the processing proceeds to step S14107.

(Step S14106)
In step S14106, the main CPU 101 performs a limit MY counter update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the result of the limit MY counter calculation process performed in step S14103 in the limit MY counter 103ba. Then, when the process of step S14106 ends, the process proceeds to step S14107.

(Step S14107)
In step S14107, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000". Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" as a result of the limit MY counter update process in step S14106. If it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14107=YES), the process proceeds to step S14108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is not equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14107=NO), the subroutine of the limit calculation process is terminated.

(Step S14108)
In step S14108, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the limit flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of turning on the limit flag by updating the value of the limit flag storage area 103bc. Then, when the process of step S14108 ends, the subroutine of the limit calculation process ends.

(Main interrupt processing)
Next, the main interrupt process will be described with reference to Fig. 57. The main interrupt process is a process that interrupts the main loop process at predetermined intervals (for example, every "1.564" ms).

(Step S15001)
In step S15001, the main CPU 101 performs a process to save register values. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to save register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S15001. Then, when the process of step S15001 ends, the process proceeds to step S15002.

(Step S15002)
In step S15002, the main CPU 101 performs a main input port read process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of inputting signals from the power supply board 200, the game value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. Then, when the process of step S15002 ends, the process proceeds to step S15003.

(Step S15003)
In step S15003, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine information data setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting data of information required when the gaming value control board 400 transmits gaming machine information to the lending device 700 (for example, a value calculated by the gaming machine performance information calculation process in step S10201). Then, when the process of step S15003 ends, the process proceeds to step S15004.

(Step S15004)
In step S15004, the main CPU 101 performs a main timer measurement process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the wait timer 103ae. Then, when the process of step S15004 ends, the process proceeds to step S15005.

(Step S15005)
In step S15005, the main CPU 101 performs reel drive control processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs acceleration processing, constant speed processing, deceleration processing, etc. of the reel 20 by driving the left stepping motor 76, the center stepping motor 77, and the right stepping motor 78. Then, when the processing of step S15005 ends, the process proceeds to step S15006.

(Step S15006)
In step S15006, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the data set in the gaming machine information data setting process in step S15003 to the gaming value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S15006 ends, the process proceeds to step S15007.

(Step S15007)
In step S15007, the main CPU 101 performs an LED output data creation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to create LED data to be displayed on the various displays 15. Then, when the process of step S15007 ends, the process proceeds to step S15008.

(Step S15008)
In step S15008, the main CPU 101 performs an LED output data display process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to control the display of the various indicators 15 in accordance with the LED data created in the LED output data creation process in step S15007. Then, when the process of step S15008 ends, the process proceeds to step S15009.

(Step S15009)
In step S15009, the main CPU 101 performs a main periodic command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main periodic command to the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S15009 ends, the process proceeds to step S15010.

Here, a "main periodic command" is a command for detecting whether communication between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400 is normal, and is a command that is periodically sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400.

(Step S15010)
In step S15010, the main CPU 101 performs a port output process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of outputting signals to the sub-control board 300, the game value control board 400, the status board 500, and the reel control board 600. Then, when the process of step S15010 ends, the process proceeds to step S15100.

(Step S15100)
In step S15100, the main CPU 101 performs a main interrupt error check process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 58. Then, when the process of step S15100 ends, the process proceeds to step S15011.

(Step S15011)
In step S15011, the main CPU 101 performs a reset switch check process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to detect whether or not the reset switch 41sw is turned ON. Then, when the process of step S15011 ends, the process proceeds to step S15012.

(Step S15012)
In step S15012, the main CPU 101 performs a setting key switch check process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to detect whether the setting key switch 43sw is ON or not. If the setting key switch 43sw is ON, the main CPU 101 performs a process to display a setting value on the acquisition display unit 16 and a process to transmit a setting value confirmation command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S15012 ends, the process proceeds to step S15013.

Here, the "setting value confirmation command" is a command sent when checking the setting value, and is a command sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Note that the setting value confirmation command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 400, and then sent from the game value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300.

(Step S15013)
In step S15013, the main CPU 101 performs a monitor display control process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads out a program from the main ROM outside use area 102b and performs control to display ratio information on the monitor display 44. Then, when the process of step S15013 ends, the process proceeds to step S15014.

(Step S15014)
In step S15014, the main CPU 101 performs a game value control board command reception process. Specifically, when the main CPU 101 receives a command from the game value control board 400, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing the command in the game value error memory area 103zd. Then, when the process of step S15014 ends, the process proceeds to step S15015.

(Step S15015)
In step S15015, the main CPU 101 performs a main register restore process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S15001. Then, when the process of step S15015 ends, the main interrupt process ends.

(Main interrupt error check process)
Next, the main interrupt error check process performed in step S15100 of the main interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S15101)
In step S15101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not there is an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400 has been detected. Then, if it is determined that there is an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) (step S15101=YES), processing proceeds to step S15102. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) (step S15101=NO), processing proceeds to step S15103.

(Step S15102)
In step S15102, the main CPU 101 performs processing for an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing for storing information related to the internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S15102 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15105.

(Step S15103)
In step S15103, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not there is a door open error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the door open/close sensor 14s is ON. If it is determined that there is a door open error (constant monitoring) (step S15103=YES), the process proceeds to step S15104. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no door open error (constant monitoring) (step S15103=NO), the main interrupt error check process subroutine is terminated.

(Step S15104)
In step S15104, the main CPU 101 performs door open error (constant monitoring) processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to store information about the door open error (constant monitoring) in the main error information storage area 103zb. Then, when the processing of step S15104 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15105.

(Step S15105)
In step S15105, the main CPU 101 performs a main error command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a main error command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400. Then, when the process of step S15105 ends, the subroutine of the main interrupt error check process ends.

(Game value program start process)
Next, the game value program start processing performed by the game value control board 400 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S20001)
In step S20001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the power is cut off. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is in a power-off state by inspecting the power-off signal terminal. Then, if it is determined that the power is cut off (step S20001=YES), the process of step S20001 is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the power is not cut off (step S20001=NO), the process proceeds to step S20002.

(Step S20002)
In step S20002, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a startup command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a startup command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a startup command has been received (step S20002=YES), the processing proceeds to step S20006. On the other hand, if it is determined that a startup command has not been received (step S20002=NO), the processing proceeds to step S20003.

(Step S20003)
In step S20003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed without receiving a startup command from the main control board 100. In this embodiment, the "predetermined time" is "180 s", but can be set appropriately. Then, if it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S20003=YES), the process proceeds to step S20004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S20003=NO), the process proceeds to step S20002.

(Step S20004)
In step S20004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing for an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing for storing information related to the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the processing of step S20004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S20005.

(Step S20005)
In step S20005, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information on an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S20005 ends, the process proceeds to step S20006.

Here, a "play value error command" is a command that contains information about an error in the play value control board 400, and is a command that is sent from the play value control board 400 to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Note that the play value error command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 after being sent from the play value control board 400 to the main control board 100.

(Step S20006)
In step S20006, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a reset start command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a reset start command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a reset start command has been received (step S20006=YES), processing proceeds to step S20007. On the other hand, if it is determined that a reset start command has not been received (step S20006=NO), processing proceeds to step S20008.

(Step S20007)
In step S20007, the game value CPU 401 performs game value RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 sets the initialization start address and initialization end address of the game value RAM 403, and then performs processing to initialize the area from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area of the game value RAM 403. This initializes the game value error information storage area 403ab, the BET number storage area 403ac, etc. Note that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not initialized in the game value RAM initialization processing. Then, when the processing of step S20007 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20008.

(Step S20008)
In step S20008, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a main gaming machine installation information command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a main gaming machine installation information command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a main gaming machine installation information command has been received (step S20008=YES), the process proceeds to step S20009. On the other hand, if it is determined that a main gaming machine installation information command has not been received (step S20008=NO), the process proceeds to step S20012.

(Step S20009)
In step S20009, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of creating a main gaming machine installation information message. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 first performs a process of storing the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100 in the gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad. Next, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of creating a response message for responding to the reception of the main gaming machine installation information command. Then, when the process of step S20009 ends, the process proceeds to step S20010.

(Step S20010)
In step S20010, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a main gaming machine installation information command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the main control board 100 by returning a message created in the main gaming machine installation information message creation process in step S20009. Then, when the process of step S20010 ends, the process proceeds to step S20011.

(Step S20011)
In step S20011, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming machine installation information generation process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 extracts the gaming value control chip manufacturer code information, the gaming value control chip product code information, and the gaming value control chip ID number information stored in the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a. Next, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of generating gaming machine installation information to be notified to the lending device 700 by synthesizing the main control chip manufacturer code information, the main control chip product code information, and the main control chip ID number information included in the main gaming machine installation information command with the extracted information. Then, when the process of step S20011 is completed, the process proceeds to step S20012.

(Step S20012)
In step S20012, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the game value number clear button 61 has been operated. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the operation of the game value number clear button 61 has been detected by the game value number clear switch 61sw. Then, if it is determined that the game value number clear button 61 has been operated (step S20012=YES), the process proceeds to step S20013. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value number clear button 61 has not been operated (step S20012=NO), the process proceeds to the game value loop process of step S21000.

(Step S20013)
In step S20013, the game value CPU 401 executes a game value number clear process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 executes a process to clear the game value storage area 403aa. Then, when the process of step S20013 ends, the process proceeds to step S20014.

(Step S20014)
In step S20014, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value number clear command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value number clear command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S20014 ends, the process proceeds to step S20015.

Here, the "play value number clear command" is a command sent from the play value control board 400 to the sub-control board 300 when the play value number clear button 61 is operated when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1.

(Step S20015)
In step S20015, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a second fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON bit "3" of the second fraud information, which will be described later with reference to Fig. 81. Then, when the process of step S20015 ends, the process proceeds to a gaming value loop process of step S21000.

(Main processing of game value)
Next, the game value main processing performed in step S21000 of the game value program start processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S21001)
In step S21001, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not a rental device periodic command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not a rental device periodic command periodically transmitted by the rental device 700 has been received. Then, if it is determined that the rental device periodic command has been received (step S21001=YES), the process proceeds to step S21005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the rental device periodic command has not been received (step S21001=NO), the process proceeds to step S21002.

Here, a "rental device periodic command" is a command that is periodically sent from the rental device 700 to the gaming machine 1 (specifically, the gaming value control board 400 via 62), and is a command to ensure communication between the rental device 700 and the gaming machine 1.

(Step S21002)
In step S21002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed without receiving a rental device periodic command from the rental device 700. Then, if it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S21002=YES), the process proceeds to step S21003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S20002=NO), the process proceeds to step S20001.

(Step S21003)
In step S21003, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending device communication no-response error (main stop) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information about an abnormality in gaming machine communication error (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S21003 ends, the process proceeds to step S21004.

(Step S21004)
In step S21004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information on a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S21004 ends, the process proceeds to step S21001.

(Step S21005)
In step S21005, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has been detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a power supply for connection confirmation with the rental device 700 has been detected. Then, if it is determined that a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has been detected (step S21005=YES), processing proceeds to step S21006. On the other hand, if it is determined that a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has not been detected (step S21005=NO), processing proceeds to step S21008.

(Step S21006)
In step S21006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending device unconnected error (main stop) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information about the lending device unconnected error (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S21006 ends, the process proceeds to step S21007.

(Step S21007)
In step S21007, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information on a lending device unconnected error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S21007 ends, the process proceeds to step S21001.

(Step S21008)
In step S21008, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a command has been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700. Then, if it is determined that a command has been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700 (step S21008=YES), processing proceeds to step S22000. On the other hand, if it is determined that a command has not been received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700 (step S21008=NO), processing proceeds to step S21001.

(Step S22000)
In step S22000, the game value CPU 401 performs game value command analysis processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 61. Then, when the processing of step S22000 ends, the process proceeds to step S21001.

(Game value command analysis process)
Next, the game value command analysis process performed in step S22000 of the game value main process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S22001)
In step S22001, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting value command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not any of a setting value confirmation command, a setting value determination command, a setting change start command, and a setting value change command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a setting value command has been received (step S22001=YES), processing proceeds to step S22100. On the other hand, if it is determined that a setting value command has not been received (step S22001=NO), processing proceeds to step S22002.

(Step S22100)
In step S22100, the game value CPU 401 performs a setting value command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 62. Then, when the process of step S22100 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22002)
In step S22002, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a main error command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a main error command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a main error command has been received (step S22002=YES), processing proceeds to step S22200. On the other hand, if it is determined that a main error command has not been received (step S22002=NO), processing proceeds to step S22003.

(Step S22200)
In step S22200, the game value CPU 401 performs a main error command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 63. Then, when the process of step S22200 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22003)
In step S22003, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a settlement command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a settlement command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a settlement command has been received (step S22003=YES), processing proceeds to step S22300. On the other hand, if it is determined that a settlement command has not been received (step S22003=NO), processing proceeds to step S22004.

(Step S22300)
In step S22300, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a settlement command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 64. Then, when the process of step S22300 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22004)
In step S22004, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a BET-related command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not an automatic input number command, a BET command, or a MAXBET command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a BET-related command has been received (step S22004=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22400. On the other hand, if it is determined that a BET-related command has not been received (step S22004=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22005.

(Step S22400)
In step S22400, the game value CPU 401 performs a BET command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 65. Then, when the process of step S22400 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22005)
In step S22005, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value imparting command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value imparting command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a game value imparting command has been received (step S22005=YES), processing proceeds to step S22500. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value imparting command has not been received (step S22005=NO), processing proceeds to step S22006.

(Step S22500)
In step S22500, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value imparting command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 66. Then, when the process of step S22500 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22006)
In step S22006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a stop command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a stop command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a stop command has been received (step S22006=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22600. On the other hand, if it is determined that a stop command has not been received (step S22006=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22007.

(Step S22600)
In step S22600, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a stop command reception process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 67. Then, when the process of step S22600 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22007)
In step S22007, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a lending notification has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a lending notification has been received from the lending device 700. Then, if it is determined that a lending notification has been received (step S22007=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22700. On the other hand, if it is determined that a lending notification has not been received (step S22007=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22008.

(Step S22700)
In step S22700, the game value CPU 401 performs lending notification processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 68. Then, when the processing of step S22700 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis processing ends.

(Step S22008)
In step S22008, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game start command has been received. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game start command has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a game start command has been received (step S22008=YES), processing proceeds to step S22009. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game start command has not been received (step S22008=NO), processing proceeds to step S22010.

(Step S22009)
In step S22009, the game value CPU 401 performs a game start command response process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the reception of a game start command from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22009 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22010)
In step S22010, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a push order command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a push order command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a push order command has been received (step S22010=YES), processing proceeds to step S22011. On the other hand, if it is determined that a push order command has not been received (step S22010=NO), processing proceeds to step S22012.

(Step S22011)
In step S22011, the game value CPU 401 performs a push order command response process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the reception of a push order command from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22011 ends, the subroutine of the game value command analysis process ends.

(Step S22012)
In step S22012, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing when receiving other commands. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing according to commands received from the main control board 100 or the lending device 700. Then, when the processing of step S22012 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value command analysis processing ends.

(Processing when receiving a main error command)
Next, using Figure 62, the processing performed when a setting value command is received in step S22100 of the game value command analysis processing will be explained.

(Step S22101)
In step S22101, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting value confirmation command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting value confirmation command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a setting value confirmation command has been received (step S22101=YES), processing proceeds to step S22102. On the other hand, if it is determined that a setting value confirmation command has not been received (step S22101=NO), processing proceeds to step S22103.

(Step S22102)
In step S22102, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON the bit "1" of the first fraud information, which will be described later with reference to Fig. 81. Then, when the process of step S22102 ends, the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving the setting value command ends.

(Step S22103)
In step S22103, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting change start command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a setting change start command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that the setting change start command has been received (step S22103=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22104. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting change start command has not been received (step S22103=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22105.

(Step S22104)
In step S22104, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON the bit "0" of the first fraud information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22104 ends, the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving the setting value command ends.

(Step S22105)
In step S22105, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a set value determination command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a set value determination command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a set value determination command has been received (step S22105=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22106. On the other hand, if it is determined that a set value determination command has not been received (step S22105=NO), the subroutine for processing when a set value command is received is terminated.

(Step S22106)
In step S22106, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value RAM clear process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to clear a predetermined area of the game value RAM 403. Then, when the process of step S22106 ends, the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving the setting value command ends.

(Processing when receiving a main error command)
Next, the processing performed when a main error command is received in step S22200 of the game value command analysis processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S22201)
In step S22201, the game value CPU 401 performs a main error command analysis and storage process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 analyzes information included in the main error command received from the main control board 100, and stores the information in the game value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S22201 ends, the process proceeds to step S22202.

(Step S22202)
In step S22202, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not there is a door opening error (main stop). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the main error command analyzed by the main error command analysis process in step S22201 contains information on a door opening error (main stop). If it is determined that there is a door opening error (main stop) (step S22202=YES), the process proceeds to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no door opening error (main stop) (step S22202=NO), the process proceeds to step S22203.

(Step S22203)
In step S22203, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not there is a door opening error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not information related to a door opening error (constant monitoring) is included in the main error command analyzed by the main error command analysis process in step S22201. Then, if it is determined that there is a door opening error (constant monitoring) (step S22203=YES), the process proceeds to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not a door opening error (constant monitoring) (step S22203=NO), the process proceeds to step S22205.

(Step S22204)
In step S22204, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a second fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON the bit "1" of the second fraud information, which will be described later with reference to Fig. 81. Then, when the process of step S22204 ends, the subroutine of the main error command reception process ends.

(Step S22205)
In step S22205, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON bits "2" to "5" of the first fraud information, which will be described later with reference to Fig. 81, according to the type of main error analyzed by the main error command analysis process in step S22101. Then, when the process in step S22205 ends, the subroutine of the main error command reception process ends.

(Processing when settlement command is received)
Next, using Figure 64, the process performed when a settlement command is received in step S22300 of the gaming value command analysis process will be explained.

(Step S22301)
In step S22301, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a settlement command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to respond to the settlement command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22301 ends, the process proceeds to step S22302.

(Step S22302)
In step S22302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of clearing the hall control fraud monitoring information (BET). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the value of "BET" in the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22302 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22303.

(Step S22303)
In step S22303, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the hall control fraud monitoring information (the number of gaming values). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the number of BETs storage area 403ac to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hall control fraud monitoring information described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22303 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22304.

(Step S22304)
In step S22304, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a settlement time gaming value storage area addition process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the BET number storage area 403ac to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa. Then, when the process of step S22304 ends, the process proceeds to step S22305.

(Step S22305)
In step S22305, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET number storage area clearing process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of clearing the value of the BET number storage area 403ac. Then, when the process of step S22305 ends, the subroutine of the settlement command reception process ends.

(Processing when receiving a BET command)
Next, the process at the time of receiving a BET-related command, which is performed in step S22400 of the game value command analysis process, will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S22401)
In step S22401, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not an automatic insertion number command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not an automatic insertion number command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that an automatic insertion number command has been received (step S22401=YES), processing proceeds to step S22402. On the other hand, if it is determined that an automatic insertion number command has not been received (step S22401=NO), processing proceeds to step S22403.

(Step S22402)
In step S22402, the gaming value CPU 401 performs an automatic insertion number command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the automatic insertion number command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22402 ends, the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving a BET-related command ends.

(Step S22403)
In step S22403, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a BET command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a BET command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a BET command has been received (step S22403=YES), the process proceeds to step S22404. On the other hand, if it is determined that a BET command has not been received (step S22403=NO), the process proceeds to step S22405.

(Step S22404)
In step S22404, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the BET command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22404 ends, the process proceeds to step S22407.

(Step S22405)
In step S22405, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a MAXBET command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not a MAXBET command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a MAXBET command has been received (step S22405=YES), the process proceeds to step S22406. On the other hand, if it is determined that a MAXBET command has not been received (step S22405=NO), the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving a BET-related command is terminated.

(Step S22406)
In step S22406, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a MAXBET command response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the MAXBET command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22406 ends, the process proceeds to step S22407.

(Step S22407)
In step S22407, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the hall control fraud monitoring information (BET). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the "BET" value and the prescribed number (IN) of the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81, according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac, and the type of the BET button 6 and the MAXBET button 7 that have been operated. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of "BET" of the hall control fraud monitoring information is updated from "1" to "2". Then, when the process of step S22407 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22408.

(Step S22408)
In step S22408, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the hall control fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the number of BETs storage area 403ac to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hall control fraud monitoring information described later with reference to FIG. 81 according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the number of BETs storage area 403ac, and the type of the operated BET button 6 and MAXBET button 7. For example, when the value of the number of BETs storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hall control fraud monitoring information is updated from "1" to "0". Then, when the process of step S22408 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22409.

(Step S22409)
In step S22409, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET number storage area update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the value of the BET number storage area 403ac according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac, and the type of the operated BET button 6 and MAX BET button 7. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is updated from "1" to "2". Then, when the process of step S22409 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22410.

(Step S22410)
In step S22410, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of updating the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa according to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa, the value of the BET number storage area 403ac, and the type of the operated BET button 6 and MAX BET button 7. For example, when the value of the BET number storage area 403ac is "1" and the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is "1", if the BET button 6 is operated, the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa is updated from "1" to "0". Then, when the process of step S22410 ends, the subroutine of the process at the time of receiving a BET command ends.

(Processing upon reception of game value grant command)
Next, using Figure 66, the processing performed when a game value grant command is received in step S22500 of the game value command analysis processing will be explained.

(Step S22501)
In step S22501, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value imparting command response process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to respond to the game value imparting command received from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22501 ends, the process proceeds to step S22502.

(Step S22502)
In step S22502, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the granted value is "0". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the granted value is "0" by referring to the granted value included in the game value grant command. Then, if it is determined that the granted value is "0" (step S22502 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22508. On the other hand, if it is determined that the granted value is not "0" (step S22502 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22503.

(Step S22503)
In step S22503, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area addition process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the game value storage area 403aa in order to award a game value in response to the establishment of a winning prize. Then, when the process of step S22503 ends, the process proceeds to step S22504.

(Step S22504)
In step S22504, the game value CPU 401 performs a grant value subtraction process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the grant value included in the game value grant command. Then, when the process of step S22504 ends, the process proceeds to step S22505.

(Step S22505)
In step S22505, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the awarded value is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the awarded value has become "0" as a result of the processing of step S22504. Then, if it is determined that the awarded value is "0" (step S22505=YES), processing proceeds to step S22506. On the other hand, if it is determined that the awarded value is not "0" (step S22505=NO), processing proceeds to step S22503.

(Step S22506)
In step S22506, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value provision completion command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value provision completion command to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S22506 ends, the process proceeds to step S22507.

The "game value provision completion command" is a command that is sent when provision of the game value is completed, and is a command that is sent from the game value control board 400 to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Note that the game value provision completion command may be sent from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 after being sent from the game value control board 400 to the main control board 100.

(Step S22507)
In step S22507, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the hall control fraud monitoring information (award number). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the granted value of the gaming value to the "award value" of the hall control fraud monitoring information described later with reference to FIG. 81, and a process of setting a specified number (OUT). Then, when the process of step S22507 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22508.

(Step S22508)
In step S22508, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the hall control fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the granted value of the gaming value to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22508 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22509.

(Step S22509)
In step S22509, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more as a result of the value of the game value storage area 403aa being updated by winning. Then, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more (step S22509 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22510. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "15,000" or more (step S22509 = NO), the subroutine of the game value grant command reception process is terminated.

(Step S22510)
In step S22510, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more as a result of updating the value of the game value storage area 403aa due to winning. Then, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more (step S22510 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22511. On the other hand, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "16,369" or more (step S22510 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22513.

(Step S22511)
In step S22511, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value number arrival error (main stop) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information related to the gaming value number arrival error (main stop) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S22511 ends, the process proceeds to step S22512.

(Step S22512)
In step S22512, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information about a game machine value number reaching error (main stop) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S22512 ends, the subroutine of the game value grant command reception process ends.

(Step S22513)
In step S22513, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information regarding the time before the game value number is reached to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S22513 ends, the subroutine of the game value grant command reception process ends.

(Processing when a stop command is received)
Next, using Figure 67, the processing performed when a stop command is received in step S22600 of the game value command analysis processing will be explained.

(Step S22601)
In step S22601, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a first fraud information setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of turning ON bit "6" of the first fraud information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22601 ends, the subroutine of the process when the stop command is received ends.

(Processing at the time of loan notification)
Next, using Figure 68, the lending notification processing performed in step S22700 of the gaming value command analysis processing will be explained.

(Step S22701)
In step S22701, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a received data setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the serial received data received from the lending device 700 in the receiving buffer 403ag. Then, when the process of step S22701 ends, the process proceeds to step S22702.

(Step S22702)
In step S22702, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the rental device communication timer 403af is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the rental device communication timer 403af is "0" as a result of subtracting "1" from the value of the rental device communication timer 403af by the gaming value timer measurement process in step S28006 described later. Then, if it is determined that the value of the rental device communication timer 403af is "0" (step S22702 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22707. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the rental device communication timer 403af is not "0" (step S22702 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22703.

(Step S22703)
In step S22703, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "4". Then, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4" (step S22703=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22713. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "4" (step S22703=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22704.

(Step S22704)
In step S22704, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah is "0" or "1". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah for counting the number of bytes of received data is "0" or "1". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "0" or "1" (step S22704 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22705. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "0" or "1" (step S22704 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22709.

(Step S22705)
In step S22705, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a reception buffer check process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the message length is "0x05" and whether the command is "0x13". Then, when the process of step S22705 ends, the process proceeds to step S22706.

(Step S22706)
In step S22706, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the received data is normal or not. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the received data is normal or not as a result of the reception buffer check process in step S22705. Then, if it is determined that the received data is normal (step S22706=YES), the process proceeds to step S22713. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received data is not normal (step S22706=NO), the process proceeds to step S22707.

(Step S22707)
In step S22707, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of discarding the received data. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of discarding the serial received data set in the receiving buffer 403ag by the received data setting process in step S22707. Then, when the process of step S22707 ends, the process proceeds to step S22708.

(Step S22708)
In step S22708, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a reception counter initialization process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to set the value of the reception counter 403ah to "0." Then, when the process of step S22708 ends, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends.

(Step S22709)
In step S22709, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah, which counts the number of bytes of received data, is "2". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "2" (step S22709=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22710. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "2" (step S22709=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22711.

(Step S22710)
In step S22710, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending serial number buffer setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting received data in the lending serial number buffer 403ai. Then, when the process of step S22710 ends, the process proceeds to step S22711.

(Step S22711)
In step S22711, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah is "3". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah, which counts the number of bytes of received data, is "3". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "3" (step S22711=YES), the process proceeds to step S22712. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "3" (step S22711=NO), the process proceeds to step S22713.

(Step S22712)
In step S22712, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending gaming value number buffer setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting received data in the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj. Then, when the process of step S22712 ends, the process proceeds to step S22713.

(Step S22713)
In step S22713, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the reception counter 403ah, which counts the number of bytes of received data, is "4". If it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is "4" (step S22713=YES), the process proceeds to step S22715. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the reception counter 403ah is not "4" (step S22713=NO), the process proceeds to step S22714.

(Step S22714)
In step S22714, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a reception counter increment process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of incrementing the value of the reception counter 403ah by "1". Then, when the process of step S22714 ends, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends.

(Step S22715)
In step S22715, the game value CPU 401 performs a reception counter initialization process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to set the value of the reception counter 403ah to "0." Then, when the process of step S22715 ends, the process proceeds to step S22716.

(Step S22716)
In step S22716, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a rental device communication timer initialization process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the value of the rental device communication timer 403af to an initial value. Then, when the process of step S22716 ends, the process proceeds to step S22717.

(Step S22717)
In step S22717, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a checksum calculation process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of calculating a checksum by adding the value of the message length, the value of the command, the value of the lending serial number, and the value of the lending gaming value number. Then, when the process of step S22717 ends, the process proceeds to step S22718.

(Step S22718)
In step S22718, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the checksum is normal. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not the value of the checksum calculated by the checksum calculation process in step S22717 is normal. If it is determined that the checksum is normal (step S22718=YES), the process proceeds to step S22719. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not normal (step S22718=NO), the process proceeds to step S22728.

(Step S22719)
In step S22719, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is normal. Specifically, if the gaming value CPU 401 is immediately after power-on, it performs a process to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is "0", and if the gaming value CPU 401 is not immediately after power-on, it performs a process to determine whether the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is equal to the value obtained by adding "1" to the previous lending serial number buffer 403ai. Then, if it is determined that the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is normal (step S22719=YES), the process proceeds to step S22720. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending serial number buffer 403ai is not normal (step S22719=NO), the process proceeds to step S22728.

(Step S22720)
In step S22720, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj set by the lending gaming value number buffer setting process in step S22712 is "0". Then, if it is determined that the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is "0" (step S22720=YES), the process proceeds to step S22726. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is not "0" (step S22720=NO), the process proceeds to step S22721.

(Step S22721)
In step S22721, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the gaming machine information type of the gaming machine information notification of the communication sequence is notified as other than "0x02" indicating hall control fraud monitoring information. If it is determined that the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02" (step S22721 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming machine information type is not other than "0x02" (step S22721 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22722.

(Step S22722)
In step S22722, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the counted game value number is "1". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the counted game value number of the count notification of the communication sequence is notified as "1" or more. Then, if it is determined that the counted game value number is "1" (step S22722 = YES), processing is shifted to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counted game value number is not "1" (step S22722 = NO), processing is shifted to step S22723.

(Step S22723)
In step S22723, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is greater than "50". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj set by the lending gaming value number buffer setting process in step S22712 is greater than "50". Then, if it is determined that the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is greater than "50" (step S22723=YES), the process proceeds to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lending gaming value number buffer 403aj is not greater than "50" (step S22723=NO), the process proceeds to step S22724.

(Step S22724)
In step S22724, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Here, in this embodiment, if the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more, the game value is not lent. For this reason, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more by referring to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more (step S22724 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22728. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "15,000" or more (step S22724 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22725.

(Step S22725)
In step S22725, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area update process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the lent game value to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. For example, if the lent game value is "47", "47" is added to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, when the process of step S22725 ends, the process proceeds to step S22726.

(Step S22726)
In step S22726, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the rental receipt result response to "normal". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the rental gaming value number receipt result of the rental receipt result response to "0x00", which will be described later with reference to FIG. 82(C). Then, when the process of step S22726 ends, the process proceeds to step S22727.

(Step S22727)
In step S22727, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the hall control fraud monitoring information (number of gaming values). Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the lent gaming value to the value of the "number of gaming values" of the hall control fraud monitoring information, which will be described later with reference to FIG. 81. Then, when the process of step S22727 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22729.

(Step S22728)
In step S22728, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the rental receipt result response to "abnormal". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the rental gaming value number receipt result of the rental receipt result response to "0x01", which will be described later with reference to FIG. 82(C). Then, when the process of step S22728 ends, the process proceeds to step S22729.

(Step S22729)
In step S22729, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending receipt result response process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of responding to the lending receipt result to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S22729 ends, the subroutine of the lending notification process ends.

(Game value interrupt processing)
Next, the game value interrupt process will be described with reference to Fig. 69. The game value interrupt process is a process that interrupts the game value main process at predetermined intervals (for example, every "2" ms).

(Step S28001)
In step S28001, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value register save process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to save the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S28001. Then, when the process of step S28001 ends, the process proceeds to step S28002.

(Step S28002)
In step S28002, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value input port reading process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of receiving signals from the main control board 100, the power supply board 200, the sub-control board 300, and the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S28002 ends, the process proceeds to step S28003.

(Step S28003)
In step S28003, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value indicator LED data creation process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 refers to the value of the game value storage area 403aa and performs a process of creating data to be displayed on the game value indicator 24. Then, when the process of step S28003 ends, the process proceeds to step S28004.

(Step S28004)
In step S28004, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value indicator LED data display process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of controlling the game value indicator 24 in accordance with the data to be displayed on the game value indicator 24, which is created by the game value indicator LED data display process in step S28003. Then, when the process of step S28004 ends, the process proceeds to step S28005.

(Step S28005)
In step S28005, the game value CPU 401 performs game value port output processing. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs processing to transmit signals to the main control board 100, the sub-control board 300, and the lending device 700. Then, when the processing of step S28005 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S28006.

(Step S28006)
In step S28006, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value timer measurement process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the main periodic command reception timer 403ae and the value of the rental device communication timer 403af. Then, when the process of step S28006 ends, the process proceeds to step S28100.

(Step S28100)
In step S28100, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a time-over error check process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 70. Then, when the process of step S28100 ends, the process proceeds to step S28200.

(Step S28200)
In step S28200, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value interrupt error check process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 71. Then, when the process of step S28200 ends, the process proceeds to step S28300.

(Step S28300)
In step S28300, the game value CPU 401 performs a count button operation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 72. Then, when the process of step S28300 ends, the process proceeds to step S28400.

(Step S28400)
In step S28400, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming machine information notification process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 73. Then, when the process of step S28400 ends, the process proceeds to step S28007.

(Step S28007)
In step S28007, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value register restore process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S28001. Then, when the process of step S28007 ends, the game value interrupt process ends.

(Time-over error check process)
Next, the time-over error check process performed in step S28100 of the game value interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S28101)
In step S28101, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a main regular command has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a main regular command has been received from the main control board 100. Then, if it is determined that a main regular command has been received (step S28101=YES), processing proceeds to step S28105. On the other hand, if it is determined that a main regular command has not been received (step S28101=NO), processing proceeds to step S28102.

(Step S28102)
In step S28102, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not the value of the main periodic command reception timer 403ae has become "0" without receiving a main periodic command from the main control board 100. Then, if it is judged that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S28102=YES), the process proceeds to step S28103. On the other hand, if it is judged that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S28102=NO), the subroutine of the time-over error check process is terminated.

(Step S28103)
In step S28103, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of detecting an abnormality in communication error (main control notification TO) in the gaming machine. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information related to the abnormality in communication error (main control notification TO) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S28103 is completed, the process proceeds to step S28104.

(Step S28104)
In step S28104, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28104 ends, the subroutine of the time-over error check process ends.

(Step S28105)
In step S28105, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a periodic timer setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the main periodic command reception timer 403ae. Here, in this embodiment, by setting "500" in the main periodic command reception timer 403ae, it becomes possible to determine whether the main periodic command has not been received for "1" second. Then, when the process of step S28105 ends, the subroutine of the time-over error check process ends.

(Game value interrupt error check process)
Next, the game value interrupt error check processing performed in step S28200 of the game value interrupt processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S28201)
In step S28201, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more by referring to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or more (step S28201 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28202. On the other hand, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "16,369" or more (step S28201 = NO), the process proceeds to step S28204.

(Step S28202)
In step S28202, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value number arrival error (constant monitoring) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information related to the gaming value number arrival error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S28202 ends, the process proceeds to step S28203.

(Step S28203)
In step S28203, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28203 ends, the subroutine of the game value interrupt error check process ends.

(Step S28204)
In step S28204, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has been detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a power supply for connection confirmation with the rental device 700 has been detected. Then, if it is determined that a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has been detected (step S28204=YES), processing proceeds to step S28205. On the other hand, if it is determined that a VL unconnection with the rental device 700 has not been detected (step S28204=NO), processing proceeds to step S28207.

(Step S28205)
In step S28205, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending device unconnection error (constant monitoring) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information about the lending device unconnection error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S28205 ends, the process proceeds to step S28206.

(Step S28206)
In step S28206, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28206 ends, the subroutine of the game value interrupt error check process ends.

(Step S28207)
In step S28207, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more by referring to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "15,000" or more (step S28207 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28208. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "15,000" or more (step S28207 = NO), the subroutine of the game value interrupt error check process is terminated.

(Step S28208)
In step S28208, the game value CPU 401 performs a process before the game value number is reached. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information related to the game value number before it is reached in the game value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S28208 is completed, the process proceeds to step S28209.

(Step S28209)
In step S28209, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28209 ends, the subroutine of the game value interrupt error check process ends.

(Counting button operation process)
Next, the count button operation process performed in step S28300 of the game value interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S28301)
In step S28301, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the counting button 60 has been operated. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not the operation of the counting button 60 has been detected by the counting switch 60sw. Then, if it is determined that the counting button 60 has been operated (step S28301=YES), the processing proceeds to step S28302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting button 60 has not been operated (step S28301=NO), the subroutine for the processing at the time of counting button operation is terminated.

(Step S28302)
In step S28302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a rental device communication process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to start communication with the rental device 700. Then, when the process of step S28302 ends, the process proceeds to step S28303.

(Step S28303)
In step S28303, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a rental device communication timer setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the rental device communication timer 403af. Here, in this embodiment, a predetermined value (e.g., "500") is set to the rental device communication timer 403af, making it possible to determine whether there is a response from the rental device 700 for a predetermined time. Then, when the process of step S28303 is completed, the process proceeds to step S28304.

(Step S28304)
In step S28304, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a subtraction process on the rental device communication timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the rental device communication timer 403af. Then, when the process of step S28304 ends, the process proceeds to step S28305.

(Step S28305)
In step S28305, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not there has been a response from the rental device 700. Specifically, after performing the rental device communication processing in step S28302, the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not there has been a response from the rental device 700. Then, if it is determined that there has been a response from the rental device 700 (step S28305=YES), processing proceeds to step S28309. On the other hand, if it is determined that there has been no response from the rental device 700 (step S28305=NO), processing proceeds to step S28306.

(Step S28306)
In step S28306, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the value of the rental device communication timer 403af has become "0" as a result of subtracting "1" from the value of the rental device communication timer 403af by the rental device communication timer subtraction process in step S28304. Then, if it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (step S28306 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28307. On the other hand, if it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (step S28306 = NO), the process proceeds to step S28304.

(Step S28307)
In step S28307, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of storing information about the lending device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) in the gaming value error information storage area 403ab. Then, when the process of step S28307 ends, the process proceeds to step S28308.

(Step S28308)
In step S28308, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value error command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a gaming value error command having information about a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28308 ends, the subroutine of the count button operation process ends.

(Step S28309)
In step S28309, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information relating to the in-process counting process to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28309 ends, the process proceeds to step S28310.

(Step S28310)
In step S28310, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "50" or more. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "50" or more by referring to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "50" or more (step S28310 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28311. On the other hand, if it is judged that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "50" or more (step S28310 = NO), the process proceeds to step S28314.

(Step S28311)
In step S28311, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value subtraction process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting "50" from the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, when the process of step S28311 ends, the process proceeds to step S28312.

(Step S28312)
In step S28312, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a counting notification message generation and transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of generating and transmitting a message regarding the counting notification to the lending device 700. The counting notification will be described later with reference to FIG. 82. Then, when the process of step S28312 is completed, the process proceeds to step S28313.

(Step S28313)
In step S28313, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the game value storage area 403aa is less than "50". Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of determining whether or not the value of the game value storage area 403aa is less than "50" by referring to the value of the game value storage area 403aa. Then, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is less than "50" (step S28313 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28314. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not less than "50" (step S28313 = NO), the process proceeds to step S28311.

(Step S28314)
In step S28314, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value fraction transfer process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 transfers the remaining value stored in the gaming value storage area 403aa to the lending device 700, and generates and transmits a telegram regarding a counting notification to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S28314 ends, the process proceeds to step S28315.

(Step S28315)
In step S28315, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area clear process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the value of the game value storage area 403aa to "0." Then, when the process of step S28315 ends, the process proceeds to step S28316.

(Step S28316)
In step S28316, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a counting completion command receiving process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of receiving a counting completion command having information that counting has been completed from the rental device 700. If the counting completion command is not received from the rental device 700, a no-response communication with the rental device 700 is detected, and a rental device no-response communication error occurs. Then, when the process of step S28316 ends, the process proceeds to step S28317.

(Step S28317)
In step S28317, the game value CPU 401 performs a game value error command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 401 performs a process of transmitting a game value error command having information regarding the completion of the counting process to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S28317 ends, the subroutine of the count button operation process ends.

(Gaming machine information notification process)
Next, the gaming machine information notification process performed in step S28400 of the gaming value interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S28401)
In step S28401, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is starting up. Then, if it is judged that it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28401=YES), the process proceeds to step S28403. On the other hand, if it is judged that it is not the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28401=NO), the process proceeds to step S28402.

(Step S28402)
In step S28402, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "300" ms has elapsed since the hall control fraud monitoring information notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "300" ms has elapsed since the previous hall control fraud monitoring information notification to the lending device 700. Then, if it is determined that "300" ms has elapsed since the hall control fraud monitoring information notification (step S28402 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28403. On the other hand, if it is determined that "300" ms has not elapsed since the hall control fraud monitoring information notification (step S28402 = NO), the process proceeds to step S28404.

(Step S28403)
In step S28403, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a hall control fraud monitoring information notification process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of notifying the hall control fraud monitoring information to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S28403 ends, the process proceeds to step S28404.

(Step S28404)
In step S28404, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is starting up. Then, if it is judged that it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28404=YES), the process proceeds to step S28406. On the other hand, if it is judged that it is not the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28404=NO), the process proceeds to step S28405.

(Step S28405)
In step S28405, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "60" seconds have passed since the gaming machine installation information notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "60" seconds have passed since the previous gaming machine installation information notification to the lending device 700. Then, if it is determined that "60" seconds have passed since the gaming machine installation information notification (step S28405=YES), the process proceeds to step S28406. On the other hand, if it is determined that "60" seconds have not passed since the gaming machine installation information notification (step S28405=NO), the process proceeds to step S28407.

(Step S28406)
In step S28406, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming machine installation information notification process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of notifying the rental device 700 of gaming machine installation information consisting of a main control chip manufacturer code, a main control chip product code, a main control chip ID number, a gaming value chip manufacturer code, a gaming value chip product code, and a gaming value chip ID number. Then, when the process of step S28406 ends, the process proceeds to step S28407.

(Step S28407)
In step S28407, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of judging whether or not power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the gaming value control board 400 is starting up. Then, if it is judged that it is the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28407=YES), the process proceeds to step S28409. On the other hand, if it is judged that it is not the start-up time of the gaming value control board 400 (step S28407=NO), the process proceeds to step S28408.

(Step S28408)
In step S28408, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "180" seconds have passed since the gaming machine performance information notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not "180" seconds have passed since the previous gaming machine performance information notification to the lending device 700. Then, if it is determined that "180" seconds have passed since the gaming machine performance information notification (step S28408 = YES), the process proceeds to step S28409. On the other hand, if it is determined that "180" seconds have not passed since the gaming machine performance information notification (step S28408 = NO), the subroutine of the gaming machine information notification process is terminated.

(Step S28409)
In step S28409, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming machine performance information notification process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of notifying the gaming machine performance information to the lending device 700. Then, when the process of step S28409 ends, the subroutine of the gaming machine information notification process ends.

(Sub-main processing)
Next, the sub-main processing performed by the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S30001)
In step S30001, the sub CPU 301 performs sub initialization processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing such as checking for errors in the sub RAM 303. Then, when the processing in step S30001 ends, the process proceeds to step S31000.

(Step S31000)
In step S31000, the sub CPU 301 performs a main control board communication process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 75. Then, when the process of step S31000 ends, the process proceeds to step S32000.

(Step S32000)
In step S32000, the sub-CPU 301 performs a game value control board communication process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 77. Then, when the process of step S32000 ends, the process proceeds to step S30002.

(Step S30002)
In step S30002, the sub CPU 301 performs sound control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to output sound from the speaker 29 in accordance with the determined sound data. Then, when the processing of step S30002 ends, the process proceeds to step S30003.

(Step S30003)
In step S30003, the sub CPU 301 performs lamp control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs lighting control or blinking control of the frame lamp 28 in accordance with the determined lamp data. Then, when the processing of step S30003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S30004.

(Step S30004)
In step S30004, the sub CPU 301 performs image control processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 controls the image display device 27 based on the determined image data. Then, when the processing of step S30004 ends, the process proceeds to step S30005.

(Step S30005)
In step S30005, the sub-CPU 301 performs various switch detection processes. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 performs a predetermined process when the effect switch 25sw detects the operation of the effect button 25 or when the cross key switch 26sw detects the operation of the cross key 26. Then, when the process of step S30005 ends, the process proceeds to step S31000.

(Main control board communication processing)
Next, the main control board communication processing performed in step S31000 of the sub-main processing will be explained using Figure 75.

(Step S31001)
In step S31001, the sub CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not a different command has been received. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not the command received from the main control board 100 is a different command from the command received last time. If it is determined that a different command has been received (step S31001=YES), the process proceeds to step S31002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a different command has not been received (step S31001=NO), the subroutine of the main control board communication process is terminated.

(Step S31002)
In step S31002, the sub CPU 301 performs a command information storage process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of storing information related to the currently received command in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303. Then, when the process of step S31002 ends, the process proceeds to step S31100.

(Step S31100)
In step S31100, the sub CPU 301 performs a main/sub command analysis process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 76. Then, when the process of step S31100 ends, the subroutine of the main control board communication process ends.

(Main subcommand analysis process)
Next, using Figure 76, we will explain the main/sub command analysis processing performed in step S31100 of the main control board communication processing.

(Step S31101)
In step S31101, the sub CPU 301 performs a sub performance determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process for determining a performance to be executed in response to a received command. Then, when the process of step S31101 ends, the process proceeds to step S31102.

(Step S31102)
In step S31102, the sub CPU 301 performs a lamp data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining lamp data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process in step S31101. Then, when the process of step S31102 ends, the process proceeds to step S31103.

(Step S31103)
In step S31103, the sub CPU 301 performs a sound data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining sound data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process in step S31101. Then, when the process of step S31103 ends, the process proceeds to step S31104.

(Step S31104)
In step S31104, the sub CPU 301 performs image data determination processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to determine image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination processing in step S31101. Then, when the processing in step S31104 ends, the subroutine of the main subcommand analysis processing ends.

(Game value control board communication processing)
Next, the game value control board communication processing performed in step S32000 of the sub-main processing will be explained using FIG.

(Step S32001)
In step S32001, the sub-CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not a different command has been received. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not the command received from the game value control board 400 is a different command from the command received last time. If it is determined that a different command has been received (step S32001=YES), the process proceeds to step S32002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a different command has not been received (step S32001=NO), the subroutine of the game value control board communication process is terminated.

(Step S32002)
In step S32002, the sub CPU 301 performs a command information storage process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of storing information related to the currently received command in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303. Then, when the process of step S32002 ends, the process proceeds to step S32100.

(Step S32100)
In step S32100, the sub-CPU 301 performs a game value sub-command analysis process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 78. Then, when the process of step S32100 ends, the subroutine of the game value control board communication process ends.

(Game value subcommand analysis process)
Next, the game value sub-command analysis process performed in step S32100 of the game value control board communication process will be explained using FIG.

(Step S32101)
In step S32101, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value sub-effect determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process for determining the effect to be executed in response to the received command. Then, when the process of step S32101 ends, the process proceeds to step S32102.

(Step S32102)
In step S32102, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value lamp data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining lamp data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process in step S32101. Then, when the process of step S32102 ends, the process proceeds to step S32103.

(Step S32103)
In step S32103, the sub CPU 301 performs a game value sound data determination process. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of determining sound data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub effect determination process in step S32101. Then, when the process of step S32103 ends, the process proceeds to step S32104.

(Step S32104)
In step S32104, the sub-CPU 301 performs a game value image data determination process. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 performs a process of determining image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination process in step S32101. Then, when the process in step S32104 ends, the subroutine of the game value subcommand analysis process ends.

(Data Structure of Data Communicated Between the Gaming Machine 1 and the Rental Device 700)
Next, the data structure of the data communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 will be explained using FIG.

Figure 79 (A) shows the message range of "1" frame communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700. In addition, when this message is sent to the rental device 700, it is not divided and sent.

The message range of a "1" frame consists of the message length, command, sequence number, data section, and checksum.

Figure 79 (B) shows details of the message of frame "1" communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700.

The "Message Length" of "No. 1" has a data length of 1 byte, and the data format is hexadecimal (H). Here, the "Message Length" stores the length of the message from the message length to the checksum.

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte, and the data format is "hexadecimal" (H). Here, the "command" stores the command code of the message.

The "serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of 1 byte, and the data format is hexadecimal (H). Here, the "serial number" stores the serial number, count serial number, and loan serial number. The sequence number range of the "serial number" is from "0x00" to "0xFF" (from "0" to "255").

The "data section" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" to "53" bytes, and the data format is hexadecimal (H). Here, the "data section" stores the data of the message.

The "checksum" of "No. 5" has a data length of 1 byte, and the data format is hexadecimal (H). Here, the "checksum" stores the lowest 1 byte of the total sum of the data from the message length to the data section.

Figure 79 (C) shows the specified transmission time for each message.

The specified transmission time for the "No. 1" gaming machine information notification (bytes "18" to "57") is within "13.9" ms.

The specified transmission time for the "No. 2" count notification ("7" bytes) is within "5.5" ms.

The specified transmission time for the loan receipt result response (5 bytes) for "No. 3" is within "4.9" ms.

Here, even if the character transmission time falls within the specified time, the transmission is completed within the specified transmission time described above. Furthermore, if the rental device 700 is unable to receive each message within the specified transmission time from the start of reception of the message length to the completion of checksum reception, the data received up to that point is discarded.

(List of messages communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700)
Next, a list of messages communicated between the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 80 (A) shows a list of messages between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700.

The message name "Gaming Machine Information Notification" for "No. 1" is a message from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 to notify the gaming machine information, and the command is "0x01". Details of the "Gaming Machine Information Notification" will be explained using Figure 80 (B).

The message No. 2, named "Counting Notification", is a message from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 to notify the counting information, and the command is "0x02". Details of the "Counting Notification" will be explained with reference to FIG. 82 (A).

The message No. 3, titled "Lending Notification", is a message from the lending device 700 to notify the gaming machine 1 of lending information, and the command is "0x13". Details of the "Lending Notification" will be explained with reference to FIG. 82 (B).

The message No. 4, titled "Lending Receipt Result Response", is a message from the gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 informing it of the result of receiving the lending information, and the command is "0x03". Details of the "Lending Receipt Result Response" will be explained with reference to FIG. 82 (C).

Figure 80 (B) shows details of the gaming machine information notification.

The "Message Length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the contents of the "Message Length" are "0x12 to 0x39".

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x01".

The "serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the contents of the "serial number" are sequence numbers in the range of "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "Machine type" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "Machine type" is the type of gaming machine 1. The "Machine type" will be described in detail with reference to Figure 80 (C).

The "gaming machine information type" of "No. 5" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "gaming machine information type" is "0x00 to 0x02". Specifically, "0x00" is "gaming machine performance information", "0x01" is "gaming machine installation information",
"0x02" is "hole control irregularity monitoring information".

The "machine type" of "No. 6" is either the gaming machine performance information, gaming machine installation information, or hall control fraud monitoring information. Here, the "machine performance information" is composed of a data length of "51" bytes, and the contents of the "machine performance information" are the total number of BETs, the total number of awards, MY, etc. The "machine installation information" is composed of a data length of "40" bytes, and the contents of the "machine installation information" are the manufacturer code, product code, and chip ID number of the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. The "hall control fraud monitoring information" is composed of a data length of "12" to "16" bytes, and the contents of the "hall control fraud monitoring information" are "IN", "OUT", "BB", "RB", "AT", "door open signal", "security signal", etc. The gaming machine information of "No. 6" will be explained in detail using FIG. 81.

The checksum for "No. 7" has a data length of "1" byte.

Figure 80 (C) shows the code system for gaming machine types.

The code system for the gaming machine type is composed of "1" byte, and the "0"th bit to the "3"th bit of the gaming machine type can store information about the type of gaming machine 1. Here, if the value of the "0"th bit to the "3"th bit is "0001", it indicates a "pachinko gaming machine", if the value of the "0"th bit to the "3"th bit is "0010", it indicates a "reel type gaming machine (slot machine)", if the value of the "0"th bit to the "3"th bit is "0011", it indicates an "arrange ball gaming machine", and if the value of the "0"th bit to the "3" bit is "0100", it indicates a "janball gaming machine".

In addition, the "4th" to "6th" bits of the gaming machine type can store information regarding the group classification of the combination 830 of the gaming machine 1. Here, when the values of the "4th" to "6th" bits are "000", it indicates "Group A", which is a group related to "pachinko gaming machines", and when the values of the "4th" to "6th" bits are "001", it indicates "Group B", which is a group related to "slot machines". Note that the other values of the "4th" to "6th" bits ("010" to "111") are unused.

The seventh bit of the gaming machine type can store information about the management medium of the gaming machine 1. Here, if the value of the seventh bit is "0", it represents a gaming ball, and if the value of the seventh bit is "1", it represents an electromagnetically stored gaming value.

(List of gaming machine information)
Next, the gaming machine information list will be explained using Figure 81.

The "total number of BETs" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. The "total number of BETs" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of BETs (the value of the gaming value used in the game) accumulated since the power was turned on. Note that the "total number of BETs" in this gaming machine performance information does not include replays.

The "total number of awards" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. The "total number of awards" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of awards of gaming value accumulated since the power was turned on. Note that this "total number of awards" in the gaming machine performance information does not include replays.

The gaming machine performance information "MY" has a data length of "3" bytes. The content of the gaming machine performance information "MY" is the maximum MY calculated after the power is turned on.

The "total number of bonus items awarded" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. The "total number of bonus items awarded" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of bonus items awarded due to the operation of bonus items accumulated since the power was turned on.

The "total number of consecutive bonus items awarded" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes. The "total number of consecutive bonus items awarded" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of bonuses awarded due to the operation of the first type special bonus items accumulated since the power was turned on.

The "Gem Ratio" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. The content of the "Gem Ratio" in the gaming machine performance information is information about the "Gem Ratio" that is displayed on the monitor display 44. When it is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached, it becomes "FF (H)".

The "Continuous feature ratio" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. The content of the "Continuous feature ratio" in the gaming machine performance information is information about the "Continuous feature ratio" displayed on the monitor display 44. When it is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached, it becomes "FF (H)".

The "Advantageous Zone Ratio" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. The content of the "Advantageous Zone Ratio" in the gaming machine performance information is information regarding the "Advantageous Zone Ratio" displayed on the monitor display 44. When it is not applicable/the specified number of plays is not reached, it becomes "FF (H)". In this embodiment, since it is not applicable, it becomes "FF (H)".

The "Ratio of game devices with instructions" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. The content of the "Ratio of game devices with instructions" in the gaming machine performance information is information about the "Ratio of game devices with instructions" that is displayed on the monitor display 44. When it is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached, it becomes "FF (H)".

The "Ratio of features, etc. status" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "1" byte. The content of the "Ratio of features, etc. status" in the gaming machine performance information is information about the "Ratio of features, etc. status" displayed on the monitor display 44. Note that when it is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached, it becomes "FF (H)".

The "number of plays" in the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "2" bytes. The "number of plays" in the gaming machine performance information is the cumulative number of plays since the power was turned on.

The "spare" gaming machine performance information has a data length of 24 bytes. Specifically, the "spare" gaming machine performance information is 1 byte x 24, and if not used, it is fixed to "00 (H)".

The "first reservation" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "3" bytes, is used by the rental device 700, and is fixed to "00 (H)". In addition, the content of the "first reservation" of the gaming machine performance information is the maximum MY calculated by the rental device 700.

The "second reservation" of the gaming machine performance information has a data length of "2" bytes, is used by the rental device 700, and is fixed to "00 (H)". The content of the "second reservation" of the gaming machine performance information is the number of plays calculated by the rental device 700.

The "main control chip ID number" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "9" bytes. The content of the "main control chip ID number" in the gaming machine installation information is the chip ID number of the main control board 100 of the gaming machine 1.

The "main control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "3" bytes. The content of the "main control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information is the manufacturer code written in the management area of the main control board 100.

The "main control chip product code" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of 8 bytes. The content of the "main control chip product code" in the gaming machine installation information is the product code written in the management area of the main control board 100.

The "game value control chip ID number" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "9" bytes. The content of the "game value control chip ID number" in the gaming machine installation information is the chip ID number of the game value control board 400 of the gaming machine 1. If the game value control board 400 is not installed, the value is "0".

The "game value control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of "3" bytes. The content of the "game value control chip manufacturer code" in the gaming machine installation information is the manufacturer code written in the management area of the game value control board 400. If the game value control board 400 is not installed, the value is "0".

The "game value control chip product code" in the gaming machine installation information has a data length of 8 bytes. The content of the "game value control chip product code" in the gaming machine installation information is the product code written in the management area of the game value control board 400. If the game value control board 400 is not installed, the value will be "0".

The "game value number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "3" bytes. The content of the "game value number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information is the value of the game value owned by the player (the value displayed on the game value display 24). The data range of the "game value number" is "0x000000 to 0xFF3F00 (0 to 16383)."

The "BET number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of 1 byte. The "BET number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information is the value of the game value that has been bet. The data range for the "BET number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information is 0xFD to 0x03 (-3 to 3), with the upper "1" bit being used as a positive or negative sign. The "BET number" in the hall control fraud monitoring information is decremented when the settlement button 8 is operated to perform settlement.

The "Number of Awards" in the Hall Control Fraud Monitoring Information has a data length of "1" byte. The "Number of Awards" in the Hall Control Fraud Monitoring Information is the amount of gaming value awarded to the player as a result of a winning combination. The data range for the "Number of Awards" in the Hall Control Fraud Monitoring Information is "0x00 to 0x0F ("0" to "15")."

The "first control state of the main control board 100" of the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. The contents of the "first control state of the main control board 100" of the hall control fraud monitoring information are as follows: bit "0" is "RB", bit "1" is "BB", bit "2" is "AT", bit "3" is "first gaming machine status signal", bit "4" is "second gaming machine status signal", bit "5" is "third gaming machine status signal", and bit "6" is "fourth gaming machine status signal". The "7th" bit of the "first control state of the main control board 100" of the hall control fraud monitoring information is "unused".

The "second control state of the main control board 100" in the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of 1 byte. The "second control state of the main control board 100" in the hall control fraud monitoring information has the following contents: bit 0 is the "fifth gaming machine state signal," bit 1 is the "sixth gaming machine state signal," and bit 2 is the "seventh gaming machine state signal." Bits 3 to 7 of the "second control state of the main control board 100" in the hall control fraud monitoring information are "unused."

The "game machine error status" of the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of 1 byte. The contents of the "game machine error status" of the hall control fraud monitoring information are an error code, the type of board, and information related to the issuance of an alarm. Specifically, bits 0 to 5 of the "game machine error status" of the hall control fraud monitoring information are the error code, bit 6 is the type of board on which the error was detected, and bit 7 is information related to the issuance of an alarm.

More specifically, if the values of the "0" to "5" bits of the "game machine error state" of the hall computer fraud monitoring information are any of "000001" to "111111", it indicates that an error has occurred, and if it is "000000", it indicates that no error has occurred. In addition, if the value of the "6" bit of the "game machine error state" of the hall computer fraud monitoring information is "0", it indicates the game value control board 400, and if it is "1", it indicates the main control board 100. In addition, if the value of the "7" bit of the "game machine error state" of the hall computer fraud monitoring information is "0", it indicates that only an alarm is generated, and if it is "1", it indicates that an alarm is generated and output to the hall computer 801.

The "first fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. The contents of the "first fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information are as follows: bit "0" is the "setting change signal", bit "1" is the "setting confirmation signal", bit "2" is the "first fraud detection signal", bit "3" is the "second fraud detection signal", bit "4" is the "third fraud detection signal", bit "5" is the "security signal", and bit "6" is the "stop signal". Bit "7" of the "first fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information is "unused".

The "second fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information has a data length of "1" byte. The "second fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information has the "0" bit as the "set door open signal", the "1" bit as the "door open signal", and the "3" bit as the "game value number clear detection". The "2" bit and the "4" to "5" bits of the "second fraud information" of the hall control fraud monitoring information are "unused (prohibited for use)", and the "6" to "7" bits are "unused".

(Details of counting notice, loan notice, and loan receipt result response)
Next, the counting notification, loan notification, and loan receipt result response will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

Figure 82 (A) shows a "counting notification" message, with a data length of "7" bytes.

The "Message Length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "Message Length" is "0x07".

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x02".

The "counting serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "counting serial number" is a sequence number, and the sequence number range of the "counting serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "counted play value number" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the range of the "counted play value number" is "0x00" to "0x32" ("0" to "50").

The "counted cumulative play value number" of "No. 5" has a data length of "2" bytes. Here, the range of the "counted cumulative play value number" is "0x0000" to "0xFFFF" ("0" to "65535").

The "checksum" of "No. 6" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

Figure 82 (B) shows a "loan notification" message, with a data length of "5" bytes.

The "Message Length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "Message Length" is "0x05".

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x13".

The "loan serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "loan serial number" is a sequence number, and the range of sequence numbers for the "loan serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "Number of Loaned Playing Values" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "Number of Loaned Playing Values" is the number of loaned playing values. Specifically, the range of the number of loaned playing values is "0x00" to "0x32" ("0" to "50").

The "checksum" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

Figure 82 (C) shows the message for the "loan receipt result response," which has a data length of "5" bytes.

The "Message Length" of "No. 1" is composed of a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "Message Length" is "0x05".

The "command" of "No. 2" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "command" is "0x03".

The "loan serial number" of "No. 3" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "loan serial number" is a sequence number, and the range of sequence numbers for the "loan serial number" is "0x00" to "0xFF" ("0" to "255").

The "receiving result of the number of loaned play values" of "No. 4" has a data length of "1" byte. Here, the content of the "receiving result of the number of loaned play values" is the receiving result of the number of loaned play values, and if the receiving result of the number of loaned play values is normal, it will be "0x00", and if the receiving result of the number of loaned play values is abnormal, it will be "0x01". Note that if the value is anything other than "0x00" or "0x01", it will be determined to be abnormal.

The "checksum" of "No. 5" is composed of a data length of "1" byte.

(Basic communication sequence)
Next, the basic communication sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

First, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the gaming machine information (communication number = "n") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (communication number = "m") to the rental device 700 within "100" ms (specifically, within the range of "90" ms to "100" ms) after notifying the first message (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification (lending serial number = "k") to the gaming machine 1 within "170" ms after receiving the second message (third message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k") to the loaning device 700 within "10" ms after the third message is sent (fourth message). Note that if the loan notification is sent within "170" ms, the loaning device 700 discards the notified loan notification and does not send a loan receipt result response.

Next, the gaming machine 1 waits 20 ms or more after sending the fourth message, and then sends the gaming machine information (rental serial number = "n+1") to the rental device 700 (fifth message). The timing for sending the fifth message is 300 ms (specifically, in the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) after sending the first message.

(Start-up sequence when gaming machine is started first)
Next, the start-up sequence when the gaming machine 1 is started up first will be explained using FIG.

First, when the power supply to the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 is OFF, both have VL=OFF (not connected). Also, the rental device 700 has PSI (connection confirmation signal)=OFF. Next, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 and the power supply is turned ON, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 are starting up. At this time, the rental device 700 has VL=OFF and PSI=OFF until startup is complete.

Furthermore, when the startup of the gaming machine 1 is completed before the startup of the rental device 700, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "0") (second message). Here, regardless of whether the startup of the rental device 700 is completed or not, the gaming machine 1 updates the serial number and notifies the rental device 700 of the gaming machine information. Furthermore, because the rental device 700 is starting up, the first and second messages cannot be received even if the gaming machine 1 notifies them.

Then, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 are VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON. At this time, the gaming machine 1 is able to bet on game value and the counting button 60 is enabled.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n") (third message). At this time, the rental device 700 has completed startup, so it begins to receive messages notified from the gaming machine 1 and manages them based on the notified serial number.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m") to the rental device 700 (fourth message).

(Start-up sequence when the rental device 700 is started first)
Next, a startup sequence in the case where the rental device 700 is started up first will be described with reference to FIG.

First, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is OFF, the rental device 700 is turned ON, and the rental device 700 is starting up. At this time, the rental device 700 has VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. Next, when the rental device 700 has completed starting up, VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON, and it is waiting to be connected to the gaming machine 1.

Next, when the power supply of the gaming machine 1 is turned ON and the gaming machine 1 is booting up, the gaming machine 1 and the lending device 700 are in VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON.

Next, when the start-up of the gaming machine 1 is complete, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Here, after the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned ON, notifications will start from the serial number "0". In addition, when the rental device 700 completes the connection with the gaming machine 1, it will start receiving messages notified from the gaming machine 1 and will manage them from the notified serial number.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "0") to the rental device 700 (second message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n") to the rental device 700 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m") to the rental device 700 (fourth message).

(Sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap)
Next, the sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap will be described with reference to FIG.

First, when the rental device 700 is in a state of waiting for connection and the gaming machine 1 completes startup, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (hall control fraud monitoring information) (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the lending device 700 (second message). Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending acceptance result response to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the lending device 700 (fifth message). The timing of sending the fifth message is 300 ms after sending the first message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 700 (sixth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (seventh message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (ninth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) (tenth message). The timing of notifying the tenth message is "300" ms after notifying the sixth message, and "60" seconds (specifically, in the range of "60" to "62" seconds) after notifying the first message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) to the rental device 700 (11th message). Here, it is assumed that the timing of sending the 11th message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). In this case, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) with the higher priority is sent. Note that the timing of sending the 11th message is "180" seconds (specifically, in the range of "180" to "186" seconds) after sending the first message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (12th message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (14th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine performance information) (15th message). Here, the timing of notifying the 15th message is to notify the gaming machine information (gaming machine performance information) that could not be notified at the timing of notifying the 11th message. Note that the timing of notifying the 15th message is "300" ms after notifying the 11th message.

Here, gaming machine information notification is sent from gaming machine 1 to the lending device 700 at intervals of 300 ms after the startup of gaming machine 1 is completed.

In addition, gaming machine installation information is notified from gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 at intervals of 60 seconds after the startup of gaming machine 1 is completed.

In addition, the gaming machine performance information is notified from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 "180" seconds after the start-up of the gaming machine 1 is completed, and is then notified from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 700 at "60" second intervals.

In addition, among the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information), the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), and the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information), the highest priority is given to the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) when there is an update to the first control state of the main control board 100 or the second control state of the main control board 100 (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "control state of the main control board 100"), or when there is gaming information (for example, the value of the gaming value bet, the value of the gaming value awarded).

The next highest priority is gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), followed by gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). The lowest priority is gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) in cases where there is no update to the control status of the main control board 100 and no gaming information.

(Sequence when hall control fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap)
Next, using Figure 87, the sequence when hall control fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap will be explained.

First, when the rental device 700 is in a state of waiting for connection and the gaming machine 1 has completed startup, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 700 (first message). At this time, the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) is that there is no update to the control state of the main control board 100 and there is no gaming information.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (second message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 700 (fifth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the lending device 700 (sixth message). Here, it is assumed that the timing of sending the sixth message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information). At this time, the control status of the main control board 100, which has a high priority, is updated, or a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) with gaming information is sent.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (seventh message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (ninth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) (tenth message). At this time, because the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) was given priority at the time of notifying the sixth message, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) will be sent at the time of notifying the tenth message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 700 (11th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (12th message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (14th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the lending device 700 (15th message). Here, it is assumed that the timing of sending the 15th message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). At this time, the control status of the main control board 100, which has a high priority, is updated, or a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) with gaming information is sent.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (16th message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (17th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 700 (18th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (gaming machine performance information) (19th message). At this time, because the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) was given priority at the time of notifying the 15th message, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) will be sent at the time of notifying the 19th message.

(Counting notification sequence)
Next, the counting notification sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

In explaining Figure 88, we will assume that the value in the game value storage area 403aa is "200" and that the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the rental device 700 is "20."

First, when the counting button 60 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m", counted play value = "50", counted cumulative play value number = "50") to the rental device 700 within "100" ms after the first message is sent (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification (lendance serial number = "k", number of lent game values = "0") to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending receipt result response (lendance serial number = "k", number of lent game values received = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 is added by "50" to "20" to become "70".

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of the gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") (fifth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+1", counted play value = "50", counted cumulative play value number = "100") to the rental device 700 within "100" ms after the fifth message is sent (sixth message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification to the gaming machine 1 (lendance serial number = "k+1", number of lent game values = "0") (seventh message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending receipt result response to the lending device 700 (lendance serial number = "k+1", number of lent game values receipt result = "normal") (eighth message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "150" to become "100", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 is added by "50" to "70" to become "120".

Next, after the counting button 60 is released, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") (9th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "100") to the rental device 700 within "100" ms after the 9th message is sent (10th message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification to the gaming machine 1 (lendance serial number = "k+2", number of lent game values = "0") (11th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending receipt result response to the lending device 700 (lendance serial number = "k+2", number of lent game values receipt result = "normal") (12th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification to the lending device 700 (serial number = "n+3", game value = "100") (13th message).

(Lending notification sequence)
Next, the lending notification sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

In explaining Figure 89, it is assumed that the value of the play value memory area 403aa is "10" and that when the lending button 80 is operated "1" time, the value of the play value lent out from the lending device 700 is "47".

First, after the rental button 80 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (counting serial number = "m", counted game value = "0", counted cumulative game value number = "0") (second message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k", number of rented game values = "47") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 700 (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (fourth message). As a result, the value of the game value storage area 403aa is added by "47" to "10" to become "57". Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification to the rental device 700 (serial number = "n+1", game value = "57") (fifth message).

(Recovery sequence when dedicated IF is disconnected)
Next, the recovery sequence when the dedicated IF is disconnected will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 90, we will assume that the value in the game value memory area 403aa is "200".

First, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "m", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") (second message). Next, the rental device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of lending (rental serial number = "k", number of lent gaming values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending receipt result response to the rental device 700 (rental serial number = "k", number of lent gaming values received = "normal") (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "200") (fifth message).

If a disconnection of the dedicated IF is detected, the gaming machine 1 will be VL=OFF (not connected), and the lending device 700 will be VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. This will disable the bet operation, max bet operation, and counting operation of the gaming machine 1.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+1", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "0") to the rental device 700 (sixth message). At this time, since the counting operation is disabled, the counted play value becomes "0".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 700 (seventh message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") to the rental device 700 (eighth message). Here, since the rental device 700 is starting up, it cannot receive the sixth to eighth messages.

When the dedicated IF is restored, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 have VL=ON and PSI=ON. When VL=ON, the rental device 700 checks the dedicated IF connection status. On the other hand, when VL=ON on the gaming machine 1, BET operations, MAXBET operations, and counting operations become valid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+3", gaming value = "200") (9th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "m+3", counting gaming value = "0", counting cumulative gaming value number = "0") (10th message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification (lendance serial number = "0"), number of lent play values = "0" to the gaming machine 1 (11th message). Here, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of the lending serial number = "0" when the connection between the lending device 700 and the gaming machine 1 is started.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned gaming value number receipt result = "abnormal") to the loaning device 700 (12th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+4", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 700 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 700 (counting serial number = "m+4", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") (14th message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k+1", rented gaming value number = "0") (15th message). Here, the rental serial number in the rental receipt result response is updated.

Next, the gaming machine 1 responds with the loan receipt result (loan serial number = "k+1", loaned gaming value number receipt result = "normal") to the loaning device 700 (message no. 16).

(Communication abnormality sequence during counting)
Next, the communication abnormality sequence during counting will be described with reference to FIG.

In explaining Figure 91, we will assume that the value in the game value storage area 403aa is "200" and that the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the rental device 700 is "20".

First, when the counting button 60 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") (first message). Next, within 100 ms of notifying the first message, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "m", counted gaming value = "50", counted cumulative gaming value number = "50") (second message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification (lendance serial number = "k", number of lent game values = "0") to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a lending receipt result response (lendance serial number = "k", number of lent game values received = "normal") to the lending device 700 (fourth message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 403aa is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the lending device 700 is added by "50" to "20" to become "70".

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") (fifth message). Next, within 100 ms of notifying the fifth message, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "m+1", counting gaming value = "50", counting cumulative gaming value number = "100") (sixth message).

Next, the lending device 700 notifies the gaming machine 1 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") (seventh message). Here, the lending device 700 detects a communication abnormality in the gaming machine information notification, and after a maximum of "300" ms, VL=OFF and PSI=OFF. At this time, the gaming machine 1 goes to VL=OFF, and BET operations, MAXBET operations, and counting operations are invalid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "100") to the rental device 700 (eighth message). Here, since the counting operation is disabled, "0" is sent as the counted play value.

Then, the rental device 700 waits for recovery. Here, the rental device 700 turns VL=ON after the error has been recovered.

(Communication error sequence during rental)
Next, the communication abnormality sequence during lending will be described with reference to FIG.

In explaining FIG. 92, it is assumed that the value of the play value memory area 403aa is "10" and that when the lending button 80 is operated "1" time, the value of the play value lent out from the lending device 700 is "47".

First, after the rental button 80 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "0") to the rental device 700 (second message). Next, the rental device 700 sends a rental notification (rental serial number = "k", rented play value number = "47") to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Then, the value of the play value memory area 403aa is added by "47" to "10" to become "57".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned game value number receipt result = "normal") to the loaning device 700 (fourth message). Then, since the loaning device 700 has not received a loan receipt result response from the gaming machine 1, it determines that the loan is not complete.

Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "57") (fifth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of counting (counting serial number = "m+1", counting gaming value = "0", counting cumulative gaming value number = "0") (sixth message).

Next, the lending device 700 sends a lending notification (lendance serial number = "k", lending play value number = "47") to the gaming machine 1 (seventh message). Here, the lending device 700 is uncertain as to whether the previously sent lending notification has been received by the gaming machine 1, so it will resend it.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned game value number receipt result = "abnormal") to the loaning device 700 (eighth message). Here, the gaming machine 1 checks the continuity of the loan serial numbers in the loan notification, and responds that there is an abnormality if the loan serial numbers are not consecutive. Then, when the loan receipt result response is received from the gaming machine 1, if the previous loan serial number matches, the loaning device 700 determines that the loan notification has been received by the gaming machine 1 and completes the loan of the game value.

Next, gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 700 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "57") (9th message).

(List of event priorities)
Next, the event priority list will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 93, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is defined with a priority order, the name of an event that can occur on the gaming machine 1, and the start (occurrence) and end (cancellation) conditions of this event. For this reason, each event will be explained in detail below.

Note that "events" include not only errors, but also non-errors such as the game value counting process being completed or the game value being counted. Also, explanations of priority levels "1", "7", "16", "22", "23", "24", and "27" will be omitted.

(Settings being changed)
The term "settings being changed" means that the setting values are being changed, and is given priority level "2."

(Start (occurrence) conditions during setting changes)
The condition for starting (occurring) the setting change is that the setting key switch 43sw is ON when the gaming machine 1 is powered on. Specifically, first, the front door 3 is opened with no power being supplied to the gaming machine 1. Next, the setting door 42 is exposed, and then a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Then, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the condition for starting (occurring) the setting change.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) during setting changes)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting change is that the setting key switch 43sw is turned from ON to OFF. Specifically, after the setting change is in progress, the setting key inserted in the setting keyhole 43 is rotated a predetermined angle to turn the setting key switch 43sw from ON to OFF. This satisfies the condition for ending (cancelling) the setting change.

(Settings change device malfunction error)
The setting change device abnormal operation error is an error that occurs when the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door open/close sensor 14s is OFF, and is assigned a priority level of "3."

(Conditions for the setting change device malfunction error to start (occur))
The start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is that the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the door open/close sensor 14s is OFF. Specifically, the setting value is changed when the setting key switch 43sw is ON when the power button 50 is operated with the front door 3 open. Therefore, if the setting key switch 43sw is ON with the front door 3 closed, there is a possibility that the setting value has been changed improperly, and the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error)
The conditions for ending (removing) the setting change device operation abnormality error are that a setting change has been made, that a reset start has been performed, or that a predetermined time has passed since the setting change device operation abnormality error occurred.

Specifically, when a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs, first, the front door 3 is opened and the power button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, and the setting key switch 43sw is turned OFF, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error.

In addition, when a setting change device operation abnormality error occurs, first open the front door 3 and operate the power button 50 to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, operate the reset button 41 while simultaneously operating the power button 50 to turn the machine on. This results in a reset start, and the conditions for terminating (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are met.

In addition, the condition for terminating (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error is met when 60 seconds have elapsed since the setting change device operation abnormality error occurred.

(Settings confirmation display)
During the setting confirmation display, a setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and the priority is set to "4".

(Start (occurrence) conditions during setting confirmation display)
The start (occurrence) condition for the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 43sw is turned ON. Specifically, first, with power being supplied to the gaming machine 1, the front door 3 is opened to expose the setting door 42. Next, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43, and the setting key is rotated a predetermined angle. This turns the setting key switch 43sw ON, and the start (occurrence) condition for the setting confirmation display is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 43sw is turned from ON to OFF. Specifically, when the setting key is rotated a predetermined angle while the setting confirmation display is being displayed, the setting key switch 43sw is turned OFF. This satisfies the condition for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display.

(Abnormal communication error in gaming machine (main control notification TO))
The communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality is detected between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. Specifically, it is an error that occurs when the game value control board 400 does not receive a specified command from the main control board 100 for a specified period of time, and has a priority level of "5."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO))
The conditions for the start (occurrence) of an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) are either that the game value control board 400 does not receive a startup command from the main control board 100 for a predetermined time (in this embodiment, "3" minutes), or that the game value control board 400 does not receive a main periodic command from the main control board 100 for a predetermined time (in this embodiment, "1" second).

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO))
The condition for terminating (canceling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) is either that the game value control board 400 has received a startup command from the main control board 100, or that the game value control board 400 has received a main periodic command from the main control board 100.

Specifically, after the gaming value control board 400 does not receive a startup command from the main control board 100 for "3" minutes, resulting in an in-machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO), when the gaming value control board 400 receives a startup command from the main control board 100, the termination (cancellation) condition for the in-machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) is satisfied.

In addition, after the gaming value control board 400 does not receive a main periodic command from the main control board 100 for "1" second, resulting in an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO), when the gaming value control board 400 receives a main periodic command from the main control board 100, the termination (cancellation) condition for the abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is satisfied.

(Machine internal communication error (main machine stopped))
The in-game machine communication abnormality error (main stop) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality is detected between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400, and is given priority level "6."

(Conditions for the start (occurrence) of an internal communication error (main stop) in the gaming machine)
The condition for the start (occurrence) of an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) is the detection of a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400.

Specifically, after the main control board 100 sends an automatic insertion number command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3002), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3003 = NO), the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

In addition, after the main control board 100 sends a settlement command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3008), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3009 = NO), the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

In addition, after the main control board 100 transmits a BET command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3013), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3014 = NO), the conditions for initiating (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

Similarly, after the main control board 100 transmits a MAXBET command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S3018), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S3019 = NO), the conditions for initiating (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

In addition, after the main control board 100 sends a push order command to the gaming value control board 400 (step S5011), if there is no response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S5012 = NO), the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

In addition, after the main control board 100 transmits a game value granting command to the game value control board 400 (step S9002), if there is no response from the game value control board 400 (step S9003 = NO), the conditions for initiating (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) an internal communication error (main stop) in the gaming machine)
The conditions for terminating (canceling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are either that the reset button 41 is operated, that a setting is changed, or that a reset start is performed after the cause of the error has been removed (specifically, after the above-mentioned response has been received from the gaming value control board 400).

(Game value reached error (main stopped))
The game value number reaching error (main stop) is an error that occurs when the game value owned by the player reaches or exceeds "16,369", and has a priority level of "8".

(Conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number reaching error (main stop))
The start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is that the game value owned by the player is equal to or greater than "16,369." Specifically, when the value of the game value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369" (step S22510=YES), the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (main stop))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (main stop) are either that the reset button 41 is operated, that a setting is changed, or that a reset start is performed after the cause of the error is removed (specifically, after the game value owned by the player is counted by operating the counting button 60 (in other words, the value of the game value memory area 403aa becomes less than "16,369" by operating the counting button 60)). Note that the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (main stop) are also satisfied if, after the cause of the error is removed, a door key (not shown) is inserted into the door keyhole 5 and rotated a predetermined angle counterclockwise.

(Rental device communication no response error (main unit stopped))
The lending device communication no-response error (main stop) is an error that occurs when no communication response is detected between the game value control board 400 and the lending device 700, and has a priority level of "9."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device communication no-response error (main unit stop))
The start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no response error (main stop) is the detection of no communication response between the game value control board 400 and the rental device 700. Specifically, when the game value control board 400 does not receive the rental device periodic command periodically transmitted from the rental device 700 for a predetermined period of time (step S21002 = YES), the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no response error (main stop) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) a rental device communication no-response error (main stop))
The conditions for terminating (canceling) a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are either to change the setting value or to perform a reset start after removing the cause of the error (specifically, after receiving a rental device periodic command from the rental device 700).

Specifically, when a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) occurs, if the game value control board 400 receives a rental device periodic command from the rental device 700, the termination (cancellation) condition for the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) is satisfied.

Furthermore, when a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) occurs, first open the front door 3 and operate the power button 50 to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped and the setting door 42 exposed, insert a setting key (not shown) into the setting keyhole 43, rotate the setting key a specified angle, and operate the power button 50 to turn on the power. This satisfies the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop).

In addition, when a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) occurs, first open the front door 3 and operate the power button 50 to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, operate the reset button 41 while operating the power button 50 to turn on the power. This results in a reset start, and the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are met.

(Rental device not connected error (main unit stopped))
The rental device unconnection error (main stop) is an error that occurs when a disconnection to the rental device 700 is detected, and has a priority level of "10."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device unconnected error (main stop))
The start (occurrence) condition of the lending device unconnected error (main stop) is that the game value control board 400 detects a disconnection between the lending device 700. Specifically, when the game value CPU 401 detects a VL unconnection with the lending device 700 (step S21005=YES), the start (occurrence) condition of the lending device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) a rental device unconnected error (main stop))
The conditions for ending (cancelling) a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are to remove the cause of the error, to change the setting value, or to perform a reset start.

Specifically, when a rental device unconnected error (main stop) occurs, if the gaming value CPU 401 detects a VL connection with the rental device 700, the termination (cancellation) condition for the rental device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied.

Furthermore, when a rental device unconnected error (main stop) occurs, first the front door 3 is opened and the power button 50 is operated to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and then a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43, which is then rotated a predetermined angle with the setting key inserted. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, changing the settings. This satisfies the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (main stop).

In addition, when a rental device unconnected error (main stop) occurs, first open the front door 3 and operate the power button 50 to stop the power supply to the gaming machine 1. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, operate the reset button 41 and then turn on the power by pressing the power button 50. This results in a reset start, and the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met.

(Play value cleared)
Clearing the number of game values means clearing the game values owned by the player, and has a priority of "11".

(Conditions for clearing the number of play values)
The start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of play values is that the play value number clear switch 61sw is turned ON when the power is turned on. Specifically, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 (step S20001=NO), if the play value number clear button 61 is operated (step S20012=YES), the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the number of play values is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value count clear)
The condition for ending (terminating) the clearing of the play value number is that a predetermined time has elapsed. When "5" seconds have elapsed since the play value number was cleared, the notification of the clearing of the play value number ends. During these "5" seconds, a voice message saying "The play value number has been cleared" is output, which will be described later.

(Specific setting value confirmed)
The specific setting value confirmation means that the setting value is confirmed to be a specific setting value (for example, setting "0"), and has a priority level of "12."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) specific setting value determination)
The start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is that the setting change has ended at the setting of 0. Specifically, when the setting value set in the register is 0, the start lever 9 is operated (step S109=YES) and the setting key switch 43sw is turned OFF (step S110=YES), whereby the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) specific setting value determination)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the confirmation of the specific setting value is the passage of a predetermined time. In other words, when two seconds have passed since the setting value was confirmed as "0", the notification of the confirmation of the specific setting value ends. During these two seconds, the voice output of "The setting has been changed to "0"" (described later) is also completed.

(Door open error (main stop))
The door open error (main stop) is an error that occurs when the front door 3 is open, and has a priority level of "13."

(Door open error (main stop) start (occurrence) conditions)
The start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (main stop) is the opening of the front door 3. Specifically, when the door open/close sensor 14s is turned ON (step S2011=YES), the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (main stop) is satisfied.

(Door open error (main stop) termination (cancellation) conditions)
The conditions for the start (occurrence) of a door opening error (main stop) are that the reset button 41 is operated while the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON, that the setting value is changed while the door opening/closing sensor 14s is ON, that a reset start is performed, or that the door lock is rotated counterclockwise while the door opening/closing sensor 14s is OFF.

Specifically, after a door open error (main stop) occurs, when the door open/close sensor 14s is ON and the reset switch 41sw detects operation of the reset button 41, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (main stop) is satisfied.

When a door open error (main stop) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and then a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (main stop).

In addition, when a door open error (main stop) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (main stop) are met.

(Reset start)
A reset start is when a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 is cleared when the power is turned on, and has a priority level of "14."

(Reset start start (occurrence) conditions)
The start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is that the door open/close sensor 14s is ON, the setting key switch 43sw is OFF, and the reset switch 41sw is ON when the power is turned on. Specifically, the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied when the power is turned on to the gaming machine 1 (step S1=NO), the setting key switch 43sw is OFF (step S4=NO), the front door 3 is open (step S8=YES), and the reset switch 41sw is ON (step S13=YES).

(Reset start end (cancellation) conditions)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the reset start is that a predetermined time has elapsed since the reset start. Note that the main control board 100 performs the reset start command transmission process (step S14), and when "30" seconds have elapsed after the sub-control board 300 receives the reset start command, the notification of the reset start ends.

(Abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring))
The communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality is detected between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400, and is assigned a priority level of "15."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) an abnormal communication error in a gaming machine (constant monitoring))
The start (occurrence) condition for the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is the detection of a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400. Specifically, when the main interrupt error check process (see FIG. 58) performed at a predetermined cycle determines that there is an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) (step S15101=YES), the start (occurrence) condition for the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine)
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are any of the following: a predetermined time has elapsed, a main stop error has begun, a setting has been changed, or a reset start has occurred.

Specifically, when 300 seconds have passed since the gaming machine's internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for ending (cancelling) the gaming machine's internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when there is a communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine, if any of the following occurs: a game value number reached error (main stop), a lending device communication no response error (main stop), a lending device unconnected error (main stop), or a door open error (main stop), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is met.

When an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring).

When an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Game value reaching error (constant monitoring))
The game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when the game value owned by the player reaches or exceeds "16,369," and has a priority level of "17."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring))
The start (occurrence) condition of the game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) is that the game value owned by the player is equal to or greater than "16,369." Specifically, when the value of the game value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "16,369" (step S28201=YES), the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) are that a specified time has elapsed, that a main stop error has begun, that a setting has been changed, that a reset start has occurred, or, if the stop function is in operation, that the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when 300 seconds have passed since the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for ending (cancelling) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when a play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs, if any of the following occurs: a play value number reaching error (main stop), a lending device communication no response error (main stop), a lending device unconnected error (main stop), or a door open error (main stop), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is met.

When a gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the condition for terminating (cancelling) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring).

When a gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (cancelling) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, if a gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) occurs and the stop function is activated, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the gaming value number reaching error (constant monitoring) are met when the cause of the error is removed.

(Rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring))
The lending device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when no communication response is detected between the game value control board 400 and the lending device 700, and has a priority level of "18."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a no-response error in communication with a rental device (constant monitoring))
The start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is the detection of no communication response between the game value control board 400 and the rental device 700. Specifically, when the game value control board 400 does not receive a response from the rental device 700 for a predetermined time (step S28306 = YES), the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the no-response communication error (constant monitoring) for rental devices)
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) are any of the following: a specified time has elapsed, a main stop error has begun, a setting change has been made, a reset start has occurred, or, if the stop function is in operation, the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when 300 seconds have passed since the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when there is a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring), if any of the following occurs: a gaming value number reached error (main stop), a rental device communication no-response error (main stop), a rental device unconnected error (main stop), or a door open error (main stop), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring).

In addition, when a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) occurs and the termination function is activated, the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) are met when the cause of the error is removed.

(Rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring))
The rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when a disconnection to the rental device 700 is detected, and has a priority level of "19."

(Conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring))
The start (occurrence) condition for the lending device unconnection error (constant monitoring) is the detection of unconnection between the game value control board 400 and the lending device 700. Specifically, when the game value CPU 401 detects unconnection of the VL with the lending device 700 (step S28204 = YES), the start (occurrence) condition for the lending device unconnection error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) are either a specified time has elapsed, a main stop error has begun, a setting change has been made, a reset start has occurred, or, if the stop function is in operation, the cause of the error has been removed.

Specifically, when 300 seconds have passed since the rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when there is a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring), if any of the following occurs: a gaming value reached error (main stop), a rental device communication no response error (main stop), a rental device unconnected error (main stop), or a door open error (main stop), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring).

In addition, when a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

In addition, when there is a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) and the stop function is activated, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is met when the cause of the error is removed.

(Door open error (constant monitoring))
The door open error (constant monitoring) is an error that occurs when the front door 3 is open, and has a priority level of "20."

(Door open error (constant monitoring) start (occurrence) conditions)
The start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is the opening of the front door 3. Specifically, when the door open/close sensor 14s is turned ON (step S15103=YES), the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring))
The conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) are any of the following: a predetermined time has elapsed, a main stop error has started, a setting has been changed, a reset start has occurred, or, if the stop function is in operation, the door opening/closing sensor 14s has turned OFF.

Specifically, when 300 seconds have passed since the door open error (constant monitoring) occurred, the condition for ending (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, if a door open error (constant monitoring) occurs and any of the following occurs: a game value reached error (main stop), a lending device communication no response error (main stop), a lending device unconnected error (main stop), or a door open error (main stop), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is met.

When a door open error (constant monitoring) occurs, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring).

When a door open error (constant monitoring) occurs, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is met.

In addition, when a door open error (constant monitoring) occurs and the stop function is activated, the condition for terminating (cancelling) the door open error (constant monitoring) is met when the door open/close sensor 14s turns OFF.

(Stop function)
The limit function is a function for stopping a game when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than "19,000." The priority of the limit function is set to "21."

(Start (activation) conditions of the stop function)
The condition for starting (activating) the limit function is that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. Specifically, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or more (step S14107=YES), the limit flag is turned ON (step S14108), and the condition for starting (occurring) the limit function is satisfied.

(Conditions for terminating (cancelling) the stop function)
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the pause function are either a change in settings or a reset start.

Specifically, when the limit function is activated, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the setting door 42 is exposed, and a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 43 and rotated a predetermined angle. Next, the power button 50 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the conditions for terminating (releasing) the limit function.

When the limit function is activated, first, the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is stopped by operating the power button 50. Next, with the power supply to the gaming machine 1 stopped, the power button 50 is turned on while operating the reset button 41. This results in a reset start, and the condition for terminating (canceling) the limit function is met.

(Counting process completed)
Completion of the counting process means that counting of the gaming value has been completed, and has a priority level of "25."

(Counting process completion start (occurrence) condition)
The conditions for starting (occurring) the completion of the counting process are either a count exceeding "50" and the game value owned by the player becoming "0", or a count exceeding "50" and the counting process ending due to the passage of time.

Specifically, when the counting button 60 is operated (step S28301 = YES), the value in the play value memory area 403aa is subtracted by "50" (step S28311), the play value is transferred to the rental device 700 (step S28312), and then a play value less than "50" is transferred to the rental device 700 (step S28314). When the value in the play value memory area 403aa becomes "0" (step S28315), the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied.

In addition, when the counting button 60 is operated (step S28301 = YES), the value in the play value memory area 403aa is decremented by "50" (step S28311), and information regarding the counted play value is transferred to the rental device 700 (step S28312), the counting of the play value ends due to the passage of time, and then the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied.

(Counting process completion termination (cancellation) conditions)
The counting process completion termination (cancellation) condition is that a predetermined time has elapsed since the counting process was completed. Specifically, the counting process completion termination (cancellation) condition is satisfied when "2" seconds have elapsed since the counting process was completed. Note that during these "2" seconds, the voice output of "Counting process has been completed" (described later) is completed.

(Counting in progress)
During the counting process, the game value owned by the player is being counted, and the priority level is set to "26."

(Start (occurrence) conditions during counting process)
The condition for starting (occurring) the counting process is that the counting switch 60sw is turned ON. Specifically, the counting switch 60sw detects the operation of the counting button 60 (step S28301=YES).

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) during counting process)
The counting process is terminated (cancelled) when a predetermined time has elapsed or when a counting completion command has been received. Specifically, the counting process is terminated (cancelled) when 0.5 seconds have elapsed since the counting button 60 was operated. During this 0.5 seconds, the voice output of "Counting process in progress" (described later) is completed.

In addition, when a counting completion command is received from the rental device 700 (step S28316), the termination (cancellation) condition for the counting process is satisfied.

(Before the gaming value is reached)
Before the gaming value number is reached, the gaming value owned by the player must be equal to or greater than 15,000 and less than 16,369, and no priority order is set.

(Start (occurrence) conditions before the gaming value is reached)
The start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "15,000" and less than "16,369." Specifically, when it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is equal to or greater than "15,000" (step S22509=YES) and the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not equal to or greater than "16,369" (step S22510=NO), the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) before the game value is reached)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the game before the game value number is reached is either that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is less than "15,000" or that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is "16,369" or greater.

Specifically, when the count button 60 is operated (step S28301 = YES), the value of the play value memory area 403aa is subtracted by the play value subtraction process (step S28311), and the value of the play value memory area 403aa becomes less than "15,000", the termination (cancellation) condition before the play value number is reached is satisfied.

In addition, after "3" is subtracted from the value of the game value storage area 403aa by the MAXBET subtraction process (step S22409), if no winning is achieved and the awarded value is "0" (step S22502 = YES), and it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 403aa is not "15,000" or more (step S22509 = NO), the termination (cancellation) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied.

Furthermore, when a winning combination is achieved and the value of the play value storage area 403aa is incremented by "1" (step S22503), and the value of the play value storage area 403aa becomes "16,369" or greater (step S22510 = YES), the termination (cancellation) condition before the play value number is reached is satisfied.

(Gaming value settlement)
The game value settlement is a settlement of the bet game value, and no priority is set.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) gaming value settlement)
The start (occurrence) condition for the game value settlement is that the settlement switch 8sw is turned ON. Specifically, when the settlement button 8 is operated and the settlement switch 8sw is turned ON (step S3006=YES), the start (occurrence) condition for the game value settlement is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement is that a predetermined time has elapsed. Specifically, when "2" seconds have elapsed since the settlement button 8 was operated, the condition for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement is satisfied. Note that during these "2" seconds, the output of the "settlement sound" described below is completed.

(Advance notice of cancellation)
The pre-notification of limit is a notification that is given when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value, and no priority is set for it.

(Conditions for initiating (occurring) advance termination notification)
The condition for starting (generating) the pre-notification of the limit is that the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is equal to or greater than "18,500" after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is updated by the establishment of a winning prize (step S14103), and when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is equal to "18,500" (step S14006=YES), the condition for starting (generating) the pre-notification of the limit is satisfied.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) of advance notice of service limit)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the pre-limit notification is that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is less than "18,450" or that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000."

Specifically, for example, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,500," the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is decremented due to no winning (step S14103), and the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes less than "18,450," the condition for terminating (cancelling) the limit advance notification is met.

For example, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,990", the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is incremented due to a winning entry (step S14103), and when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes "19,000" or greater (step S14008 = YES), the condition for terminating (cancelling) the limit advance notification is met.

(Waiting until the end)
The limit waiting notification is a notification that is made when the limit function is activated at the end of the "bonus", and no priority is set.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) the limit waiting notification)
The condition for starting (occurring) the limit waiting notification is that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than a predetermined value when a "bonus" is won, or that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than a predetermined value when the bonus is in operation.

Specifically, the condition for starting (generating) the waiting for the limit notification is satisfied when the sum of the value of the limit MY counter 103ba when a bonus is won and the expected winning value in the bonus operating state is "19,000" or more. For example, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,990" when a "bonus" is won, the sum of this and the expected winning value in the bonus operating state is "19,000" or more, so the condition for starting (generating) the waiting for the limit notification is satisfied.

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than 19,000 during bonus activation, the condition for starting (generating) the limit wait notification is met.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit waiting notification)
The end (cancellation) condition of the stop waiting notification is that the bonus operating state ends. Specifically, when the bonus operating state ends (step S12016=YES), the value of the game state storage area 103ak is initialized by the bonus end RAM initialization process to enter the general game state (step S12017). Then, since the current game state is the general game state (step S14001=NO), the stop flag is ON (step S14002=YES), so the stop processing is performed (step S14005), and the end (cancellation) condition of the stop waiting notification is satisfied.

Here, the priority of each of the above-mentioned events will be explained. The lower the priority value, the higher the priority. For example, a setting change with priority level "2" has a higher priority than a setting change device operation abnormality error with priority level "3."

In addition, events for which a priority is set have a higher priority than events for which a priority is not set. For example, when the priority setting is being changed to "2," the event has a higher priority than game value settlement, for which a priority is not set.

Note that although there is no particular priority for each of the events for which no priority has been set, a priority may be set.

Here, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the play value number" is different from the priority of "changing settings". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the play value number" is "11", and the priority of "changing settings" is "2". In other words, the priority of "changing settings" is higher than the priority of "clearing the play value number". For this reason, "changing settings" is reported with priority over "clearing the play value number".

Specifically, when the front door 3 is open, the setting key is rotated a predetermined angle, and the power button 50 is operated while operating the play value number clear button 61, the start (occurrence) condition for "play value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition for "setting changing" are satisfied. At this time, since "setting changing" has a higher priority than "play value number clear", the notification of "setting changing" is given priority.

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "changing settings". In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over "changing settings".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the game value number" is different from the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress." Specifically, the priority of "clearing the game value number" is "11," and the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress" is "4." In other words, the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress" is higher than the priority of "clearing the game value number." For this reason, "setting confirmation display in progress" is given priority over "clearing the game value number."

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress." In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over "setting confirmation display in progress."

Here, "settings being changed" and "settings confirmation display in progress" have a higher priority than "clearing the number of play values." In other words, "settings being changed" and "settings confirmation display in progress" are notified in priority over "clearing the number of play values."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "internal communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "internal communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO)" is "5". In other words, the priority of "internal communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO)" is higher than the priority of "clearing the number of play values". For this reason, "internal communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO)" is given priority over "clearing the number of play values" when notified.

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)". In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over the notification of "internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "internal communication error in the gaming machine (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "internal communication error in the gaming machine (main stop)" is "6". In other words, the priority of "internal communication error in the gaming machine (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clearing the number of play values". For this reason, "internal communication error in the gaming machine (main stop)" is reported with priority over "clearing the number of play values".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while the game value number clear button 61 is being operated and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, if a communication abnormality is detected between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400, the start (occurrence) condition for "game value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition for "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop)", which has a higher priority than "game value number clear", is issued.

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop)". In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over the notification of "internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop)".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" is "15". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is reported with priority over "internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)".

The priority of the "Abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of the "Clear game value number". In this case, the "Abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over the "Clear game value number" and will be notified.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is "9". In other words, the priority of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clearing the number of play values". For this reason, "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is reported with priority over "clearing the number of play values".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while the play value number clear button 61 is being operated and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, if a communication abnormality is detected between the play value control board 400 and the rental device 700, the start (occurrence) condition for "play value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition for "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)", which has a higher priority than "play value number clear", is issued.

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)." In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over the notification of "rental device communication no response error (main stop)."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring)" is "18". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is reported with priority over "rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring)".

The priority of the "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of the "clearing the number of play values". In this case, the "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over the "clearing the number of play values" and will be reported.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" is "10". In other words, the priority of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "clearing the number of play values". For this reason, "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" is reported with priority over "clearing the number of play values".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while the play value number clear button 61 is being operated to supply power to the gaming machine 1, if a disconnection between the play value control board 400 and the rental device 700 is detected, the start (occurrence) condition for "play value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition for "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)", which has a higher priority than "play value number clear", is made.

The priority of "clearing the number of play values" may be higher than the priority of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)." In this case, "clearing the number of play values" will be given priority over the notification of "rental device unconnected error (main stop)."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "rented device unconnected error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "rented device unconnected error (constant monitoring)" is "19". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "rented device unconnected error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is given priority over the "rented device unconnected error (constant monitoring)".

The priority of the "rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of the "play value number clear." In this case, the "rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over the "play value number clear" notification.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "door opening error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "door opening error (main stop)" is "13". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "door opening error (main stop)". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is reported with priority over "door opening error (main stop)".

The priority of "door open error (main stop)" may be higher than the priority of "clearing the number of play values." In this case, the "door open error (main stop)" will be given priority over the "clearing the number of play values."

Similarly, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "door opening error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "door opening error (constant monitoring)" is "20". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "door opening error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is given priority over reporting "door opening error (constant monitoring)".

The priority of "door open error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than that of "clearing the number of play values." In this case, the "door open error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over the "clearing the number of play values."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is different from the priority of "reset start". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is "11", and the priority of "reset start" is "14". In other words, the priority of "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of "reset start". For this reason, "clearing the number of play values" is notified with priority over "reset start".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated while the play value number clear button 61 and the reset button 41 are being operated and power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the start (occurrence) conditions for "play value number clear" and the start (occurrence) conditions for "reset start" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "play value number clear", which has a higher priority than "reset start", is made.

The priority of "reset start" may be higher than that of "clear play value number". In this case, "reset start" will be notified with priority over "clear play value number".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority order of "play value number clear" is different from the priority order of "play value number settlement". Specifically, the priority order of "play value number clear" is "11", and no priority order is specified for "play value number settlement". In other words, the priority order of "play value number clear" is higher than the priority order of "play value number settlement". For this reason, "play value number clear" is notified with priority over "play value number settlement".

The priority of "play value number settlement" may be higher than the priority of "play value number clear". In this case, "play value number settlement" will be notified with priority over "play value number clear".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "play value number clear" is different from the priority of "play value number arrival error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of "play value number clear" is "11", and the priority of "play value number arrival error (main stop)" is "8". In other words, the priority of "play value number arrival error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of "play value number clear". For this reason, "play value number arrival error (main stop)" is reported with priority over "play value number clear".

Specifically, when the gaming machine 1 is powered off with the value of the play value storage area 403aa being equal to or greater than "16,369", and then the power button 50 is operated while the play value number clear button 61 is being operated to supply power to the gaming machine 1, the start (occurrence) condition for "play value number clear" and the start (occurrence) condition for "play value number reach error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "play value number reach error (main stop)", which has a higher priority than "play value number clear", is made.

The priority of "clearing the game value number" may be higher than the priority of "game value number reaching error (main stop)". In this case, "clearing the game value number" will be given priority over the notification of "game value number reaching error (main stop)".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of "clearing the game value number" is different from the priority of "game value number arrival error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of "clearing the game value number" is "11", and the priority of "game value number arrival error (constant monitoring)" is "17". In other words, the priority of "clearing the game value number" is higher than the priority of "game value number arrival error (constant monitoring)". For this reason, "clearing the game value number" is reported with priority over "game value number arrival error (constant monitoring)".

The priority of the "play value number arrival error (constant monitoring)" may be higher than the priority of the "play value number clear". In this case, the "play value number arrival error (constant monitoring)" will be given priority over the "play value number clear" notification.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of "changing settings". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of "changing settings" is "2". In other words, the priority of "changing settings" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, "changing settings" is given priority over the operation of the "stop function".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated to supply power to the gaming machine 1, if the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000," the start (activation) condition for the "limit function" and the start (occurrence) condition for "setting change in progress" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of "setting change in progress," which has a higher priority than the "limit function," is issued.

The "stop function" may be given a higher priority than the "settings being changed" priority. In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the "settings being changed" priority.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress." Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21," and the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress" is "4." In other words, the priority of "setting confirmation display in progress" is higher than the priority of the "stop function." For this reason, "setting confirmation display in progress" is given priority over the operation of the "stop function."

The "stop function" may be given a higher priority than the "settings confirmation display in progress." In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the "settings confirmation display in progress" notification.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "play value number reaching error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of the "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is "8". In other words, the priority of the "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, the "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is reported with priority over the operation of the "stop function".

Specifically, when the power button 50 is operated to supply power to the gaming machine 1, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "19,000" or more and the value of the play value memory area 403aa is "16,369" or more, the start (activation) condition of the "limit function" and the start (occurrence) condition of the "play value number reached error (main stop)" are satisfied. In this case, a notification of the "play value number reached error (main stop)", which has a higher priority than the "limit function", is issued.

The priority of the "stop function" may be higher than the priority of the "play value number reaching error (main stop)." In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the notification of the "play value number reaching error (main stop)."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is "17". In other words, the priority of the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is reported with priority over the operation of the "stop function".

The priority of the "stop function" may be higher than the priority of the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)". In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "door opening error (main stop)". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of the "door opening error (main stop)" is "13". In other words, the priority of the "door opening error (main stop)" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, the "door opening error (main stop)" is given priority over the operation of the "stop function" and is reported.

The priority of the "stop function" may be set higher than the priority of the "door open error (main stop)." In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the notification of the "door open error (main stop)."

Similarly, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "door opening error (constant monitoring)". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of the "door opening error (constant monitoring)" is "20". In other words, the priority of the "door opening error (constant monitoring)" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, the "door opening error (constant monitoring)" is given priority over the operation of the "stop function" in notifying the user.

The priority of the "stop function" may be set higher than the priority of the "door open error (constant monitoring)." In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the notification of the "door open error (constant monitoring)."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "clearing the number of play values". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and the priority of the "clearing the number of play values" is "11". In other words, the priority of the "clearing the number of play values" is higher than the priority of the "stop function". For this reason, the "clearing the number of play values" is notified with priority over the operation of the "stop function".

The priority of the "stop function" may be higher than the priority of the "clear play value number". In this case, the operation of the "stop function" will be given priority over the "clear play value number" and will be notified.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority of the "stop function" is different from the priority of the "play value settlement". Specifically, the priority of the "stop function" is "21", and no priority is specified for the "play value settlement". In other words, the priority of the "stop function" is higher than the priority of the "play value settlement". For this reason, the "stop function" is notified with priority over the operation of the "play value settlement".

The priority of the "play value settlement" may be higher than that of the "limit function." In this case, the "play value settlement" will be notified with priority over the "limit function."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (priority of notification) is different between "events that make it impossible to progress in the game" and "events that allow the game to progress."

Here, examples of "events that make it impossible to continue playing" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), a game value reaching error (main stop), a no-response communication error from the lending device (main stop), a non-connection error from the lending device (main stop), and a door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, examples of "events that allow game progress" include "counting process in progress", as well as "counting process completed", "before the game value number is reached", and "game value number settlement".

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (priority of notification) is different between "one event that makes it impossible to progress in the game" and "another event that makes it impossible to progress in the game."

Here, examples of "an event that makes it impossible to continue playing" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), a game value number reached error (main stop), a no-response communication error from the lending device (main stop), a non-connection error from the lending device (main stop), and a door open error (main stop).

Examples of "other events that make it impossible to continue playing" include abnormal communication errors within the gaming machine (main stop), game value number reached error (main stop), rental device communication no-response error (main stop), rental device unconnected error (main stop), and door open error (main stop), other than the "single event that stops playing" mentioned above.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (priority of notification) is different between "one event that allows game progress" and "another event that allows game progress."

Here, examples of "an event that allows gameplay to proceed" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), a game value reaching number error (main stop), a no-response communication error from the lending device (main stop), a no-connection error from the lending device (main stop), and a door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, examples of "other events that allow gameplay to proceed" include, in addition to "counting process in progress", "counting process completed", "before the game value number is reached", and "game value number settlement", which are not part of the "single event that allows gameplay to proceed" mentioned above.

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (notification priority) is different between "one event that cannot be resolved by turning the power off and on" and "another event that cannot be resolved by turning the power off and on."

Here, examples of "an event that cannot be resolved by turning the power off and on" include an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), a game value number reached error (main stop), a no-response communication error from the lending device (main stop), a non-connection error from the lending device (main stop), and a door open error (main stop).

On the other hand, examples of "other events that cannot be cleared by turning the power off and on" include abnormal communication errors within the gaming machine (main stop), game value number reached error (main stop), no response communication error from the lending device (main stop), lending device unconnected error (main stop), and door open error (main stop), other than the above-mentioned "single event that cannot be cleared by turning the power off and on."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (notification priority) is different between "one event that is not cleared by turning the power on and off" and "another event that is not cleared by turning the power on and off."

Here, "an event for which the displayed event is not cleared by turning the power off and on" refers to an event for which the termination (cancellation) conditions are not met by turning the power off and on, and the notification of this event is also designed not to be cleared by turning the power off and on. Examples include settings being changed, settings confirmation displaying, door open error (main stop), and door open error (constant monitoring).

On the other hand, examples of "other events that are not cleared by turning the power off and on" include settings being changed, settings confirmation displaying, door open error (main stop), and door open error (constant monitoring), other than the above-mentioned "one event that is not cleared by turning the power off and on."

In addition, in this embodiment, the priority (notification priority) is different between "one event that outputs gaming machine information" and "another event that outputs gaming machine information."

Here, examples of "an event that outputs gaming machine information" include "settings being changed," "settings confirmation being displayed," and "stop function."

On the other hand, examples of "other events that output gaming machine information" include "settings being changed," "setting confirmation being displayed," and "stop function," which are not part of the "one event that outputs gaming machine information" mentioned above.

(Time chart and animation while changing settings)
Next, a time chart during a setting change and animation during a setting change will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the current setting value is displayed in the acquisition display unit 16. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, the setting value set in the register is displayed in the acquisition display unit 16. Here, FIG. 95 shows the setting "3" as an example. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the currently displayed setting value is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are all lit up. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, the instruction information display unit 17 displays "88," and the game period display unit 18 and device operation display unit 19 display "....". Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are all hidden.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that the setting is being changed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 95, a text image saying "settings being changed" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change is satisfied, the text image saying "settings being changed" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern lighting mode, as shown in FIG. 95. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting change is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the warning pattern lighting mode goes out.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 notifying that the setting is being changed, as shown in FIG. 95. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "settings are being changed" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change is satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

As shown in FIG. 94, when the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting change are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Here, "frozen and stopped" means a state in which it is not possible to play. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are met, the frozen stop is released and it becomes possible to play.

(Time chart and animation of setting change device operation abnormality error)
Next, a time chart of a setting change device operation abnormality error and an animation of a setting change device operation abnormality error will be described with reference to FIGS. 96 and 97. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 96, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the play period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 97, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the play period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the setting change device operation abnormality error. The acquisition display unit 16 may also be configured to notify the user of the setting change device operation abnormality error.

Also, as shown in FIG. 96, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device abnormality error are satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 notifying the user that a setting change device abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 97, a text image stating "Setting change device abnormality error. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device abnormality error are satisfied, the text image stating "Setting change device abnormality error. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 becomes invisible.

Also, as shown in FIG. 96, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 96, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the speaker 29 outputs a sound notifying the user that a setting change device operation abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "There is a setting change abnormality error" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are satisfied, the sound being output from the speaker 29 is muted.

Also, as shown in FIG. 96, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change device operation abnormality error is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur as a result of a setting change device operation abnormality error. However, a freeze stop may also occur as a result of a setting change device operation abnormality error.

(Time chart and animation during setting confirmation display)
Next, a time chart during the setting confirmation display and animation during the setting confirmation display will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the current setting value is displayed in the acquisition display section 16. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, the setting value set in the register is displayed in the acquisition display section 16. Here, FIG. 99 shows a setting of "4" as an example. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the currently displayed setting value is hidden.

As shown in FIG. 98, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display information according to the setting confirmation display.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting confirmation display is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that the setting confirmation display is in progress. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 99, a text image saying "setting confirmation in progress" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the text image saying "setting confirmation in progress" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a setting value display pattern that is different from the warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that was emitting light in the setting value display pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition of the setting confirmation display is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify that the setting confirmation display is being displayed. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Settings are being confirmed" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the setting confirmation display is satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is muted.

As shown in FIG. 98, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting confirmation display is met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the end (cancel) condition during the setting change is met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Time chart and animation of communication abnormality error in gaming machine (main control notification TO))
Next, using Figures 100 and 101, we will explain the time chart of a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) and the animation of a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO).

As shown in FIG. 100, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display in response to the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine. The acquisition display unit 16 may also notify the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO).

Also, as shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) conditions of the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, an image notifying that a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, a text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions of the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, the text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

As shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 100, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the user that a communication abnormality error has occurred within the gaming machine. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) are satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

Also, as shown in FIG. 100, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO) is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur due to a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO). However, a freeze stop may also occur due to a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main control notification TO).

(Time chart and animation of abnormal communication error in gaming machine (main stop))
Next, using Figures 102 and 103, a time chart of an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) and an animation of an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met, the acquisition display unit 16 will notify the user that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, the acquisition display unit 16 will display "E8" indicating an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop). Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (main stop) are met, the displayed "E8" will no longer be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 102, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine.

Also, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine are satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that a communication abnormality error has occurred within the gaming machine. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, a text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine are satisfied, the text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine are satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the user that a communication abnormality error has occurred within the gaming machine. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine are satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is muted.

As shown in FIG. 102, when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the freeze stop is released and the machine becomes able to play.

(Time chart and animation of game value reaching error (main stop))
Next, using Figures 104 and 105, a time chart of a game value number reaching error (main stop) and an animation of a game value number reaching error (main stop) will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16 will notify the user that a play value number reaching error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, the acquisition display unit 16 will display "H3" indicating a play value number reaching error (main stop). Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the displayed "H3" will be hidden.

As shown in FIG. 104, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the game value number reaching error (main stop).

Also, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that a play value number reaching error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 105, a text image stating "A play value number reaching error has occurred. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the text image stating "A play value number reaching error has occurred. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify that a play value number reaching error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Play value number reaching error" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is muted.

Also, as shown in FIG. 104, when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number reaching error (main stop) is satisfied, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for playing.

(Time chart and animation of rental device communication no response error (main unit stop))
Next, a time chart of a rental device no-response communication error (main stop) and an animation of a rental device no-response communication error (main stop) will be described with reference to FIGS. 106 and 107. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 106, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device no response communication error (main stop) are met, the acquisition display unit 16 will notify the user that a rental device no response communication error (main stop). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "H2" indicating a rental device no response communication error (main stop). Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device no response communication error (main stop) are met, the displayed "H2" will no longer be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 106, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device no response communication error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no response communication error (main stop) is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the rental device no response communication error (main stop).

Also, as shown in FIG. 106, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are met, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify the user that a rental device communication no-response error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 107, a text image stating "There is a rental device communication abnormality. Please turn the rental device power back on." is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are met, the text image stating "There is a rental device communication abnormality. Please turn the rental device power back on." displayed on the image display device 27 becomes invisible.

Also, as shown in FIG. 106, when the start (occurrence) condition of a rental device no response communication error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of a rental device no response communication error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 106, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device no-response communication error (main stop) are met, a sound is output from speaker 29 to notify the user that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Rental device communication abnormality" are repeatedly output from speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device no-response communication error (main stop) are met, the sound being output from speaker 29 is muted.

As shown in FIG. 106, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device communication no-response error (main stop) are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Time chart and animation of rental device disconnection error (main stop))
Next, a time chart of a rental device unconnected error (main stop) and an animation of a rental device unconnected error (main stop) will be described with reference to FIGS. 108 and 109. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 108, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, the acquisition display unit 16 will notify the user that a rental device unconnected error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, the acquisition display unit 16 will display "H1" indicating a rental device unconnected error (main stop). Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, the displayed "H1" will no longer be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 108, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the rental device unconnected error (main stop).

Also, as shown in FIG. 108, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are satisfied, an image notifying the user that a rental device unconnected error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 109, a text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are satisfied, the text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 108, when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device unconnected error (main stop) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the warning pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 108, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, a sound is output from speaker 29 to notify the user that a rental device unconnected error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Please check the connection to the rental device" are repeatedly output from speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, the sound being output from speaker 29 is muted.

As shown in FIG. 108, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the rental device unconnected error (main stop) are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Time chart and animation of clearing the play value number)
Next, the time chart for clearing the game value number and the animation for clearing the game value number will be explained using Figures 110 to 111.

As shown in FIG. 110, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 111, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the play value number clear. The acquisition display unit 16 may also notify the user that the play value number has been cleared.

Also, as shown in FIG. 110, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 27 due to the play value number clear. In other words, as shown in FIG. 111, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied, no image notifying the play value number clear is displayed on the image display device 27, and the image displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied, an image notifying the play value number clear may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Also, as shown in FIG. 110, when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number clear is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number clear is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 110, when the start (occurrence) condition for clearing the play value number is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the player that the play value owned by the player has been cleared. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "The play value number has been cleared" are output from the speaker 29 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the end (cancellation) condition for clearing the play value number is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 110, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number clear is satisfied. In other words, the freeze stop does not occur as a result of the play value number clear. However, the freeze stop may also occur as a result of the play value number clear.

(Time chart and animation of specific setting value determination)
Next, a time chart for determining specific setting values and animation for determining specific setting values will be described with reference to FIGS. 112 and 113.

As shown in FIG. 112, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 113, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the specific setting value determination. The acquisition display unit 16 may also notify the user of the specific setting value determination.

Also, as shown in FIG. 112, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 27 due to the specific setting value determination. That is, as shown in FIG. 113, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied, no image notifying the specific setting value determination is displayed on the image display device 27, and the image displayed when the setting is changed is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied, an image notifying the specific setting value determination may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Also, as shown in FIG. 112, when the start (occurrence) condition of the specific setting value determination is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 remains off until the end (cancellation) condition of the specific setting value determination is satisfied. In other words, the frame lamp 28 does not light up as a result of the specific setting value determination.

As shown in FIG. 112, when the start (occurrence) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify that the specific setting value has been changed. Specifically, the sound "The setting has been changed to '0'" is output from the speaker 29 in one shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition for the specific setting value determination is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 112, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the specific setting value determination is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the specific setting value determination is satisfied. In other words, the freeze stop does not occur as a result of the specific setting value determination.

(Door open error (main stop) time chart and animation)
Next, a time chart for a door open error (main stop) and an animation for a door open error (main stop) will be explained with reference to Figures 114 and 115.

As shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) condition of a door opening error (main stop) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16 will notify the user that a door opening error (main stop) has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, the acquisition display unit 16 will display "E9" indicating a door opening error (main stop). Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the door opening error (main stop) is satisfied, the displayed "E9" will no longer be displayed.

As shown in FIG. 114, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (main stop) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the door open error (main stop) is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, the instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the door open error (main stop).

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) condition of a door opening error (main stop) is satisfied, an image notifying that a door opening error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 115, a text image saying "Door opening error" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the door opening error is satisfied, the text image saying "Door opening error" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

As shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are met, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a caution pattern that is different from the warning pattern and the setting value display pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are met, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the caution pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the user of a door open error. Specifically, the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Here, when the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output, there is a silent period of approximately "5" seconds between each output of the sound. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the door open error (main stop) are satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

As shown in FIG. 114, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a door open error (main stop) are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Reset start time chart and animation)
Next, a reset start time chart and a reset start animation will be explained with reference to Figures 116 and 117.

As shown in FIG. 116, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 117, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the reset start.

Also, as shown in FIG. 116, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 27 due to the reset start. That is, as shown in FIG. 117, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied, no image notifying the reset start is displayed on the image display device 27, and the image displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied, an image notifying the reset start may be displayed on the image display device 27.

Also, as shown in FIG. 116, when the start (occurrence) conditions of the reset start are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions of the reset start are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the warning pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 116, when the start (occurrence) condition of the reset start is satisfied, a sound notifying the reset start is output from the speaker 29. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "RAM has been cleared" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied.

As shown in FIG. 116, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) a reset start are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Time chart and animation of abnormal communication error in gaming machine (constant monitoring))
Next, the time chart of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the gaming machine will be explained with reference to Fig. 118. The animation of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the gaming machine is the same as the animation of the communication abnormality error (main control notification TO) in the gaming machine (see Fig. 101).

As shown in FIG. 118, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine.

Also, as shown in FIG. 118, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 101, a text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, the text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 118, when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 118, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are met, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify of the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) are met, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

Also, as shown in FIG. 118, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur as a result of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine. However, a freeze stop may also occur as a result of the communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) within the gaming machine.

(Time chart and animation of game value reaching error (constant monitoring))
Next, using Figures 119 to 120, we will explain the time chart of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) and the animation of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring).

As shown in FIG. 119, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 120, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, game period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display in response to the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring).

Also, as shown in FIG. 119, when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that a play value number reaching error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 120, a text image stating "A play value number reaching error has occurred. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the text image stating "A play value number reaching error has occurred. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

As shown in FIG. 119, when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 119, when the start (occurrence) condition of the play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the play value number reaching error. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Play value number reaching error" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the play value number reaching error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

Also, as shown in FIG. 119, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. In other words, the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) will not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring))
Next, a time chart of a rental device no-response communication error (constant monitoring) and an animation of a rental device no-response communication error (constant monitoring) will be described with reference to FIGS. 121 and 122. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 121, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 122, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring).

Also, as shown in FIG. 121, when the start (occurrence) condition of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that a rental device communication no response error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 122, a text image stating "A rental device communication abnormality has occurred. Please turn the rental device power back on." is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of a rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the text image displayed on the image display device 27 stating "A rental device communication abnormality error has occurred. Please turn the rental device power back on." is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 121, when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device no-response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no-response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 121, when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the rental device communication no response error. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Rental device communication abnormality" are repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring) is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 121, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur due to a rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring). However, a freeze stop may also occur due to a rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring).

(Time chart and animation of rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring))
Next, a time chart of a rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring) and an animation of a rental device unconnection error (constant monitoring) will be described with reference to FIGS. 123 and 124. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 123, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 124, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring).

Also, as shown in FIG. 123, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) are met, an image notifying the user that a rental device unconnected error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 124, a text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) are met, the text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 123, when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in a warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 123, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) are met, a sound is output from speaker 29 to notify the user of the rental device unconnected error. Specifically, a "warning siren" and a sound saying "Please check the connection to the rental device" are repeatedly output from speaker 29. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) are met, the sound output from speaker 29 is muted.

Also, as shown in FIG. 123, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur due to a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring). However, a freeze stop may also occur due to a rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring).

(Door open error (constant monitoring) time chart and animation)
Next, a time chart of a door open error (constant monitoring) and an animation of a door open error (constant monitoring) will be described with reference to FIGS. 125 and 126.

As shown in FIG. 125, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 126, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and reel operation display unit 19 do not display anything in response to the door open error (constant monitoring).

As shown in FIG. 125, when the start (occurrence) condition of a door opening error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, an image notifying that a door opening error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 126, a text image saying "Door opening error" is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the door opening error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the text image saying "Door opening error" displayed on the image display device 27 is no longer displayed.

As shown in FIG. 125, when the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the warning pattern is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 125, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error (constant monitoring) are met, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the user that a door open error has occurred. Specifically, the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. Here, when the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output, there is a silent period of approximately "5" seconds between each output of the sound. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the door open error (constant monitoring) are met, the sound output from the speaker 29 is stopped.

Also, as shown in FIG. 125, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the door open error (constant monitoring) is satisfied. In other words, the door open error (constant monitoring) will not cause a freeze stop, and gameplay is possible. Note that the door open error (constant monitoring) may also cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of the stop function)
Next, a time chart of the stop function and animation of the stop display will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function are met, the acquisition display unit 16 notifies the user that the stop function is active. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0," indicating that the stop function is active. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the stop function are met, the entire acquisition display unit 16 goes out, and the displayed "E0" becomes invisible.

As shown in FIG. 127, from the time when the start (activation) condition of the stop function is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the stop function is satisfied, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information in response to the operation of the stop function.

Also, as shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function are met, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that the stop function is activated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 128, a text image is displayed on the image display device 27 stating "Stop function is activated. The upper limit of bonuses that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended." Then, when the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the stop function are met, the text image displayed on the image display device 27 stating "Stop function is activated. The upper limit of bonuses that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended." is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 127, when the start (activation) conditions of the stop function are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the caution pattern lighting mode. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions of the stop function are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the caution pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function are met, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the player that the stop function is active. Specifically, the sound "Stop function is active. Today's play has ended" is output three times from the speaker 29. Here, when the sound "Stop function is active. Today's play has ended" is output three times, there is a silent period of approximately five seconds between each sound output. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the stop function are met, the sound output from the speaker 29 is turned off.

As shown in FIG. 127, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit display are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit display are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes available for play.

(Time chart and animation of counting process completion)
Next, a time chart for the completion of the counting process and an animation for the completion of the counting process will be described with reference to FIGS.

As shown in FIG. 129, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 130, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the completion of the counting process. Note that in FIG. 130, the acquisition display unit 16 displays the awarded value of the game value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display corresponding to the completion of the counting process.

As shown in FIG. 129, the image displayed on the image display device 27 does not change in any particular way from when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 130, the image that was displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied will continue to be displayed as is. Note that in FIG. 130, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

As shown in FIG. 129, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for counting process completion is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for counting process completion is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 does not emit light due to the completion of the counting process. In other words, the light emission mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the same as the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition for counting process completion is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 130, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern for the normal state.

As shown in FIG. 129, when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the completion of the counting process. Specifically, the sound "Counting process has been completed" is output from the speaker 29 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 129, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process completion is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process completion is satisfied. In other words, the completion of the counting process does not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation during counting process)
Next, a time chart during the counting process and animation during the counting process will be described with reference to FIGS. 131 and 132.

As shown in FIG. 131, from the time when the start (generation) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 132, the acquisition display unit 16, instruction information display unit 17, play period display unit 18, and device operation display unit 19 do not display information according to the counting process in progress. Note that in FIG. 132, the acquisition display unit 16 displays the awarded value of the game value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display according to the counting process in progress.

As shown in FIG. 131, the image displayed on the image display device 27 does not change in any particular way from when the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 132, the image that was displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process was satisfied will continue to be displayed as is. Note that in FIG. 132, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

As shown in FIG. 131, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 does not emit light due to the counting process. In other words, the light emission mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the same as the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 132, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern in the normal state.

As shown in FIG. 131, when the start (occurrence) condition of the counting process is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify that the counting process is in progress. Specifically, the sound "Counting process is in progress" is output from the speaker 29 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition of the counting process is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 131, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the counting process is satisfied. In other words, the counting process does not cause a freeze stop. However, the counting process may also cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation before the game value is reached)
Next, with reference to Figures 133 to 134, the time chart before the game value number is reached and the animation before the game value number is reached will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition before the game value number is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 134, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display according to the time before the game value number is reached. Note that in FIG. 134, the acquisition display unit 16 displays the awarded value of the game value, but this is displayed because a win has been established, and is not a display according to the time before the game value number is reached. Also, in FIG. 134, the game period display unit 18 is lit, but this is lit because it is a specific period, and is not a display according to the time before the game value number is reached.

Also, as shown in FIG. 133, when the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 27 to notify that the game value number has not yet been reached. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 134, a text image saying "Please count." is displayed on the image display device 27. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied, the text image saying "Please count." displayed on the image display device 27 becomes non-displayable. Note that in FIG. 134, the image displayed in the AT state is displayed on the image display device 27.

Also, as shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 does not emit light due to the game value number being reached. In other words, the light emission mode of the frame lamp 28 remains the same as the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 134, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern for the AT state.

Also, as shown in FIG. 133, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the play value number is reached is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition before the play value number is reached is satisfied, the speaker 29 does not output any sound due to the time before the play value number is reached. In other words, the speaker 29 is in the output mode before the start (occurrence) condition before the play value number is reached is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 134, background music for the AT state is output from the speaker 29.

Also, as shown in FIG. 133, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition before the game value number is reached is satisfied. In other words, there is no freeze stop due to the game value number not being reached.

(Time chart and animation of game value settlement)
Next, with reference to Figures 135 to 136, a time chart for game value number settlement and animation for game value number settlement will be explained.

As shown in FIG. 135, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 136, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display according to the game value settlement. Note that in FIG. 136, the acquisition display unit 16 displays the awarded value of the game value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display according to the game value settlement. Also, in FIG. 136, the game period display unit 18 is lit, but this is lit because it is a specific period, and is not a display according to the game value settlement.

Also, as shown in FIG. 135, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number settlement is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number settlement is satisfied, the image displayed on the image display device 27 does not change in particular. That is, as shown in FIG. 136, the image that was displayed on the image display device 27 before the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number settlement was satisfied will be displayed as it is. Note that in FIG. 136, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 27.

Also, as shown in FIG. 135, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied, the frame lamp 28 will not emit light due to the game value settlement. In other words, the light emission mode of the frame lamp 28 will remain the same as the light emission mode before the start (occurrence) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied. Note that in FIG. 136, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the light emission pattern in the normal state.

As shown in FIG. 135, when the start (occurrence) condition for the game value settlement is satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 to notify the game value settlement. Specifically, the "settlement sound" is output from the speaker 29 for "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes non-output until the end (cancellation) condition for the game value settlement is satisfied. Note that the volume of the "settlement sound" is always maximum, but it may be adjusted according to the volume adjustment (soft volume) that can be operated by the player or the volume adjustment (hard volume) that can be operated by the gaming store staff.

Also, as shown in FIG. 135, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value settlement is satisfied. In other words, the game value settlement does not cause the game to freeze and stop.

(Time chart and animation for advance notice of termination of service)
Next, a time chart for advance notification of limit and animation for advance notification of limit will be described with reference to FIGS. 137 and 138. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 137, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the pre-limit notification is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the pre-limit notification is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the play period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 138, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the play period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display information corresponding to the pre-limit notification. Note that in FIG. 138, the instruction information display unit 17 displays instruction information, but this is because the game is in the AT state, and is not a display corresponding to the pre-limit notification. Similarly, in FIG. 138, the play period display unit 18 is lit, but this is because the game is in a specific period, and is not a display corresponding to the pre-limit notification.

Also, as shown in FIG. 137, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the pre-limit warning are satisfied, the image display device 27 displays an image of the pre-limit warning, notifying that the value of the pre-limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than "18,500" and that the limit function is about to be activated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 138, the image display device 27 displays a text image saying "The limit function will be activated soon. 18, XXX (current value of the pre-limit MY counter 103ba) / 19,000 (value of the pre-limit MY counter 103ba when the limit function is activated)." Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the pre-limit warning are satisfied, the text image "The limit function will be activated soon. 18, XXX / 19,000" displayed on the image display device 27 is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 137, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit advance warning are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the caution pattern lighting mode. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit advance warning are satisfied, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the caution pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 137, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit advance warning are satisfied, a sound is output from the speaker 29 notifying that the limit function is about to be activated. Specifically, the sound "The limit function will be activated soon" is output from the speaker 29 for one shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit advance warning are satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 137, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the pre-limit warning are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the pre-limit warning are satisfied. In other words, the pre-limit warning does not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of the limit waiting notification)
Next, a time chart of the limit wait notification and animation of the limit wait notification will be described with reference to Figures 139 and 140.

As shown in FIG. 139, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of the limit waiting notification is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the limit waiting notification is satisfied, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 are not controlled. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 140, the acquisition display unit 16, the instruction information display unit 17, the game period display unit 18, and the device operation display unit 19 do not display in response to the limit waiting notification. Note that in FIG. 140, the acquisition display unit 16 displays the awarded value of the game value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display in response to the limit waiting notification. Also, in FIG. 140, the game period display unit 18 is lit, but this is lit because it is a specific period, and is not a display in response to the limit waiting notification. Also, in FIG. 140, the bonus operation display unit 19 is lit, but this is because the current game state is a bonus operation state, and is not a display corresponding to a stop-play waiting notification.

Also, as shown in FIG. 139, when the start (occurrence) conditions of the limit waiting notification are satisfied, the image display device 27 displays an image of the limit waiting notification, notifying the user that the limit function will be activated when the bonus operation state ends. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 140, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "The limit function will be activated soon. Waiting." Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions of the limit waiting notification are satisfied, the text image displayed on the image display device 27 stating "The limit function will be activated soon. Waiting" is hidden.

Also, as shown in FIG. 139, when the conditions for starting (generating) the limit wait notification are met, the frame lamp 28 emits light in the caution pattern lighting mode. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit wait notification are met, the frame lamp 28 that had been emitting light in the caution pattern lighting mode is turned off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 139, when the conditions for starting (generating) the limit waiting notification are met, a sound is output from the speaker 29 notifying the player that the limit function will be activated when the bonus operation state ends. Specifically, the sound "Waiting for limit" is output from the speaker 29 for "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 29 becomes silent until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit waiting notification are met.

Also, as shown in FIG. 139, the main state is uncontrolled from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit wait notification are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the limit wait notification are satisfied. In other words, the limit wait notification does not cause a freeze stop.

(Animation after the stop function is activated)
Next, the animation that occurs after the stop function is activated will be described with reference to FIG.

First, as shown in FIG. 141(A), when the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function are met, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0," indicating that the stop function is activated. In addition, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "Stop function activated. The upper limit of points that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended," and the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs a voice message stating "Stop function activated. Today's play has ended" three times.

At this time, the main state is frozen and stopped, so it is not possible to bet game value by operating the BET button 6 or the MAX BET button 7, but operation of the effect button 25 and the cross key 26 are valid.

Next, as shown in FIG. 141 (B), when the effect button 25 is operated, a menu image is displayed together with an image informing that the play-stop function is activated. Specifically, a text image of "MENU", a text image of "Volume Adjustment", a text image of "Brightness Adjustment", a text image of "Pachilog", a text image of "End", and a cursor image CUR are displayed. In addition, when the menu image is displayed on the image display device 27, a menu sound is output from the speaker 29.

When the left or right button on the cross key 26 is operated, the cursor image CUR is displayed and moves, and when the performance button 25 or the decision button on the cross key 26 is operated, the process corresponding to the item indicated by the cursor image CUR is performed.

Specifically, when the cursor image CUR indicates "volume adjustment," operating the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 makes it possible to adjust the volume of the sound output from the speaker 29. Also, when the cursor image CUR indicates "brightness adjustment," operating the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 makes it possible to adjust the brightness of the frame lamp 28.

Furthermore, when the effect button 25 or the decision button on the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR is indicating "Pachilog", a two-dimensional code containing information for managing the game history in cooperation with a mobile terminal (e.g., a smartphone) can be displayed. Here, the two-dimensional code contains history information such as the number of games played and the value of the game value acquired, as well as mission achievement information such as the determination of a specific winning role or the execution of a specific effect. Note that when the effect button 25 or the decision button on the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR is indicating "End", the menu image is hidden.

Next, as shown in FIG. 141(C), when the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 is operated while the cursor image CUR is indicating "volume adjustment," an image indicating the current volume (a volume of "10" is shown as an example in FIG. 141(C)) is displayed on the image display device 27. At this time, when the left or right button of the cross key 26 is operated, a volume adjustment sound is output from the speaker 29 and the volume of the sound output from the speaker 29 is adjusted, and when the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 is operated, the volume is updated. In other words, it is possible to adjust the volume of the sound output from the speaker 29 even after the freeze stop has occurred due to the activation of the stop function.

Although not shown, when the cursor image CUR indicates "brightness adjustment," operating the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 causes an image showing the current brightness to be displayed on the image display device 27. At this time, operating the up or down button of the cross key 26 causes a brightness adjustment sound to be output from the frame lamp 28 and the brightness of the frame lamp 28 is adjusted, and operating the effect button 25 or the decision button of the cross key 26 updates the brightness. In other words, it is possible to adjust the brightness of the frame lamp 28 even after the freeze stop has occurred due to the operation of the limit function.

In addition, when the effect button 25 is operated while the cursor image CUR is pointing to "Pachilog", a two-dimensional code is displayed on the image display device 27. In other words, it is possible to display a two-dimensional code on the image display device 27 even after the game has been frozen and stopped due to the operation of the stop function. In this way, the operation of the stop function can be used as mission achievement information.

Thus, from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit display are met until the conditions for ending (canceling) the limit display are met, the main state is frozen, but operation of the effect button 25 and operation of the cross key 26 are valid, and processing related to "volume adjustment," "brightness adjustment," and "pachi log" can be executed.

(Animation after clearing the play value number)
Next, using Figure 142, we will explain the animation that occurs after the game value number is cleared.

First, as shown in FIG. 142(A), when the power is OFF and the front door 3 is opened, and the power button 50 is operated while operating the play value number clear button 61, the start (occurrence) condition for the play value number clear and the start (occurrence) condition for the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied. Here, the priority of the play value number clear is "11", and the priority of the door open error (constant monitoring) is "20", so the notification regarding the play value number clear is given priority.

Therefore, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern, a "warning siren" and a voice saying "The game value number has been cleared" are output from the speaker 29 for "1" shot, and the game value display 24 displays "0." Then, when "5" seconds have passed since the game value number was cleared and the end (cancellation) conditions for the game value number clearing are satisfied, the notification regarding the game value number clearing ends.

Next, as shown in FIG. 142 (B), if the front door 3 is open when the termination (cancellation) condition for clearing the game value number is met, a notification regarding the door open error (constant monitoring) will be issued because the termination (cancellation) condition for the door open error (constant monitoring) is not met.

Specifically, an image notifying the user that a door opening error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and a voice message saying "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions of a first event and the start (occurrence) conditions of a second event are met in a overlapping manner, a notification will be issued according to the priority order. Then, after the end (cancellation) condition of one event according to the priority order is met, if the end (cancellation) condition of the other event is not met, a notification will be issued according to the other event.

(Animation after advance notice of ticket limit)
Next, using Figure 143, the animation after the limit advance notification will be explained.

First, in explaining FIG. 143, the explanation will be made on the premise that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba has reached "18,500", thereby satisfying the conditions for starting (generating) the limit advance warning, and an image of the limit advance warning, which informs that the limit function is about to be activated, is displayed on the image display device 27.

As shown in FIG. 143(A), when the start (occurrence) conditions for the pre-limit warning are satisfied, if the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying the user of a door open error is displayed on the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and the voice "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. At this time, the image for the pre-limit warning remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions of the pre-limit warning are satisfied, the image of the pre-limit warning remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the start (occurrence) conditions of other events are satisfied. In this way, it is possible to make the user aware that the activation of the limit function is approaching, even if the start (occurrence) conditions of other events are satisfied.

As shown in FIG. 143(B), when the conditions for starting (occurring) the pre-limit notification are satisfied, if the conditions for displaying the demo image are also satisfied (for example, a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed since the game ended and the game was no longer in play), the demo image will be displayed on the image display device 27. At this time, the image for the pre-limit notification will remain displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the pre-limit notification are satisfied, the pre-limit notification image remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the conditions for displaying the demo image are satisfied. This makes it possible to make the player aware that the limit function is about to be activated even during non-play when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 27.

(Animation after the limit waiting notification)
Next, using Figure 144, the animation that appears after the limit wait notification will be explained.

First, in explaining FIG. 144, the explanation will be made on the premise that when a "bonus" is won, the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit waiting notification are satisfied and an image of the limit waiting notification is displayed on the image display device 27.

As shown in FIG. 144 (A), when the start (occurrence) conditions for the limit wait notification are satisfied, if the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error (constant monitoring) are satisfied, an image notifying the user of a door open error is displayed on the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and the voice "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 29. At this time, the limit wait notification image remains displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) condition of the limit waiting notification is satisfied, the image of the limit waiting notification remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the start (occurrence) condition of another event is satisfied. By doing this, it is possible to make the player aware that the limit function will be activated when the bonus operating state ends, even if the start (occurrence) condition of another event is satisfied.

As shown in FIG. 144(B), when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit waiting notification are satisfied, if the conditions for displaying a demo image are satisfied, a demo image will be displayed on the image display device 27. At this time, when the bonus operation state ends, the image of the limit waiting notification will remain displayed on the image display device 27.

In this way, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the stop waiting notification are satisfied, the image of the stop waiting notification remains displayed on the image display device 27 even if the conditions for displaying the demo image are satisfied. By doing this, even during non-play when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 27, it is possible to notify that the stop function will be activated when the bonus operation state ends.

In addition, in the bonus operating state or AT state, the demo screen may not be displayed on the image display device 27 even if a predetermined time has passed since the game became non-playing. At this time, if an image of a pre-stop notification (a text image saying "The stop function will be activated soon. 18,xxx/19,000") or an image of a stop waiting notification (a text image saying "The stop function will be activated soon. Waiting") is displayed on the image display device 27, the image displayed when the gaming machine 1 remains in the bonus operating state until the power is turned off or the image displayed when the gaming machine remains in the AT state will always be displayed together with the pre-stop notification image or the stop waiting notification image.

(Animation showing the pre-limit warning and activation of the limit function)
Next, using Figure 145, we will explain the animation from the pre-limit notification to the activation of the limit function.

When the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than "18,500" after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit advance warning are met. When this happens, an image of the limit advance warning, which notifies the player that the limit function is about to be activated, is displayed on the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28 lights up in a warning pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs "1" shot of a voice saying "The limit function will be activated soon."

After that, the game continues, and when the value of the limit-time MY counter 103ba is updated as shown in FIG. 145(A), the image of the limit-time advance notification displayed on the image display device 27 is updated. Specifically, the text image "The limit-time function will be activated soon" displayed on the image display device 27 remains unchanged, and is updated to the text image "18,995 (current value of the limit-time MY counter 103ba) / 19,000."

Now, let us say that the current ball output state is the AT state, the start lever 9 is operated, and "middle push order plum PCa" is determined as the winning role. Then, the instruction information display unit 17 displays instruction information corresponding to "middle push order plum PCa", and all of the reels 20 spin. At this time, as shown in FIG. 145(A), an image corresponding to the current ball output state (in FIG. 145(A), an image corresponding to the AT state) is displayed in the performance display area 27a of the image display device 27, and an image informing the operation order of the stop buttons 10 is displayed in the push order display area 27b. Also, background music for the AT state is output from the speaker 29.

As shown in FIG. 145(A), the image of the pre-limit notification is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the push order display area 27b. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the image of the pre-limit notification from interfering with the visibility of the operation order of the notified stop buttons 10 when performing the stop operation of the stop buttons 10.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 145(A), the image of the pre-limit notification is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reel display area 30. By doing this, it is possible to prevent the image of the pre-limit notification from interfering with the timing when performing the stop operation of the stop button 10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 145(B), when the stop button 10 is operated in the operation sequence of the stop button 10 displayed in the push order display area 27b of the image display device 27, a "plum" is won and a game value of "13" is awarded, so the MY counter for limiting 103ba is updated. Then, the image of the advance notification of limiting displayed on the image display device 27 is updated and displayed. Specifically, the numerator of the text image "18,995 (value of MY counter for limiting 103ba before update)/19,000" counts up, and is updated to the text image "19,008 (value of MY counter for limiting 103ba after update)/19,000".

In this embodiment, even if the value of the stop MY counter 103ba exceeds the specified value of "19,000" at which the stop function is activated, the image of the stop advance notification displayed on the image display device 27 is updated and displayed.

When the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a specified value, the updating and displaying of the image of the advance notification of limiting displayed on the image display device 27 may be terminated. In this case, the numerator of the text image "18,995 (value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting before updating)/19,000" counts up, and the text image is updated and displayed as "19,000 (value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting during updating)/19,000", and the updating and displaying ends.

In addition, instead of the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting during the update, a specific text image may be changed and displayed. For example, the text image "18,995 (value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting before the update)/19,000" may be changed and displayed to the text image "MAX," and the update display may end.

Next, as shown in FIG. 145(C), when the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000", the limiting function is activated. Specifically, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0" indicating that the limiting function is activated, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "Limiting function activated. The upper limit of points that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended," the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs a voice message stating "Limiting function activated. Today's play has ended" three times.

(Animation from the time the timer is turned off to when the timer function is activated)
Next, using Figure 146, we will explain the animation from the stop standby notification to the activation of the stop function.

First, as shown in FIG. 146(A), when the value of the capping MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000" in the bonus operation state, an image of the capping waiting notification is displayed on the image display device 27. As shown in FIG. 146(A), an image corresponding to the current ball output state (in FIG. 146(A), an image corresponding to the bonus state during AT) is displayed in the performance display area 27a of the image display device 27. Also, background music for the bonus state during AT is output from the speaker 29.

As shown in FIG. 146(A), the image of the waiting for the limit to be played is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the push order display area 27b. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the image of the waiting for the limit to be played from interfering with the visibility of the operation order of the notified stop button 10 when performing the stop operation of the stop button 10.

Similarly, as shown in FIG. 146(A), the image of the waiting for the reel to be stopped is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reel display area 30. By doing this, it is possible to prevent the image of the waiting for the reel to be stopped from interfering with the timing when performing the stop operation of the stop button 10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 146(B), when the bonus operating state ends, an image notifying the user that the bonus state during the AT has ended is displayed on the image display device 27, and the background music played when the bonus state during the AT ends is output from the speaker 29.

Next, as shown in FIG. 146(C), when the bonus operation state ends, the stop function is activated and a stop display appears. Specifically, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0" indicating that the stop display is on, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "Stop function is active. The upper limit of bonus points that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended," the frame lamp 28 lights up in a caution pattern, and the sound "Stop function is active. Today's play has ended" is output from the speaker 29 repeatedly "3" times.

When the bonus operation state ends, an ending freeze may be executed, which prevents processing by the main control board 100 from proceeding for a predetermined period of time. In this case, the stop function may be activated when the ending freeze is executed, or the stop function may be activated after the ending freeze is executed.

(Second embodiment from pre-stop notification to stop function activation)
Next, a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 147, which covers the process from advance notification of stop to activation of the stop function.

As shown in FIG. 147(A), the gaming machine 1 in the second embodiment does not have an image display device 27, but instead has an upper panel 35, and this upper panel 35 has an explanation display section 35a printed on it. In addition, since the gaming machine 1 in the second embodiment does not have an image display device 27, the winning display section 16 provides advance notification of the end of play and notification of the operation of the end of play function.

(Upper panel 35)
The upper panel 35 is provided at a position where the image display device 27 of the gaming machine 1 in the first embodiment is provided. Specifically, the upper panel 35 is provided in front of the reels 20, and the reel display area 30 is provided transparently. In this way, the symbols arranged on the reels 20 can be visually recognized.

(Explanatory display section 35a)
As shown in Fig. 147 (B), the explanation display section 35a is printed with information about the presence of a limit function, an explanation about the limit advance notification, and an explanation about the operation of the limit function. Specifically, the explanation display section 35a is printed with the following text: "<Limit function installed> L5: 500 or less remaining until limit L4: 400 or less remaining until limit L3: 300 or less remaining until limit L2: 200 or less remaining until limit L1: 100 or less remaining until limit E0: Limit function activated". By providing the explanation display section 35a, the meaning of the display mode of the winning display section 16 can be made understood by the player.

The explanatory display section 35a may be a sticker on which the above-mentioned explanation is printed. In this case, it is attached to the upper panel 35. In this way, the explanatory display section 35a can be attached in any position even after the manufacture of the gaming machine 1 is completed.

Here, when the number of game values granted until the limit function is activated falls to "500" or less, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L5", when the number of game values granted until the limit function is activated falls to "400" or less, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L4", when the number of game values granted until the limit function is activated falls to "300" or less, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L3", when the number of game values granted until the limit function is activated falls to "200" or less, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L2", and when the number of game values granted until the limit function is activated falls to "100" or less, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L1". Also, when the limit function is activated, the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0".

In other words, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is between "18,500" and "18,599", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L5", if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is between "18,600" and "18,699", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L4", and if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is between "18,700" and "18,799", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L3".

In addition, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is between "18,800" and "18,899", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L2", if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is between "18,900" and "18,999", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "L1", and if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "19,000", the acquisition display unit 16 displays "E0".

In this way, by using the acquisition display unit 16 to provide advance warning of the end of the game and notification of the operation of the end of the game function, even gaming machines that do not have an image display device 27 can provide advance warning of the end of the game and notification of the operation of the end of the game function.

In addition, it is desirable that the explanation display unit 35a be provided near the acquisition display unit 16, whether it is printed on the upper panel 35 or attached to the upper panel 35. This makes it easier to view the acquisition display unit 16 and the explanation display unit 35a at the same time, making it easier to recognize the display mode of the acquisition display unit 16.

The hit-and-miss waiting notification may also be made by the acquisition display unit 16. In this case, when the conditions for starting (generating) the hit-and-miss waiting notification are satisfied, the display mode of the acquisition display unit 16 becomes a specific mode (for example, displaying "L-"), thereby making the hit-and-miss waiting notification.

(Third embodiment from pre-notification of stop to activation of stop function)
Next, a third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 148, which covers the process from advance notification of stop to activation of the stop function.

As shown in FIG. 148(A), the gaming machine 1 in the third embodiment is equipped with an explanation display unit 35a and a stop-play indicator 36. In addition, the gaming machine 1 in the third embodiment uses the stop-play indicator 36 to provide advance notification of the stop-play and notification of the operation of the stop-play function.

(End of Cycle Indicator 36)
The limit indicator 36 is made up of a 7-segment LED with 4 digits, and is capable of issuing a limit advance warning and a warning of the operation of the limit function. By providing the limit indicator 36, it is possible to issue a limit advance warning and a warning of the operation of the limit function without being restricted by the display timing of the acquisition display unit 16, as compared to a case in which the acquisition display unit 16 issues a limit advance warning and a warning of the operation of the limit function.

The end-of-game indicator 36 is provided on the lower panel 34, but may also be provided on the upper panel 35. This allows the player to see the end-of-game indicator 36 without dropping his or her eyes.

It is also preferable that the end-of-run indicator 36 is provided near the explanation display section 35a. This makes it easier to see the end-of-run indicator 36 and the explanation display section 35a at the same time, making it easier to recognize the display mode of the end-of-run indicator 36.

As shown in FIG. 148(B), the explanation display section 35a in the third embodiment is printed with information about the inclusion of a limit function, an explanation about advance limit notification, and an explanation about the operation of the limit function. Specifically, the following is printed on the explanation display section 35a: "<Inclusion of limit function> The last "3" digits show the remaining time until the limit is reached. When the limit is reached, the last "2" digits show "E0." "

For example, when the number of game values awarded until the limit function is activated reaches "500", the limit display 36 displays "L500". Also, when the limit function is activated, the limit display 36 displays "E0".

The limit indicator 36 may be used to notify the user of the limit waiting state. In this case, when the conditions for starting (generating) the limit waiting state are met, the display mode of the limit indicator 36 will change to a specific display mode (for example, "L-BB" will be displayed.

(Modifications of the explanation display unit 35a and the limit display 36)
Next, a modified example of the explanation display unit 35a and the limit indicator 36 will be explained with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 149(A), the limit indicator 36 may be a 7-segment LED with a 3 digit number. In this case, the limit indicator 36 will display the number of game values that will be awarded until the limit function is activated. For example, as shown in FIG. 149(A), if the number of game values that will be awarded until the limit function is activated is 500, the limit indicator 36 will display "500." Also, when the limit function is activated, the bottom two digits of the limit indicator 36 will display "E0."

The explanation display section 35a also displays the following text: "<Equipped with a play limit function> Displays the amount of play remaining until the limit is reached. When play is limited, "E0" is displayed in the lowest two digits." This allows the player to be informed in an easy-to-understand manner of the number of play values that can be awarded until the limit function is activated.

In this way, by making the limit indicator 36 a "3" digit indicator, it is possible to reduce manufacturing costs while providing advance warning of limiting and warning of the operation of the limiting function.

Also, as shown in FIG. 149(B), the limit indicator 36 may be a lamp. In this case, the limit indicator 36 lights up and goes out in units of "100" as the number of awarded game values, thereby indicating the number of awarded game values until the limit function is activated. In this way, the control of the limit indicator 36 can be simplified.

The explanation display section 35a also has the following text printed on it: "<Equipped with limit function> ●●●●○ 1 light: 500 remaining until limit ●●●○○ 2 light: 400 remaining until limit ●●○○○ 3 light: 300 remaining until limit ●○○○○ 4 light: 200 remaining until limit ○○○○○ 5 light: 100 remaining until limit ○○○○○ All flashing: Limit has been reached."

Also, as shown in FIG. 149(C), the limit indicator 36 may be a full-color LED capable of emitting multiple colors. In this case, the limit indicator 36 will indicate the number of game values that can be awarded until the limit function is activated by lighting up colors that correspond to the number of awarded game values of "100" as a unit. In this way, the installation space for the limit indicator 36 can be reduced.

The explanation display section 35a also displays the text "<Includes limit function> ○ (white) 500 remaining until limit ○ (blue) 400 remaining until limit ○ (yellow) 300 remaining until limit ○ (green) 200 remaining until limit ○ (red) 100 remaining until limit ○ (orange) Limit."

(List of functions and implementation areas of gaming machine 1)
Next, using Figure 150, we will explain the list of functions and implementation area of the gaming machine 1.

The "◎" in Figure 150 indicates an "implementation area" where a function is implemented, "○" indicates an "implementation possible area" where a function can be implemented, and "×" indicates an "impossible implementation" where a function cannot be implemented.

In FIG. 150, "within the area in use" of the main CPU 101 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using programs stored in the main ROM area in use 102a and the storage area in the main RAM area in use 103a. Also, "outside the area in use" of the main CPU 101 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using programs stored outside the main ROM area in use 102b and the storage area outside the main RAM area in use 103b.

Similarly, "within the use area" of the game value CPU 401 means that the game value CPU 401 performs control using a program stored in the game value ROM use area 402a and a memory area in the game value RAM use area 403a. Also, "outside the use area" of the game value CPU 401 means that the game value CPU 401 performs control using a program stored outside the game value ROM use area 402b and a memory area outside the game value RAM use area 403b.

(No. 1 Function to control game execution)
The "function for controlling game execution" is marked with "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "function for controlling game execution" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "function for controlling game execution" corresponds to, for example, the processing executed by the main loop processing of step S1000.

(No. 2 Game state control)
In the "control of the game state", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "control of the game state" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "control of the game state" corresponds to, for example, the game state setting process in step S12005 and the RAM initialization process at the end of the bonus in step S12017.

(No. 3 Gaming value bet and settlement)
In the "BET and settlement of gaming value", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "betting and settlement of gaming value" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "betting and settlement of gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value management process of step S3000.

(No. 4 Operation of reel 20)
For "operation of the reel 20", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". Also, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "operation of the reel 20" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of the reel 20" corresponds to, for example, the reel spin start preparation process in step S6000 and the reel drive control process in step S15005.

(No. 5 Generation of random numbers for internal lottery)
For "Generation of random numbers for internal lottery", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "generation of random numbers for internal lottery" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "generation of random numbers for internal lottery" corresponds to, for example, the process of generating random numbers by the main random number generator 104.

(No. 6 Operation of condition device)
For "operation of the condition device", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". Also, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "operation of the condition device" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "operation of the condition device" corresponds to, for example, the internal lottery process of step S4000.

(No. 7 Operation of stop button 10)
For "operation of the stop button 10", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "operation of the stop button 10" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of the stop button 10" corresponds to, for example, the processing of step S7001 of the reel spinning processing of step S7000.

(No. 8 Judging the combination of the displayed patterns)
In the "determination of the combination of the displayed symbols", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "determination of the combination of the displayed symbols" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "determination of the combination of the displayed symbols" corresponds to, for example, the display determination process of step S8000.

(No. 9 Award of gaming value due to winning)
In the "awarding of game value due to winning", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "awarding of game value due to winning" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "awarding of game value due to winning" corresponds to, for example, the game value awarding process of step S9000.

(No. 10 Replay, gambling, operation of gambling continuous operation device)
For "replay, gadget, and operation of gadget continuous operation device", the mark is "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, the mark is "x" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, inside the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, "operation of replay, reel, and reel continuous operation device" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of replay, reel, and reel continuous operation device" corresponds to, for example, the process of turning ON the replay operation flag in step S8003, the processes of steps S12002 to S12006, and the processes of steps S12014 to S12015.

(No. 11 Control related to other game execution)
For "other control related to execution of games", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "control related to the execution of other games" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "control related to the execution of other games" corresponds to, for example, the ball output state management process at the time of lever operation in step S5000 and the ball output state management process after all balls stop in step S11000.

(No. 12 Function to control the gaming value indicator 24)
The "function of controlling the game value indicator 24" is marked with "◎" within the usage area of the game value CPU 401 and "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "function to control the game value indicator 24" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "function to control the game value indicator 24" corresponds to, for example, the game value indicator LED data creation process of step S28003.

(No. 13 Electromagnetic recording of gaming value)
In the "electromagnetically record the game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "electromagnetically recording the game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "electromagnetically recording the game value" corresponds to, for example, the game value storage area addition process of step S22503.

(No. 14 Shows the number of play values)
In the "Display the number of play values", the area within the use area of the play value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the play value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "display the game value number" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "display the game value number" corresponds to, for example, the game value indicator LED data display process of step S28004.

(No. 15 Addition of loaned gaming value)
In the "addition of the loaned game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "addition of the loaned game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "addition of the loaned game value" corresponds to, for example, the game value storage area update process of step S22725.

(No. 16 Subtraction of Calculated Gaming Value)
In the "subtraction of the counted game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "subtraction of the counted game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "subtraction of the counted game value" corresponds to, for example, the game value subtraction process of step S28311.

(No. 17 Subtraction of bet value)
In the "subtraction of the bet game value", the area in which the game value CPU 401 is used is marked with "◎", and the area in which the main CPU 101 is used is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the area in which the main CPU 101 is used and the areas outside the area in which the game value CPU 401 is used are marked with "X".

Here, the "subtraction of the bet game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "subtraction of the bet game value" corresponds to, for example, the game value storage area update process of step S22410.

(No. 18 Addition of settled gaming value)
In the "addition of settled game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "addition of settled game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "addition of settled game value" corresponds to, for example, the settlement time game value storage area addition process of step S22304.

(No. 19 Addition of Granted Game Value)
In the "addition of the granted game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "addition of the granted game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "addition of the granted game value" corresponds to, for example, the game value storage area addition process of step S22503.

(No. 20 Initialization of the gaming value by the gaming value number clear button 61)
In the "initialization of the game value by the game value number clear button 61", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "initialization of the game value using the game value number clear button 61" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "initialization of the game value using the game value number clear button 61" corresponds to, for example, the game value number clear process of step S20013.

(No. 21 Function to control communication with the rental device 700)
The "function of controlling communication with the lending device 700" is marked with "◎" within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

The "function of controlling communication with the lending device 700" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of controlling communication with the lending device 700" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine information notification process of step S28400.

(No. 22 VL power supply monitoring)
In the "VL power supply monitoring", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "VL power supply monitoring" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "VL power supply monitoring" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not a VL disconnection with the lending device 700 has been detected in step S21005.

(No. 23 Communication control, communication timer management)
For "communication control, communication timer management", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "communication control, communication timer management" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "communication control, communication timer management" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not a rental device periodic command has been received in step S21001, and the gaming value timer measurement process in step S28006.

(No. 24 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation and transmission)
In the "Generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message", the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information notification process of step S28409.

(No. 25 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation and transmission)
In the "Generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message", the area within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the usage area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification process of step S28406.

(No. 26 Gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message generation and transmission)
In the "Game Machine Information Notification (Hall Control Fraud Monitoring Information) Message Generation/Transmission", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message" corresponds to, for example, the hall control fraud monitoring information notification process of step S28403.

(No. 27 Count notification message generation and transmission)
For "generation and transmission of counting notification messages", the area used by the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the area used by the main CPU 101 and the area used by the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "counting notification message generation and transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "counting notification message generation and transmission" corresponds to, for example, the counting notification message generation and transmission process of step S28312.

(No. 28 Loan notification received)
In the "rental notification reception", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "receiving a loan notification" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that "receiving a loan notification" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not a loan notification has been received in step S22007.

(No. 29 Generating and sending a response message indicating receipt of loan)
For "generating and transmitting a response message of a loan receipt result", the area used by the game value CPU 401 is marked with "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the area used by the main CPU 101 and the area used by the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "generation and transmission of a loan receipt result response message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "generation and transmission of a loan receipt result response message" corresponds to, for example, the loan receipt result response process of step S22729.

(No. 30 Communication control between the main CPU 101 and the gaming value CPU 401)
In the "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 401", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◎". In addition, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 401" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 401" corresponds to, for example, the settlement command transmission process of step S3008 and the settlement command response process of step S22301.

(No. 31 Aggregation of gaming machine performance information)
In the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and the area outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 401 are marked with "◯." Also, the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 401 is marked with "X."

Here, the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information calculation process in step S10200.

(No. 32 Total BETs)
The "total number of BETs" is indicated by "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the usage area of the game value CPU 401 is indicated by "X".

Here, the "total number of bets" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "total number of bets" corresponds to, for example, the addition process of the total number of bets counter for performance information in step S10204.

(No. 33 Total Awards)
The "total number of awards" is indicated by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the "x" is indicated within the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "total number of points given" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "total number of points given" corresponds to, for example, the performance information total number of points given counter addition process in step S10205.

(No. 34 MY)
In "MY", the inside of the usage area of the main CPU 101, the outside of the usage area of the main CPU 101, and the outside of the usage area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◯". Also, the inside of the usage area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "X".

Here, "MY" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that "MY" corresponds to, for example, the MY counter update process for performance information in step S10212.

(No. 35 Total number of bonus items awarded)
The "total number of granted devices" is indicated by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the "x" is indicated within the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "total number of bonus items awarded" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "total number of bonus items awarded" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) bonus item ratio total award addition process of step S10127.

(No. 36 Number of consecutive bonuses)
The "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" is indicated as "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the "x" is indicated within the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) consecutive bonus item total award addition process of step S10126.

Note that the "Total number of BETs" for "No. 32", "Total number of awarded items" for "No. 33", "MY" for "No. 34", "Total number of awarded items" for "No. 35", and "Number of consecutive awarded items" for "No. 36" will be erased when the power to the gaming machine 1 is turned off.

If the gaming machine 1 is powered off immediately before notifying the rental device 700 of any of the "Total number of BETs" (No. 32) through "Number of consecutive bonus items awarded" (No. 36), the messages that have not been notified to the rental device 700 will not be erased even if the gaming machine 1 is powered off. For example, the value of the performance information total BET number counter 103be (No. 32) will be erased when the gaming machine 1 is powered off, but a situation may occur in which the message containing the information on the "Total number of BETs" (No. 32) is not erased.

(No. 37 Role Ratio)
The "gimmick ratio" is indicated as "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the use area of the game value CPU 401 is indicated as "X".

Here, the "role ratio" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "role ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) role ratio setting process of step S10140.

(No. 38 Continuous feature ratio)
The "continuous feature ratio" is indicated as "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the use area of the game value CPU 401 is indicated as "X".

Here, the "successive role ratio" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "successive role ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) consecutive role ratio setting process of step S10139.

(No. 39 Favorable Zone Ratio)
The "advantageous zone ratio" is indicated by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the use area of the game value CPU 401 is indicated by "X".

In this embodiment, the "favorable zone ratio" is not calculated, but if the "favorable zone ratio" is to be calculated, it is preferable to do so outside the operating area of the main CPU 101.

(No. 40 Ratio of indicative features)
The "instruction-included role ratio" is "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the use area of the game value CPU 401 is "X".

Here, the "command-inclusive feature ratio" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "command-inclusive feature ratio" corresponds to, for example, the (cumulative) command-inclusive feature ratio setting process of step S10136.

(No. 41 Ratio of features, etc.)
The "status ratio of the gambling device, etc." is indicated as "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the use area of the game value CPU 401 is indicated as "X".

Here, the "function, etc. state ratio" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. The "function, etc. state ratio" corresponds to, for example, the cumulative function, etc. state ratio calculation process of step S10114.

The accumulated results of the "Ratio of Features" (No. 37), "Ratio of Continuous Features" (No. 38), "Ratio of Advantageous Zone" (No. 39), "Ratio of Features with Instructions" (No. 40), and "Ratio of Features, etc. Status" (No. 41) are always notified by a gaming machine information notification message. Note that, apart from the "Ratio of Features, etc. Status" (No. 37) to "Ratio of Features, etc. Status" (No. 41) for display on the monitor display 44, the "Ratio of Features, etc. Status" (No. 37) to "Ratio of Features, etc. Status" (No. 41) for the period from when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 until the power is cut off may be calculated and notified to the rental device 700.

(No. 42 Number of games played)
The "number of games played" is marked with "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the usage area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "X".

Here, the "number of plays" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "number of plays" corresponds to, for example, the performance information play count counter addition process in step S10202.

(No. 43 Generation of gaming machine installation information)
In "Generation of gaming machine installation information," the areas within the main CPU 101's usage area, outside the main CPU 101's usage area, within the gaming value CPU 401's usage area, and outside the gaming value CPU 401's usage area are all marked "O."

Here, the "generation of gaming machine installation information" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "generation of gaming machine installation information" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17 and the gaming machine installation information generation process in step S20011.

(No. 44 Main control chip ID number of main control board 100)
The "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, the "main control chip ID number" is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process of step S17.

(No. 45 Main control chip manufacturer code of main control board 100)
The "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process of step S17.

(No. 46 Main control chip product code of main control board 100)
In the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 are marked with "◯." Also, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X."

Here, the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process of step S17.

(No. 47 Game value control chip ID number of game value control board 400)
The "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 400" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101.

Here, the "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 48 Game value control chip manufacturer code of game value control board 400)
The "game value control chip maker code of the game value control board 400" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101.

Here, the "game value control chip maker code of the game value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "game value control chip maker code of the game value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 49 Game value control chip product code of game value control board 400)
In the "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 400", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◯". Also, the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101 are marked with "X".

Here, the "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 400" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401 and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 400" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information generation process of step S20011.

(No. 50 Hall computer/fraud monitoring information generation)
For "Generation of hall computer/fraud monitoring information," within the main CPU 101's usage area, outside the main CPU 101's usage area, within the game value CPU 401's usage area, and outside the game value CPU 401's usage area are all marked "O."

Here, "generation of hall computer fraud monitoring information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "generation of hall computer fraud monitoring information" corresponds to, for example, the first fraud information setting process of step S22102.

(No. 51 Game Value Number)
The "number of game values" is indicated by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and within the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, outside the use area of the main control board 100 and outside the use area of the game value control board 400, it is indicated by "X".

Here, the "game value number" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. The "game value number" corresponds to, for example, the hole control fraud monitoring information (game value number) addition process in step S22303.

(No. 52 BET number)
The "BET number" is indicated by "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the "BET number" is indicated by "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "BET number" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "BET number" corresponds to, for example, the hole control fraud monitoring information (BET) update process in step S22407.

(No. 53 Number of Awards)
The "number of awards" is indicated by "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is indicated by "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "number of awards" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. The "number of awards" corresponds to, for example, the hole control fraud monitoring information (number of awards) setting process in step S22507.

(No. 54 First control state of the main control board 100)
In the "first control state of the main control board 100," the inside of the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the outside of the use area of the main CPU 101, the inside of the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the outside of the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X."

Here, the "first control state of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "first control state of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the AT transition control state setting process of step S11405 and the BB transition control state setting process of step S12004.

(No. 55 Second control state of the main control board 100)
In the "second control state of the main control board 100," the inside of the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the outside of the use area of the main CPU 101, the inside of the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the outside of the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X."

Here, the "second control state of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "second control state of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the process of outputting the fifth gaming machine status signal to the seventh gaming machine status signal described with reference to FIG. 81.

(No. 56 Game machine error state)
In the "game machine error state," the area within the main CPU 101's usage area, the area outside the main CPU 101's usage area, the area within the game value CPU 401's usage area, and the area outside the game value CPU 401's usage area are all marked "O."

The "game machine error state" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. The "game machine error state" corresponds to, for example, the processing at the time of a setting change device operation error in step S6 and the processing at step S20004 for an abnormality in communication with the game machine (main control notification TO).

(No. 57 First Fraud Information)
The "first fraud information" is that within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are all "O".

Here, the "first fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "first fraud information" corresponds to, for example, the setting change start command transmission process of step S21, the process of transmitting a setting value confirmation command by the setting key switch check process of step S15012, the first fraud information setting process of step S22102 (bit "1" = ON), and the first fraud information setting process of step S22104 (bit "0" = ON).

(No. 58 Second Fraudulent Information)
The "second fraud information" is that within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are all marked "O".

The "second fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 or the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. The "second fraud information" corresponds to, for example, the main error command transmission process of step S2013, the main error command transmission process of step S15105, and the second fraud information setting process of step S22204 (bit "1" = ON).

(No. 59 Specified Number (IN))
The "prescribed number (IN)" is marked with "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "prescribed number (IN)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. The "prescribed number (IN)" corresponds to, for example, the hole control fraud monitoring information (prescribed number (IN)) setting process in step S3022.

(No. 60 Specified Number (OUT))
The specified number (OUT) is indicated by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and within the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is indicated by "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "prescribed number (OUT)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. The "prescribed number (OUT)" corresponds to the hole control fraud monitoring information (prescribed number (OUT)) setting process in step S8006.

(No. 61 Function to control setting change device)
The "function of controlling the setting change device" is marked with "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "function to control the setting change device" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "function to control the setting change device" corresponds to, for example, the setting value change process of step S100.

(No. 62 Function to transmit information related to the performance to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting information related to effects to peripheral boards" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and within the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

The "function of transmitting information related to the performance to the peripheral boards" is controlled within the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of transmitting information related to the performance to the peripheral boards" corresponds to, for example, the grouping command transmission process of step S5010.

(No. 63 Function to transmit gaming machine information to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting gaming machine information to the peripheral board" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and within the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

The "function of transmitting gaming machine information to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401. Note that the "function of transmitting gaming machine information to the peripheral board" corresponds to, for example, the main error command transmission process of step S2013 and the gaming value error command transmission process of step S28209.

(No. 64 Fraud Monitoring (excluding No. 65, No. 66))
In the "fraudulent monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)," the inside of the use area of the main CPU 101, the outside of the use area of the main CPU 101, and the outside of the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◯." Also, the inside of the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "X."

Here, "fraud monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that "fraud monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" corresponds to, for example, the process of detecting a fraudulent board that fraudulently changes winning combinations or the ball output state.

(No. 65 Monitoring of fraudulent acts related to the awarding of gaming value)
In the "Fraudulent monitoring related to the awarding of game value," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are all marked "O."

Here, it is desirable to monitor for fraudulent acts related to the awarding of game value within the operating area of the main CPU 101, for example fraudulent acts such as changing the value of the game value awarded upon winning (for example, fraudulent acts such as changing the number of game values awarded to "15" when "Plum" wins).

On the other hand, it is desirable to monitor for fraud within the usage area of the game value CPU 401 for fraudulent acts such as fraudulently adding the game value displayed on the game value display 24 (the value of the game value memory area 403aa) instead of adding the game value through the game value memory area addition process of step S22503.

(No. 66 Monitoring of fraudulent activities related to the lending of gaming value)
In the "Fraudulent monitoring related to the lending of game value," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are all marked "O."

Here, "monitoring for fraudulent activities related to the lending of game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. For example, it is desirable to monitor for fraudulent activities that hinder the normal lending of game value through the use of fraudulent boards or fraudulent lending within the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Specifically, in the case of fraudulent activity in which the lending notification processing of step S22700 is performed even though there is no lending notification from the lending device 700 (step S22007 = NO), it is desirable to monitor for fraud within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 401.

(No. 67 Error processing (game stop))
In the "error process (game stop)", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◯". In addition, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "X".

Here, the "error processing (game stop)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "error processing (game stop)" corresponds to, for example, the main stop processing of step S2014.

In the above, we have explained the following as examples: communication abnormality error within the gaming machine (main stop), game value number reached error (main stop), lending device communication no response error (main stop), and door open error (main stop), but this also applies when an abnormality is detected in the main RAM 103 or game value RAM 403.

(No. 68 Error processing (notification only))
In the "Error processing (notification only)", the area within the main CPU 101's usage area, the area outside the main CPU 101's usage area, the area within the game value CPU 401's usage area, and the area outside the game value CPU 401's usage area are all marked "O".

Here, "error processing (notification only)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that "error processing (notification only)" corresponds to, for example, notification before the game value is reached, advance notification of the limit, and notification of waiting for the limit.

(No. 69 Function to control the display of the monitor display 44)
The "function of controlling the display of the monitor display 44" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, the function of controlling the display of the monitor display 44 is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "function to control the display of the monitor display 44" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function to control the display of the monitor display 44" corresponds to, for example, the monitor display control process of S15013.

(No. 70 Function to generate signals necessary for testing gaming machines)
The "function of generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" is marked "O" all within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "function of generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" corresponds to, for example, the test signal output process of step S10004.

(No. 71 MY value aggregation of the stop function)
In the "summary of MY value of the limit function", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 401 are marked with "◯". Also, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 401 is marked with "X".

Here, the "counting of the MY value of the limit function" is controlled outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "counting of the MY value of the limit function" corresponds to, for example, the limit calculation process of step S14100.

(No. 72 Activation process of the stop function (stop game))
In the "operation process of the stop function (stop game)", "◯" is displayed in the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 401. Also, "X" is displayed outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

Here, the "operation process of the stop function (stop gameplay)" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "operation process of the stop function (stop gameplay)" corresponds to, for example, the stop game process of step S14005.

(No. 73 Function to transmit information related to the stop function to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting information related to the stop function to peripheral boards" is marked "O" all within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 401, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 401.

The "function of transmitting information related to the stop function to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 401. Note that the "function of transmitting information related to the stop function to the peripheral board" corresponds to, for example, the stop command transmission process of step S14003.

(Details regarding the allocation of gaming value)
Next, details regarding the awarding of game value will be explained using Figure 151.

The following describes an example of control in which all reels 20 come to a halt, a "Plum" is awarded, and a gaming value of "6" is awarded.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the replay has won using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S8002). At this time, since "Plum" has won, the replay has not won, and so the processing moves to step S8004 (step S8002 = NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a winning combination has been achieved using the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S8004). At this time, since "Plum" has won, the processing proceeds to step S8005 (step S8004 = YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the awarded value of the game value by the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S8005). At this time, the program in the main ROM use area 102a stores "6" in the awarded value memory area 103ag in the main RAM use area 103a.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the grant value is "1" or greater using the program in the main ROM area 102a (step S9001). At this time, since "6" is stored in the grant value storage area 103ag in the main RAM area 103a, the processing proceeds to step S9002 (step S9001 = YES).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 executes a process to send a game value granting command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 by using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S9002). The main CPU 101 then waits until a response is received from the game value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value grant command has been received using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22005). At this time, since the game value grant command has been received as a result of the game value grant command transmission processing in step S9002, the processing transitions to step S22501 (step S22005 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the game value CPU 401 performs game value imparting command response processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22501). At this time, the game value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to the reception of the game value imparting command.

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 performs processing using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a to determine whether or not there has been a response from the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 (step S9003). At this time, since the game value imparting command response processing in step S22501 has been performed and there has been a response from the game value control board 400, the processing moves to step S9005 (step S9003 = YES). The main CPU 101 then waits until it receives a game value imparting completion command from the game value control board 400.

In "No. 2-3", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the awarded value is "0" or not using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22502). At this time, the awarded value of the game value is "6", so the processing proceeds to step S22503 (step S22502 = NO).

In "No. 2-4", the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area addition process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22503). At this time, the program in the game value ROM use area 402a performs a process of adding "1" to the value in the game value storage area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 2-5", the game value CPU 401 performs a process of subtracting the awarded value by the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22504). At this time, the awarded value of the game value is subtracted by "1" from "6" to become "5".

In "No. 2-6", the game value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether the awarded value is "0" or not using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22505). At this time, the awarded value is "5", so the process moves to step S22503 (step S22505 = NO), and the game value memory area addition process in step S22503 and the awarded value subtraction process in step S22504 are repeatedly executed until the awarded value becomes "0".

In "No. 2-7", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to transmit a game value provision completion command by the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22506). At this time, the game value provision completion command is transmitted to the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 300.

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs a process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a to determine whether or not a game value provision completion command has been received (step S9005). At this time, the game value provision completion command has been received due to the game value provision completion command transmission process being performed in step S22506, and therefore provision of the game value is completed (step S9005 = YES).

In "No. 3-1", the sub-CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, the game value imparting command has been received as a result of the game value imparting command transmission process in step S9002, so the process in step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the game value grant command it received. At this time, the information contained in the game value grant command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the game value grant command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, thereby executing the performance when the game value granting command is received.

Similarly, when the sub-CPU 301 receives a game value provision completion command, it performs the processes "No. 3-1" to "No. 3-5" to execute the presentation that would be executed if the game value provision completion command was received.

(Details regarding betting on gaming value)
Next, details regarding betting on gaming value will be described with reference to FIG.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET button 6 has been operated using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S3012). At this time, if the operation of the BET button 6 is detected by the BET switch 6sw, the processing proceeds to step S3013 (step S3012=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 executes a process to transmit a BET command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 by using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S3013). The main CPU 101 then waits until a response is received from the game value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not a BET command has been received using the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22403). At this time, since a BET command has been received as a result of the BET command transmission process in step S3013, the process proceeds to step S22404 (step S22403 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET command response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22404). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to the reception of the BET command.

In "No. 2-3", the game value CPU 401 performs a BET number storage area update process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22409). At this time, the game value CPU 401 updates the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the game value RAM use area 403a according to the value of the game value storage area 403aaa in the game value RAM use area 403a and the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the game value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 2-4", the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area update process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22410). At this time, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to update the value of the game value storage area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S3014). At this time, since there has been a response from the BET command response processing in step S22404, the processing proceeds to step S3016 (step S3014 = YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 executes a process to update the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM area 103a using the program in the main ROM area 102a (step S3016). This completes the bet on the game value.

In "No. 3-1", a process is performed to determine whether the sub-CPU 301 has received a different command (step S31001). At this time, since a BET command has been received as a result of the BET command transmission process in step S3013, the process in step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received BET command. At this time, the information included in the BET command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when a BET command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, thereby executing the performance when a BET command is received.

(Details regarding MAXBET of game value)
Next, details regarding the MAX BET of the gaming value will be explained with reference to FIG.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the MAXBET button 7 has been operated using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S3017). At this time, if the operation of the MAXBET button 7 is detected by the MAXBET switch 7sw, the processing proceeds to step S3018 (step S3017=YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 executes a process to send a MAXBET command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3018). The main CPU 101 then waits until a response is received from the game value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a MAXBET command has been received using the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22405). At this time, since the MAXBET command has been received as a result of the MAXBET command transmission processing in step S3018, the processing proceeds to step S22406 (step S22405 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a MAXBET command response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22406). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 in response to the receipt of the MAXBET command.

In "No. 2-3", the game value CPU 401 performs a BET number storage area update process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22409). At this time, the game value CPU 401 updates the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the game value RAM use area 403a according to the value of the game value storage area 403aaa in the game value RAM use area 403a and the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the game value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 2-4", the game value CPU 401 performs a game value storage area update process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22410). At this time, the game value CPU 401 performs a process to update the value of the game value storage area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400 using the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S3019). At this time, since there has been a response from the MAX BET command response processing in step S22406, the processing proceeds to step S3021 (step S3019 = YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 executes a process to update the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM area 103a using the program in the main ROM area 102a (step S3021). This completes the MAX BET of the game value.

In "No. 3-1", the sub-CPU 301 performs a process to determine whether or not a different command has been received (step S31001). At this time, the MAXBET command has been received as a result of the MAXBET command transmission process in step S3018, so the process in step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received MAXBET command. At this time, the information included in the MAXBET command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when a MAXBET command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. This executes the performance that occurs when a MAXBET command is received.

(Details regarding settlement of gaming value)
Next, details regarding the settlement of gaming value will be explained using Figure 154.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the settlement button 8 has been operated using a program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3006). At this time, if the operation of the settlement button 8 is detected by the settlement switch 8sw, the processing proceeds to step S3007 (step S3006 = YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs processing using the program in the main ROM use area 102a to determine whether the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM use area 103a is "1" or greater. At this time, if the value of the BET counter 103ad is "1" or greater, the process proceeds to step S3008 (step S3007 = YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 executes a process to send settlement commands to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 using a program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S3008). The main CPU 101 then waits until a response is received from the game value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a settlement command has been received using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22003). At this time, since the settlement command has been received as a result of the settlement command transmission processing in step S3008, the processing proceeds to step S22301 (step S22003 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs settlement command response processing using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22301). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 that it has received the settlement command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a gaming value storage area addition process at the time of settlement according to the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22304). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM use area 403a to the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa.

In "No. 2-4", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a BET number storage area clear process according to the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22305). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to clear the value of the BET number storage area 403ac in the gaming value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing using the program in the main ROM use area 102a to determine whether or not there has been a response from the game value control board 400 (step S3009). At this time, since there has been a response from the settlement command response processing in step S22301, the processing proceeds to step S3011 (step S3009 = YES).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 executes a process to update the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM area 103a using the program in the main ROM area 102a (step S3011). This completes the settlement of the gaming value.

In "No. 3-1", a process is performed to determine whether the sub-CPU 301 has received a different command (step S31001). At this time, the settlement command has been received as a result of the settlement command transmission process in step S3008, so the process in step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the settlement command received. At this time, the information included in the settlement command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the settlement command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data, thereby executing the performance when a settlement command is received.

(Details regarding clearing of gaming value RAM 403)
Next, details regarding clearing the game value RAM 403 will be explained using FIG.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the reset button 41 has been operated using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S13). At this time, if the operation of the reset button 41 is detected by the reset switch 41sw, the process proceeds to step S14 (step S13 = YES).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 executes a process to send a reset start command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 using a program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 executes a main RAM clear process using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S15). This clears a specified area of the main RAM 103.

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a reset start command has been received by the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S20006). At this time, since the reset start command has been received as a result of the reset start command transmission processing in step S14, the processing proceeds to step S20007 (step S20006 = YES).

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs game value RAM initialization processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S20007). At this time, predetermined areas of the game value RAM 403 (for example, the game value error information storage area 403ab and the BET number storage area 403ac) are cleared.

Here, the value of the game value memory area 403aa is not initialized in the game value RAM initialization process of step S20007. The initialization of the value of the game value memory area 403aa will be explained using FIG. 156.

In "No. 3-1", a process is performed to determine whether the sub-CPU 301 has received a different command (step S31001). At this time, the reset start command has been received as a result of the reset start command transmission process in step S14, so the process of step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received reset start command. At this time, the information contained in the reset start command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the reset start command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. This results in the performance that occurs when a reset start command is received.

(Details regarding clearing the game value number)
Next, using Figure 156, we will explain the details regarding clearing the gaming value number.

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the game value number clear button 61 has been operated by the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S20012). At this time, if the game value number clear switch 61sw detects operation of the game value number clear button 61, the processing proceeds to step S20013 (step S20012 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the game value CPU 401 performs a game value number clear process using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S20013). At this time, a process is performed to clear the game value storage area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a.

Here, in the game value number clearing process of step S20013, the game value storage area 403aa is cleared, but the other storage areas of the game value RAM 403 are not cleared. As described above, the other storage areas of the game value RAM 403 are cleared in response to receiving a reset start command.

In "No. 2-3", the game value CPU 401 executes a process to send a game value number clear command to the sub-control board 300 according to the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S20014).

In "No. 3-1", a process is performed to determine whether the sub-CPU 301 has received a different command (step S31001). At this time, the game value number clear command has been received due to the game value number clear command transmission process being performed in step S20014, so the process of step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received game value number clear command. At this time, the information included in the game value number clear command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the game value number clear command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. This results in the performance that occurs when a play value number clear command is received.

(Details about the stop function)
Next, the stop function will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the stop flag is ON or not using the program in the main ROM outside area 102b (step S14101). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the stop flag storage area 103bc in the main RAM outside area 103b is OFF (step S14101 = NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs a process in accordance with a program in the outside main ROM area 102b to determine whether the replay operation flag is ON or not by referencing the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af in the main RAM area 103a (step S14102). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the replay operation flag storage area 103af in the main RAM area 103a is OFF (step S14102 = NO).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs a limit MY counter calculation process using the program in the outside main ROM area 102b (step S14103). At this time, the main CPU 101 adds the value in the award value memory area 103ag in the main RAM area 103a to the value of the limit MY counter 103ba in the outside main RAM area 103b, and subtracts the value of the BET counter 103ad in the main RAM area 103a.

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs processing using the program in the main ROM outside area 102b to determine whether the calculation result is a negative value (step S14104). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the calculation result of the limit MY counter calculation processing in step S14103 is "19,000" (step S14104 = NO).

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs a limit MY counter update process using the program in the main ROM outside area 102b (step S14106). At this time, the calculation result of the limit MY counter calculation process in step S14103, "19,000", is set in the limit MY counter 103ba in the main RAM outside area 103b.

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 performs processing using the program in the main ROM outside area 102b to determine whether the value of the limit MY counter is equal to or greater than "19,000" (step S14107). Here, the limit MY counter 103ba in the main RAM outside area 103b has been set to "19,000" by the limit MY counter update processing in step S14106, so the processing proceeds to step S14108 (step S14107 = YES).

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn the stop flag ON using the program in the main ROM outside area 102b (step S14108). At this time, the value of the stop flag storage area 103bc in the main RAM outside area 103b is updated, and the stop flag is turned ON.

In "No. 1-8", the main CPU 101 performs a process in accordance with a program in the main ROM area 102a to determine whether or not the bonus is in operation by referencing the value in the game status memory area 103ak in the main RAM area 103a. At this time, the explanation will continue assuming that the bonus is not in operation (step S14001 = NO).

In "No. 1-9", the main CPU 101, using the program in the main ROM area 102a, performs processing to determine whether the cap flag is ON or not by referencing the value in the cap flag storage area 103bc outside the main RAM area 103b (step S14002). Then, since the cap flag is ON as a result of the processing in step S14108, the processing proceeds to step S14003 (step S14002 = YES).

In "No. 1-10", the main CPU 101 executes a process to send a stop command to the sub-control board 300 and the game value control board 400 using a program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14003).

In "No. 1-11", the main CPU 101 performs a limit notification process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S14004). This causes the acquisition display unit 16 to display "E0".

In "No. 1-12", the main CPU 101 performs a stop process using the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S14005). This activates the stop function, and processing by the main control board 100 does not proceed.

In "No. 3-1", a process is performed to determine whether the sub-CPU 301 has received a different command (step S31001). At this time, the stop command has been received as a result of the stop command transmission process in step S14003, so the process of step S31002 is performed (step S31001 = YES).

In "No. 3-2", the sub-CPU 301 performs a command storage process (step S31002) to store the received stop command. At this time, the information contained in the stop command is stored in the sub-RAM 303.

In "No. 3-3", the sub-CPU 301 performs a sub-effect determination process (step S31101). At this time, the effect to be executed when the stop command is received is determined.

In "No. 3-4", the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp data determination processing (step S31102), sound data determination processing (step S31103), and image data determination processing (step S31104). At this time, the lamp data, sound data, and image data corresponding to the effect determined by the sub-effect determination processing in step S31101 are determined.

In "No. 3-5", the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing (step S30002), lamp control processing (step S30003), and image control processing (step S30004). At this time, the image display device 27, frame lamp 28, and speaker 29 are controlled according to the determined lamp data, sound data, and image data. This executes the performance that occurs when a stop command is received.

When the game value control board 400 receives a stop command from the main control board 100, it may perform an automatic counting process to count the value stored in the game value storage area 403aa. In this way, the game value can be counted automatically without operating the count button 60.

(Details on changing settings)
Next, details regarding setting changes will be described with reference to FIG.

In "No. 1-1", the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the power is off using a program in the main ROM area 102a (step S1). Here, we will continue the explanation assuming that the power is turned on (step S1 = NO).

In "No. 1-2", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key signal has been turned ON using the program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S4). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the setting key switch 43sw is ON and the setting key signal is ON (step S4 = YES).

In "No. 1-3", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the front door 3 is open or not using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S5). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the front door 3 is open (step S5 = YES).

In "No. 1-4", the main CPU 101 performs a main gaming machine installation information command transmission process using the program in the main ROM usage area 102a (step S17). At this time, it reads out the program in the outside main ROM usage area 102b, extracts the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, and stores them in a specified memory area outside the main RAM usage area 103b. Then, in accordance with the program in the main ROM usage area 102a, it references a specified memory area outside the main RAM usage area to generate a gaming machine installation information command and transmits it to the gaming value control board 400. The main CPU 101 then waits until it receives a response from the gaming value control board 400.

In "No. 2-1", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a process to determine whether or not a main gaming machine installation information command has been received by the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S20008). At this time, since the main gaming machine installation information command transmission process in step S17 has been performed and the main gaming machine installation information command has been received, the process proceeds to step S20009 (step S20008 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a main gaming machine installation information message creation process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20009). At this time, the main gaming machine installation information received from the main control board 100 is stored in the gaming machine installation information storage area 403ad in the gaming value RAM usage area 403a, and a response message is created to respond to the reception of the main gaming machine installation information command.

In "No. 2-3", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a main gaming machine installation information command response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S20010). At this time, the gaming value CPU 401 responds to the main control board 100 by returning the created response message, thereby responding to the fact that it has received the main gaming machine installation information command.

In "No. 1-5", the main CPU 101 performs a process using the program in the main ROM use area 102a to determine whether or not there has been a response from the gaming value control board 400 (step S18). At this time, since there has been a response from the main gaming machine installation information command response process in step S20010, the process proceeds to step S20 (step S18 = YES).

In "No. 1-6", the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not it is time to change settings using a program in the main ROM area 102a. Here, we will continue the explanation assuming that it is time to change settings.

In "No. 1-7", the main CPU 101 performs a setting change process using a program in the main ROM use area 102a (step S100). This changes the setting value.

(Details regarding the lending of gaming value)
Next, details regarding the lending of gaming value will be explained using Figure 159.

In "No. 2-1", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental notification has been received from the rental device 700 using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22007). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that a rental notification has been received from the rental device 700 (step S22007 = YES).

In "No. 2-2", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a received data setting process using the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22701). At this time, the serial received data received from the lending device 700 is set in the receiving buffer 403ag in the gaming value RAM use area 403a.

In "No. 2-3", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the rental device communication timer 403af in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0" or not, using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22702). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the rental device communication timer 403af in the game value RAM usage area 403a is not "0" (step S22702 = NO).

In "No. 2-4", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "4" using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22703). Here, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0", so processing of step S22704 is performed (step S22703 = NO).

In "No. 2-5", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0" or "1" using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22704). Here, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0", so processing of step S22705 is performed (step S22704 = YES).

In "No. 2-6", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a receive buffer check process using the program in the gaming value ROM use area 402a (step S22705). At this time, it is checked whether the receive buffer is normal by determining whether the message length is "0x05", which corresponds to a lending notification, and whether the command is "0x13", which corresponds to a lending notification.

In "No. 2-7", the game value CPU 401 performs a receive buffer check process using a program in the game value ROM use area 402a to determine whether the received data is normal (step S22706). Here, we will continue with the explanation assuming that the received data is normal (step S22706 = YES).

In "No. 2-8", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "4" (step S22713). As described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0", so the processing of step S22714 is performed (step S22713 = NO).

In "No. 2-9", the game value CPU 401 performs a reception counter increment process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is incremented to "1". The subroutine for the loan notification process then ends, and the process moves to the next loan notification process. In the next loan notification process, "No. 2-1" to "No. 2-9" are performed, and the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is incremented to "2", and the process moves to the next loan notification process.

In "No. 2-10", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "2" (step S22709). As described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is now "2", so processing of step S22710 is performed (step S22709 = YES).

In "No. 2-11", the game value CPU 401 performs a lending serial number buffer setting process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22710). At this time, the received data is set in the lending serial number buffer 403ai in the game value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-12", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "3" using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22711). Here, as described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "2", so processing of step S22713 is performed (step S22711 = NO).

In "No. 2-13", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "4" using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22713). Here, as described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "2", so processing of step S22714 is performed (step S22713 = NO).

In "No. 2-14", the game value CPU 401 performs a reception counter increment process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is incremented to "3". Then, the subroutine for the lending notification process ends, and the process moves to the next lending notification process.

In "No. 2-15", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "3" (step S22711). As described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is now "3", so processing in step S22712 is performed (step S22711 = YES).

In "No. 2-16", the game value CPU 401 performs lending game value number buffer setting processing according to the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22712). At this time, the received data is set in the lending game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-17", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "4" (step S22713). As described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "3", so the processing of step S22714 is performed (step S22713 = NO).

In "No. 2-18", the game value CPU 401 performs a reception counter increment process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22714). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is incremented to "4". Then, the subroutine for the lending notification processing ends, and the process moves to the next lending notification processing.

In "No. 2-19", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "4" (step S22713). As described above, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a is now "4", so processing of step S22715 is performed (step S22713 = YES).

In "No. 2-20", the game value CPU 401 performs a reception counter initialization process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22715). At this time, the value of the reception counter 403ah in the game value RAM usage area 403a becomes "0".

In "No. 2-21", the game value CPU 401 performs a rental device communication timer initialization process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22716). At this time, the value of the rental device communication timer 403af in the game value RAM usage area 403a becomes the initial value.

In "No. 2-22", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a checksum calculation process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22717). At this time, the checksum is calculated by adding the message length value, the command value, the rental serial number value, and the rental gaming value number value.

In "No. 2-23", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the checksum is normal or not using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a (step S22718). Here, we will continue the explanation assuming that the checksum is normal (step S22718 = YES).

In "No. 2-24", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the loan serial number buffer 403ai in the game value RAM usage area 403a is normal (step S22719). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the loan serial number buffer 403ai in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0", which is normal (step S22719 = YES).

In "No. 2-25", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a is "0" or not, using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22720). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a is not "0" (step S22720 = NO).

In "No. 2-26", the gaming value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the gaming machine information type is other than "0x02" using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22721). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the gaming machine information type is "0x02", which corresponds to a rental notification (step S22721 = NO).

In "No. 2-27", the game value CPU 401 performs processing to determine whether the counted game value number is "1" or not using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22722). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the counted game value number in the count notification of the communication sequence is not notified as "1" or more (step S22722 = NO).

In "No. 2-28", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a to determine whether the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj in the game value RAM usage area 403a is greater than "50" (step S22723). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the loaned game value number buffer 403aj is "47" (step S22723 = NO).

In "No. 2-29", the game value CPU 401 performs processing using the program in the game value ROM use area 402a to determine whether the value of the game value memory area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a is equal to or greater than "15,000" (step S22724). Here, the explanation will continue assuming that the value of the game value memory area 403aa in the game value RAM use area 403a is less than "15,000" (step S22724 = NO).

In "No. 2-30", the game value CPU 401 performs a game value memory area update process using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22725). At this time, the value of the lent game value, "47", is added to the value of the game value memory area 403aa in the game value RAM usage area 403a.

In "No. 2-31", the game value CPU 401 performs a process of setting the loan receipt result response to "normal" by the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22726). At this time, the loaned game value number receipt result in the loan receipt result response becomes "0x00".

In "No. 2-32", the game value CPU 401 performs a process of adding the hall control fraud monitoring information (number of game values) by using the program in the game value ROM usage area 402a (step S22727). At this time, the value of the lent game value is added to the value of the "number of game values" in the hall control fraud monitoring information.

In "No. 2-33", the gaming value CPU 401 performs a lending receipt result response process using the program in the gaming value ROM usage area 402a (step S22729). At this time, the lending receipt result is responded to the lending device 700. This completes the lending of the gaming value.

(Block diagram of the fourth embodiment)
Next, a block diagram of the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

In each of the above-described embodiments, a main control board 100 and a game value control board 400 are provided, and the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400 control the game and the game value of the gaming machine 1. However, the fourth embodiment differs in that the processing performed by the game value control board 400 is performed by the main control board 100.

As shown in FIG. 160, the status board 500 is connected to a game value display 24, a counting switch 60sw that detects the operation of the counting button 60, a game value number clear switch 61sw that detects the operation of the game value number clear button 61, and a lending device connection terminal board 62 for connecting to the lending device 700.

In addition, when the processing performed by the game value control board 400 is performed by the main control board 100, the "function of controlling the game value display 24" of "No. 12" explained using Figure 150 will be controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101.

Specifically, the "electromagnetic recording of game value" in "No. 13", "display of the number of game values" in "No. 14", "addition of loaned game value" in "No. 15", "subtraction of counted game value" in "No. 16", "subtraction of bet game value" in "No. 17", "addition of settled game value" in "No. 18", "addition of granted game value" in "No. 19", and "initialization of game value using game value number clear button 61" in "No. 20" explained using FIG. 150 are controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101.

Similarly, the "function of controlling communication with the rental device 700" of "No. 21" described using FIG. 150 will also be controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101.

Specifically, the "VL power supply monitoring" (No. 22), "communication control, communication timer management processing" (No. 23), "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message" (No. 24), "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message" (No. 25), "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message" (No. 26), "generation and transmission of counting notification message" (No. 27), "reception of loan notification" (No. 28), and "generation and transmission of loan receipt result response message" (No. 29) described using FIG. 150 are controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101.

By doing this, the processing performed by the game value control board 400 can be performed by the main control board 100, eliminating the need to provide a game value control board 400, thereby reducing the manufacturing costs of the gaming machine 1.

Fifth Embodiment
Next, the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Main Loop Processing in the Fifth Embodiment)
First, the main loop process in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

The following describes the differences from the main loop process described with reference to FIG. 23. Specifically, when the display determination process in step S8000 is completed, the post-all-stop error check process in step S8500 is performed.

(Step S8500)
In step S8500, the main CPU 101 performs a post-full-stop error check process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 162. Then, when the process of step S8500 ends, the process proceeds to step S9000.

(Error check process after complete stop)
Next, the post-full-stop error check processing performed in step S8500 of the main loop processing in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S8501)
In step S8501, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the error is an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not the error is an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the game machine by the process of step S15101, and whether or not information on the internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the game machine is stored in the main error information storage area 103zb by the internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) process of step S15102. Then, if it is determined that the error is an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the game machine (YES in step S8501), the process proceeds to step S8502. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error is not an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) in the game machine (NO in step S8501), the process proceeds to step S8503.

(Step S8502)
In step S8502, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting the in-game machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting the information on the in-game machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb to an in-game machine communication abnormality error (main stop) and storing it. Then, when the process of step S8502 ends, the process proceeds to step S8509.

(Step S8503)
In step S8503, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error command having information on a game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) has been received from the game value control board 400. Then, if it is determined that a game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) has occurred (step S8503=YES), the process proceeds to step S8504. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) has not occurred (step S8503=NO), the process proceeds to step S8505.

(Step S8504)
In step S8504, the main CPU 101 performs a game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) rewrite process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting information on the game value number arrival error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb to a game value number arrival error (main stop) and storing it. Then, when the process of step S8504 ends, the process proceeds to step S8509.

(Step S8505)
In step S8505, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it is a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has received a game value error command having information on a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) from the game value control board 400. Then, if it is determined that it is a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) (step S8505=YES), the process proceeds to step S8506. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not a rental device communication no-response error (constant monitoring) (step S8505=NO), the process proceeds to step S8507.

(Step S8506)
In step S8506, the main CPU 101 performs a rental device no-response error (constant monitoring) rewrite process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting the information about the rental device no-response error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb to a rental device no-response error (main stop) and storing it. Then, when the process of step S8506 ends, the process proceeds to step S8509.

(Step S8507)
In step S8507, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it is a lending device unconnected error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether or not it has received a game value error command having information on a lending device unconnected error (constant monitoring) from the game value control board 400. Then, if it is determined that it is a lending device unconnected error (constant monitoring) (step S8507=YES), the process proceeds to step S8508. On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not a lending device unconnected error (constant monitoring) (step S8507=NO), the subroutine of the error check process after all stops is terminated.

(Step S8508)
In step S8508, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring). Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of rewriting the information about the rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring) stored in the main error information storage area 103zb to a rental device unconnected error (main stop) and storing it. Then, when the process of step S8508 ends, the process proceeds to step S8509.

(Step S8509)
In step S8509, the main CPU 101 performs a main stop process. Specifically, since the main error information storage area 103zb stores information on an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine (main stop), an error in which the number of play values has been reached (main stop), a no-response error in communication with the lending device (main stop), or an unconnected error in communication with the lending device (main stop), the main control board 100 does not proceed with the process until the termination (cancellation) condition of each error is satisfied. Then, when the process of step S8509 is completed, the process proceeds to step S8510.

Here, in the fifth embodiment, when the main stop process is performed, processing by the main control board 100 does not proceed until the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied. For this reason, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is not updated until the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied. Then, when the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied, processing by the main control board 100 proceeds, and the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is updated.

(Step S8510)
In step S8510, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the error has been cleared. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to determine whether the above-mentioned error termination (clearance) condition stored in the main error information storage area 103zb has been satisfied. If it is determined that the error has been cleared (step S8510=YES), the subroutine of the error check process after full stop is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error has not been cleared (step S8510=NO), the process proceeds to step S8509.

(Timing chart in the fifth embodiment)
Next, a timing chart in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

Timing Ta is the timing at which a pre-limit notification is given. Specifically, this is the timing when a win is achieved and the value of the limit MY counter 103ba becomes equal to or greater than "18,500". At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "The limit function will be activated soon. 18,500 (current value of the limit MY counter 103ba) / 19,000". In addition, the frame lamp 28 lights up in a "warning pattern", and the speaker 29 outputs a voice message stating "The limit function will be activated soon."

Timing Tb is the timing when the start lever 9 is operated. When the start lever 9 is operated, the start switch 9sw is turned ON. When the start switch 9sw is turned ON, the reels 20 start to rotate, and the operation of the stop button 10 becomes effective.

Timing Tc is the timing at which an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is detected in the gaming machine. Here, as shown in FIG. 163, even if an internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is detected, the reels 20 continue to spin and the operation of the stop button 10 remains valid. Also, the text image "The play-stop function will be activated soon. 18,500/19,000" continues to be displayed on the image display device 27.

Timing Td is the timing when the left stop button 11 is operated. When the left stop button 11 is operated, the left stop switch 11sw is turned ON. When the left stop switch 11sw is turned ON, the left reel 21 stops spinning.

Timing Te is the timing when the center stop button 12 is operated. When the center stop button 12 is operated, the center stop switch 12sw is turned ON. When the center stop switch 12sw is turned ON, the rotation of the center reel 22 is stopped.

Timing Tf is the timing when the right stop button 13 is operated. When the right stop button 13 is operated, the right stop switch 13sw is turned ON. When the right stop switch 13sw is turned ON, the rotation of the right reel 23 is stopped.

Here, after timing Tf, the post-all-stop error check process of step S8500 is performed. Specifically, since an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (continuous monitoring) is detected at timing Tc (step S8501 = YES), the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (continuous monitoring) rewrite process of step S8502 is performed.

Timing Tg is the timing at which the main state becomes main stop. Specifically, after the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) rewrite process is performed in step S8502, the main stop process is performed in step S8509. As a result, the main state changes from "uncontrolled" to "main stop", and processing by the main control board 100 will not proceed until the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) are satisfied.

Timing Th is the timing at which the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is released. Specifically, when the termination (release) condition for the communication abnormality error (main stop) within the gaming machine is satisfied (step S8510 = YES), the main state changes from "main stop" to "uncontrolled."

Note that in FIG. 163, an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error (constant monitoring) is explained as an example, but the same applies to a game value number reached error (constant monitoring), a lending device communication no response error (constant monitoring), and a lending device unconnected error (constant monitoring). In other words, even if these errors are detected while the reel 20 is spinning, the reel 20 will continue to spin, and operation of the stop button 10 will remain valid. Also, the image display device 27 will continue to display a text image stating "The play-stop function will be activated soon. 18,500 (current value of the play-stop MY counter 103ba) / 19,000."

Then, after all the reels 20 have stopped, the main state becomes "main stop" and processing by the main control board 100 does not proceed until the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied, so the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is not updated until the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied. Then, when the termination (removal) conditions of each error are satisfied, processing by the main control board 100 proceeds and the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba is updated.

(Animation in the fifth embodiment)
Next, animation in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 164 (A) shows an animation when the conditions for starting (occurring) the limit advance warning are met. Specifically, this is the timing Ta in Figure 163. At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image stating "The limit function will be activated soon. 18,500/19,000." In addition, the frame lamp 28 emits light in a caution pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs one shot of audio stating "The limit function will be activated soon." After that, as shown in Figure 164 (A), the background music that is output when the vehicle is in the AT state is output from the speaker 29.

Figure 164 (B) shows an animation when the conditions for starting (occurring) the pre-limit notification are met. Specifically, this is the timing Tc in Figure 163. At this time, the image display device 27 displays a text image saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant.", but the text image saying "The limit function will be activated soon. 18,500/19,000" remains displayed. In addition, the reel 20 continues to spin, and the operation of the stop button 10 remains valid. As shown in Figure 164 (B), the frame lamp 28 emits light in a warning pattern, and the speaker 29 outputs a warning siren and a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board."

Figure 164 (C) shows the timing when the main state changes from "uncontrolled" to "main stopped." Specifically, this is the timing Tg in Figure 163. At this time, the image display device 27 still displays the text image "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board. Please call an attendant" and the text image "The limit function will be activated shortly. 18,500/19,000."

As shown in FIG. 164 (C), the acquisition display unit 16 will display "E8," the frame lamp 28 will emit a warning pattern, and the speaker 29 will output a warning siren and a voice message saying, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board."

(Other inventions of gaming machine 1)
Other aspects of the gaming machine 1 described above will be described below.

The gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when the notification that the number of play values has been cleared is different from the time when the notification regarding the setting being changed is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time when the notification that the game value number has been cleared is different from the time when the notification regarding the setting confirmation display is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which an "internal gaming machine communication error (main control notification TO)" is notified, the time at which an "internal gaming machine communication error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which an "internal gaming machine communication error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "play value number clear" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "rental device communication no response error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "rental device communication no response error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "play value number cleared" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "play value count cleared" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "door open error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "door open error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "play value count cleared" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when the "reset start" notification is made is different from the time when the "play value number clear" notification is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "play value number cleared" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "settings being changed" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time at which a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time at which a "setting confirmation display in progress" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" is notified, the time when a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when a "stop function" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when a "door open error (main stop)" is notified, the time when a "door open error (constant monitoring)" is notified, and the time when a "stop function" is notified are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when the "stop function" is activated is different from the time when the "play value number clear" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time when the "stop function" is activated is different from the time when the "play value settlement" is notified.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error" can be detected at multiple times. Specifically, there is a time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main control notification TO)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S20003 is performed), a time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S2002 is performed), and a time when the "gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S15101 is performed).

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is capable of detecting a "rental device no response communication error" at multiple times. Specifically, there is a time when a "rental device no response communication error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, when the processing of step S21002 is performed) and a time when a "rental device no response communication error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, when the processing of step S28306 is performed).

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, the "rental device unconnected error" can be detected at multiple times. Specifically, there is a time when the "rental device unconnected error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S21005 is performed) and a time when the "rental device unconnected error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S28204 is performed).

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, a "door open error" can be detected at multiple times. Specifically, there is a time when a "door open error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S2011 is performed) and a time when a "door open error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S15103 is performed).

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, a "play value number reaching error" can be detected at multiple times. Specifically, there is a time when a "play value number reaching error (main stop)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S22510 is performed) and a time when a "play value number reaching error (constant monitoring)" can be detected (for example, the time when the processing of step S28201 is performed).

When the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a specific value (for example, "19,000") during a specific game (for example, AT state), the gaming machine 1 issues a notification regarding the limiting function in a first notification mode (for example, the notification mode of FIG. 146 (C)), and when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a specific value during a special game (for example, bonus activation state), the gaming machine 1 issues a notification in a second notification mode (for example, the notification mode of FIG. 146 (A)) and then in the first notification mode.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the timing at which the game value display 24 starts to update is different between when game value is granted by lending game value or winning a prize and when the game value number is cleared. Specifically, when the game value number is cleared, the game value display 24 can update without communication between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400, so there is less time lag than when game value is granted by lending game value or winning a prize.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the timing at which the game value display 24 starts to update is different between when the game value is bet by operating the BET button 6 or the MAXBET button 7 and when the game value number is cleared. Specifically, when the game value number is cleared, the game value display 24 can update and display without communication between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 400, so there is less time lag than when the game value is bet by operating the BET button 6 or the MAXBET button 7.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 can simultaneously notify one event (e.g., before a game value number is reached) and another event (e.g., advance notification of a game limit). In this way, appropriate notifications can be made according to the progress of the game.

In addition, the counting button 60 of the gaming machine 1 cannot be shared with other devices. This makes it possible to prevent the gaming value from being counted erroneously.

The gaming machine 1 is also capable of counting the gaming value at any time while play is possible. On the other hand, if the count button 60 is operated while play is not possible, there is a risk that information related to the counted gaming value will be lost, so counting the gaming value is not possible.

The communication method between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 700 is asynchronous serial communication, with the character transmission time being between 0.16 ms and 3.9 ms. To explain the character communication conditions, the 1 byte of data communicated has a start bit and a stop bit, and if the rental device 700 does not receive the next start bit within 0.9 ms from the start of reception of the start bit, it will consider it to be one telegram.

The gaming machine 1 also transmits information regarding an error that will cause play to stop (for example, a door open error (main stop)) to the lending device 700. In this case, when the unit board 710 of the lending device 700 receives information regarding an error that will cause play to stop, the deposit of money and the lending of game value are restricted. In this way, since the deposit of money and the lending of game value are restricted when an error that will cause play to stop occurs, it is possible to prevent unnecessary processing when money is deposited or processing to lend game value.

In addition, when a winning prize is awarded and the limiting function is activated, the gaming machine 1 will not activate the limiting function until the awarding of the game value due to the winning prize has been completed. This prevents the limiting function from being activated while the game value is being awarded, which makes it possible to prevent the player from becoming dissatisfied.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is a predetermined value (for example, "18,999"), if a game value of "3" is bet and a predetermined winning role (for example, "plum in left push order") is won and "plum" is won, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba will become "18,999 (the value of the limit MY counter 103ba before the update)" - "3 (the value of the game value bet)" + "6 (the value of the game value awarded as a result of winning)" = "19,002", and the limit function will be activated. On the other hand, when a game value of "3" is bet and a specific winning combination (for example, "plum in the middle press order" or "plum in the right press order") is won and "plum" is won, the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba becomes "18,999 (value of the limiting MY counter 103ba before update)" - "3 (value of the game value bet)" + "13 (value of the game value awarded by the winning combination)" = "19,009". In this way, when a player wins a specific winning combination, for example, by operating the stop button 10 in a different order from the operation order of the notified stop button 10, the player does not intentionally win the combination, and by extending the operation of the limiting function until the specific winning combination is won, it is possible to provide the player with a gameplay that allows him or her to obtain as much game value as possible when the limiting function is activated.

In addition, even when the game-stopping function is activated, the gaming machine 1 continues to calculate the information to be displayed on the monitor display 44. Specifically, the calculation of the information to be displayed on the monitor display 44 continues, but the freeze stop makes it impossible to continue playing. Note that the calculation of the information to be displayed on the monitor display 44 may not be continued and it may be impossible to continue playing, or the calculation of the information to be displayed on the monitor display 44 may not be continued and it may be possible to continue playing.

In addition, when the stop function is activated, the gaming machine 1 is designed not to display the demo screen. This prevents the player from misunderstanding that the gaming machine 1 is playable.

The gaming machine 1 is also capable of detecting fraudulent behavior even after a freeze stop has been caused by the operation of a stop function or the like. For example, a sensor that detects radio waves can be provided, and processing for detecting radio waves can be executed even after a freeze stop has been caused by the operation of a stop function or the like. In this way, it becomes possible to detect fraudulent behavior even after a freeze stop has been caused by the operation of a stop function or the like.

In addition, even after the stop function is activated, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that communication between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 400 continues. This allows the main control board 100 to execute specific processes (e.g., a process for displaying a setting confirmation) and the gaming value control board 400 to execute specific processes (e.g., a process for notifying the rental device 700 of gaming machine information) even after the stop function is activated.

In addition, in the gaming machine 1, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches "19,000" in a special game (for example, in a bonus operating state), the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is not updated in subsequent games until the special game ends. For example, in a bonus operating state, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is "18,999", if a "plum" is won and a game value of "13" is awarded, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting counts up to "19,009" and then the limit flag is turned ON. Then, in subsequent games, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is not updated. In this way, the processing load after the start (operation) condition of the limit function is satisfied in the bonus operating state can be reduced.

(Modifications of Gaming Machine 1)
Modifications of the gaming machine 1 will be described below.

When the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") in a specific game (e.g., in the AT state), the notification manner of the remaining time available for the specific game may be changed (e.g., displaying "Continue until limiting" on the image display device 27) according to the remaining time available for the specific game (e.g., the game value awarded in the AT state is "500" or more). By doing so, for example, when the operation of the limiting function has been confirmed and the remaining time available for the specific game becomes long, it is possible to reduce the dissatisfaction of the player.

In addition, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") during a specific game (e.g., AT state), the specific game may be continued until the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"). In this way, when the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a predetermined value, the specific game will continue until the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting reaches a specific value, thereby reducing the player's dissatisfaction caused by the game ending due to the operation of the limiting function.

In addition, in this embodiment, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is referenced to prevent a lottery for the instruction function from being drawn. However, if the result of the judgment between the value of the limit MY counter 103ba and a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") in a specific game (e.g., in an AT state) is a specific result (the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is "18,500" or more), the additional lottery may be favored (e.g., the probability of an additional lottery may be reduced, or an additional lottery may not be drawn). In this way, it is possible to prevent the playable period in a specific game from being unnecessarily extended in games after the above judgment result is a specific result.

Here, during a period when the add-on lottery is not favored, a bonus may be given to the player when the add-on lottery is won. For example, it may be possible to execute a setting value suggestion effect that suggests the setting value (e.g., an effect that notifies that the setting is an even number, or an effect that notifies that the setting is an odd number), or a setting value notification effect that notifies that the setting value (e.g., an effect that notifies that the setting is "6"). In this way, it is possible to reduce the dissatisfaction of the player even if the add-on lottery is won during a period when the add-on lottery is not favored.

In addition, if the value of the difference counter 103ax is close to reaching "2,400" (for example, the value of the difference counter 103ax is "2,000" or more), the addition lottery in the specific game (for example, AT state) may be discouraged even before the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"). In this way, it is possible to prevent the playable period in the specific game from being unnecessarily added on when the specific period is about to transition to a non-specific period.

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (e.g., 18,500 or more), the lottery for transition to an advantageous state (e.g., an added state, a pseudo bonus) may be disfavored. In this way, it is possible to prevent unnecessary transitions to an advantageous state.

In addition, in a specific game (e.g., in an AT state), when the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (e.g., 18,500 or more), even if the player wins the additional lottery, the player may not be notified immediately, but may be notified after the notified period (e.g., the period displayed on the image display device 27) during which the specific game (e.g., in an AT state) is playable becomes "0". In this way, the period during which the specific game can be played can be notified in an appropriate manner.

In addition, in a specific game (e.g., in an AT state), if the result of a judgment between the value of the cap MY counter 103ba and a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") results in a specific result (the value of the cap MY counter 103ba is "18,500" or more), the notification of the additional amount may be restricted. By doing this, even if the playable period in a specific game is unnecessarily extended, it becomes difficult for the player to recognize that they have won the additional amount lottery, thereby reducing player dissatisfaction.

In addition, in a specific game (e.g., in an AT state), if the value of the game value owned by the player reaches a first value (e.g., the value of the game value memory area 403aa is "15,000"), an additional notification effect can be executed, but if the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches a second value (e.g., "18,500"), the additional effect may not be executed. In this way, even if the playable period in a specific game is unnecessarily extended, it is impossible for the player to recognize that he or she has won the additional lottery, thereby reducing dissatisfaction among the player.

The gaming machine 1 may also be configured to use different notification modes for the "pre-reach notification" given when the value of the game value storage area 403aa reaches "15,000" and the "pre-reach notification" given when the value of the game value storage area 403aa falls below "15,000" and the value of the game value storage area 403aa reaches "15,000" again. For example, the size of the text image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 27 may be smaller for the "second" "pre-reach notification" than for the "first" "pre-reach notification." This can prevent persistent notifications to the player.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 may continue to perform the "pre-reach notification" even if the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes less than "15,000" after the value of the gaming value storage area 403aa becomes "15,000". This eliminates the need for control to switch between displaying and not displaying the text image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 27, thereby reducing the processing load on the sub-control board 300.

If the remaining time available for staying in a specific game (e.g., AT state) meets a predetermined condition (e.g., the remaining game value awarded for staying in the AT state ≧ "19,000" which is the activation condition for the limit function - MY counter 103ba for limit), the notification mode is changed (e.g., changing the text image of "500 remaining" displayed on the image display device 27 to a text image of "Limit confirmed"), whereas if the remaining time available for staying in a specific game does not meet the predetermined condition, the notification mode may not be changed. In this way, the change in the notification mode can make the player aware that he or she can stay in a specific game until the limit function is activated.

In this case, it is desirable not to change the notification mode after the notification mode of the remaining time available for staying in a specific game has changed. Specifically, after the notification mode of the remaining time available for staying in a specific game has changed, the notification mode is not changed even if the specified conditions are met again. In this way, it is possible to prevent the player from misunderstanding that, after the notification mode has changed, it is no longer possible to stay in a specific game until the end-of-game function is activated.

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"), a limit advance notification is given, but it may also be given before the limit advance notification. In this case, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,000", a limit advance notification can be given in a first notification mode, and when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,500", a limit advance notification can be given in a second notification mode. This makes it easier for the player to recognize the limit advance notification.

The settlement button 8 may also be shared with other devices (e.g., the BET button 6 and the MAX BET button 7). In this case, the settlement of the bet game value may be performed when the operation of the other device continues for a predetermined time (e.g., 1 second) or more. In this way, there is no need to provide the settlement button 8, and the number of parts in the gaming machine 1 can be reduced.

The gaming value display 24 may also be capable of displaying error information of the gaming machine 1. In this case, the error information is displayed only when progress in the game (including lending of gaming value and counting of gaming value) is impossible, and the display of the gaming value and the error information are switched every predetermined time (e.g., 2 seconds). In particular, it is desirable that the display of the error information is not mistaken, or is difficult to mistake, for the display of the gaming value owned by the player (e.g., the error information is displayed with the upper digits justified and the lower digits left blank).

In addition, when the value of the game value owned by the player is displayed on the game value display 24, the value of the game value owned by the player may be displayed with priority over error information of the gaming machine 1. Then, the game value is counted by operating the count button 60, and after the counting of the game value is completed, information such as the operation of a stop function may be notified on the game value display 24.

In addition, the notification of the operation of the stop function, the advance notification of the stop, and the stop waiting notification are performed using the image display device 27, the frame lamp 28, and the speaker 29, but the gaming machine 1 may be equipped with a gimmick (presentation device) and this gimmick (presentation device) may be used to notify the operation of the stop function, the advance notification of the stop, and the stop waiting notification.

The notification of the clearing of the play value number and the notification of a reset start may also be made by a gimmick (presentation device). Specifically, when the sub-CPU 301 receives a play value number clear command from the play value control board 400, it makes the notification by operating the gimmick (presentation device), and when it receives a reset start command from the main control board 100, it makes the notification by operating the gimmick (presentation device). In this case, the operation mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying the clearing of the play value number and the operation mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying the reset start may be the same operation mode or different operation modes.

In addition, the condition for starting (activating) the limit function is that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is equal to or greater than "19,000", but this is not limited to this, and it may be that the difference in game value is equal to "19,000", for example.

The game value control board 400 may also be provided with a display capable of displaying a specified event. For example, when the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function are met, this display will be used to notify the operation of the stop function.

Also, an image may be displayed on the image display device 27 to inform the player that the game has a limit-play function. In this case, it is desirable that the image informing the player that the game has a limit-play function is always displayed, and it is particularly desirable that the image be displayed even on a demo screen. In this way, the player can be informed that the game has a limit-play function even when not playing.

Also, in cases where the AT state is managed by the number of sets (for example, "1" set, "30" games) rather than the number of games, when the start (activation) conditions of the stop function are satisfied, the AT state may be continued until "1" set is played, and the stop function may be activated when "1" set is played. For example, when the start (activation) conditions of the stop function are satisfied, if the number of remaining games in "1" set is "15" games, the AT state may be continued until "15" games have been played, and the stop function may be activated when "1" set is played (when the remaining "15" games have been played). In this way, the player will not feel uncomfortable as the stop function is activated in the middle of "1" set.

The condition for ending (canceling) the limit function may also be the power being turned off. In this case, if the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000") during a specific game (e.g., AT state) and the power is turned off before the specific game ends, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba may be carried over. In this way, it is possible to prevent fraud in which the limit MY counter 103ba is cleared to disable the limit function.

In addition, if there is a possibility that the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting will become a specific value (for example, "19,000"), the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting may be backed up. In this case, if the sum of the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting and the value of the game value obtained by winning is equal to or greater than a specific value, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting is backed up. In this way, it is possible to prevent the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting from being illegally cleared.

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is controlled outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401, the game value control board 400 may perform a process to clear the value of the limit MY counter 103ba when started independently without instructions from the main control board 100.

In addition, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba is controlled outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba may be cleared by instruction from the main control board 100.

In addition, when the value of the limit-time MY counter 103ba is controlled outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401, information regarding the limit-time function may be transmitted from the game value control board 400 to the main control board 100. In this way, while controlling the value of the limit-time MY counter 103ba outside the usage area of the game value CPU 401, the main control board 100 can also recognize information regarding the operation of the limit-time function, making it possible for the main control board 100 to perform processing in response to the operation of the limit-time function (for example, freeze stop).

It may also be possible to set the start time and end time at which the value of the limit MY counter 103ba can be cleared. For example, by configuring it to be possible to import date and time information from the RTC, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start time and end time at which the value of the limit MY counter 103ba can be cleared. In this way, it is possible to store and hold the value of the limit MY counter 103ba even if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned off during the business hours of the gaming establishment, for example.

It may also be possible to set the start time and end time at which the stop function can be activated. For example, by configuring it to be possible to import the date and time information of the RTC, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start time and end time at which the stop function can be activated. In this way, it is possible, for example, to prevent the stop function from being activated outside the opening hours of the gaming establishment.

The business hours of game establishments vary from prefecture to prefecture. For this reason, it is desirable to set the start time at which the value of the limit MY counter 103ba can be cleared and the end time at which the value of the limit MY counter 103ba can be cleared according to the business hours of game establishments in each prefecture.

In addition, the date and time information of the RTC may be imported and monitored, and if recovery from a power outage of the gaming machine 1 that does not span multiple days is detected, the MY counter 103ba for limiting the number of times may not be cleared. In this way, it is possible to prevent the MY counter 103ba for limiting the number of times from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

In addition, the date and time information of the RTC may be imported and monitored, and if recovery from a power outage of the gaming machine 1 that does not span multiple days is detected, it may be notified that the limit MY counter 103ba has been cleared. For example, a sound saying "The MY counter has been cleared" may be output at maximum volume from the speaker 29. In this way, it is possible to prevent the limit MY counter 103ba from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

In addition, if the conditions for starting (activating) the stop function and the conditions for starting (occurring) a specified error overlap, they may be notified in parallel. For example, the image display device 27 may notify both the activation of the stop function and the specified error, and the speaker 29 may notify either one of them, or they may be notified in parallel (for example, alternately outputting the activation of the stop function and the specified error).

In addition, the module related to the cutoff function may be a module where all processing is done by function, or it may be a common module.

The pre-limit notification is to be given when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,500". For example, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,000", the speaker 29 may output "1" shot of a voice saying "1,000 remaining", and thereafter the speaker 29 may output "1" shot at the timing of each predetermined threshold value (for example, "100").

In this case, for example, when the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches "18,100", the speaker 29 will output a sound saying "900 remaining" for "1" shot. Then, when the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba reaches "18,500", the image display device 27 will continuously notify the user of the increase or decrease in the game value that will be awarded until the limiting function is activated.

It is also possible to continuously notify the increase or decrease in the game value awarded from when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,000" until the limit function is activated. In this case, when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba reaches "18,000", a text image saying "1,000 remaining" is displayed on the image display device 27, and when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba falls below "18,000", the text image saying "1,000 remaining" that was displayed on the image display device 27 is no longer displayed.

When the value of the limit MY counter 103ba again becomes "18,000", a text image saying "1,000 remaining" will be displayed on the image display device 27. Note that when the value of the limit MY counter 103ba again becomes "18,000", the text image saying "1,000 remaining" may not be displayed. This can prevent the same notification from being issued repeatedly.

In addition, when a limit advance warning is given, a process may be performed to set the already-notified flag to ON. In this case, the main control board 100 or the game value control board 400 may monitor the number of times a predetermined time has passed since non-play (the number of times the demo screen is displayed), and when this number reaches a predetermined number (for example, "3"), the already-notified flag may be set to OFF. In this way, when a player ends play due to a limit advance warning and the next player starts playing, a decrease in operation of the gaming machine 1 caused by the limit advance warning can be prevented.

The notified flag may be turned OFF when the count button 60 is operated, or when a predetermined time has elapsed since non-play.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 may be provided with a memory retention button that prevents the cap-off MY counter 103ba from being cleared and retains the value of the cap-off MY counter 103ba even when the gaming machine 1 is powered off. In this case, when the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the memory retention button, the cap-off MY counter 103ba is not cleared and the value of the cap-off MY counter 103ba is retained. On the other hand, when the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the memory retention button, the value of the cap-off MY counter 103ba is cleared. The memory retention button may be a dedicated button, or may be shared with another button.

The gaming machine 1 may also be provided with a MY clear button for limiting, which clears the value of the MY counter 103ba when the gaming machine 1 is powered off. In this case, when the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the MY clear button for limiting, the MY counter 103ba will be cleared. On the other hand, when the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the MY button for limiting, the value of the MY counter 103ba will not be cleared, and the value of the MY counter 103ba will be stored and held. The MY clear button for limiting may be a dedicated button, or may be shared with another button.

A slide panel may also be provided that moves when the stop function is activated, thereby notifying the player that the stop function has been activated. It is preferable that this slide panel cannot be operated by the player, but can be operated by an amusement facility staff member. For example, when the front door 3 is opened, the slide panel can move in conjunction with the opening to notify the player that the stop function has been activated.

In addition, if the gaming machine 1 is powered off after the game machine 1 issues a pre-limit notification, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba may not be cleared. This can prevent fraudulent behavior such as an amusement store employee turning off the gaming machine 1 and clearing the value of the limit MY counter 103ba after a pre-limit notification is issued.

In addition, after the gaming machine 1 issues a pre-limit notification, when the gaming machine 1 is powered off, it may notify the player that the value of the limit MY counter 103ba has been cleared. For example, a sound stating "The MY counter has been cleared" may be output from the speaker 29. In this case, it is desirable that the sound output from the speaker 29 be at maximum volume.

In addition, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned OFF after the gaming machine 1 issues a pre-notification of the end of the game, information that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned OFF may be output to the gaming machine information center 820. In this case, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned ON after being turned OFF, information that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned OFF is output via the lending device 700.

Here, the power to the gaming machine 1 may be turned off legitimately after the advance notification of the game limit (for example, the power is turned off after the amusement arcade's business hours) or it may be turned off illegally (for example, the power is turned off during the amusement arcade's business hours), so the gaming machine information center 820 needs to be able to determine which is the case. For this reason, the gaming machine information center 820 also needs to store information regarding the date and time when the power to the gaming machine 1 was restored after being turned off.

In addition, if the power to the gaming machine 1 is restored after a specified difference in balls has been detected, the value of the MY counter 103ba for limiting the number of balls may not be cleared.

In addition, when the gaming machine 1 is in a specific game (e.g., AT state) or a special game (e.g., bonus activation state), if the power is restored from a power outage, the value of the limit MY counter 103ba may not be cleared. This can prevent the value of the limit MY counter 103ba from being illegally cleared.

The history of when the gaming machine 1 has been restored from a power outage may be displayed on the image display device 27. In this way, it becomes possible to check whether the value of the limit MY counter 103ba has been illegally cleared.

The lending device 700 may also have a locking function that makes it impossible to return the prepaid card when a password is entered when the player takes a break. Specifically, when the locking function is activated, it becomes impossible to count the game value when the game value owned by the player is displayed on the game value display 24, to lend the game value, or to return the prepaid card.

The rental device 700 may also be capable of setting short breaks (e.g., toilet breaks) and long breaks (e.g., meal breaks) and may execute different processes for short breaks and long breaks. For example, it may be possible to make it impossible to return a prepaid card during a short break and to make it mandatory to return a prepaid card during a long break. In this way, appropriate processing may be performed according to the break time.

Also, as explained above, if an error occurs while advance termination notification is being given, a notification will be given according to priority, but it is also possible to give both advance termination notification and notification regarding the error.

In addition, when a pre-notification of the end of the game is given, the rental device 700 may be notified that the pre-notification of the end of the game has been given. In other words, the rental device 700 may be notified that the value of the play value memory area 403aa has reached or exceeded "18,500."

In addition, if it is certain that the value of the limiting MY counter 103ba will be equal to or greater than 18,500 in the bonus activation state when a "bonus" is won, a pre-limiting notification may be given when a "bonus" is won.

In addition, when a freeze is stopped due to the activation of the stop function, the monitor display 44 is configured to continue to be lit, as in the case of other errors being detected, but when a freeze is stopped due to the activation of the stop function, the monitor display 44 may be turned off.

In addition, if the power is turned off while an error is occurring, the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba may not be cleared. In this way, if an error occurs that cannot be cleared unless the power is turned off, the error can be cleared without clearing the value of the MY counter for stopping 103ba.

In addition, if the start (activation) condition of the stop function is satisfied when an abnormality in the main RAM 103 is detected, the end (cancellation) condition of the stop function may be satisfied when the abnormality in the main RAM 103 is cleared. Specifically, by setting the end (cancellation) condition of the abnormality in the main RAM 103 to a change in the set value or a reset start, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine 1, and therefore the end (cancellation) condition of the stop function will inevitably be satisfied.

In addition, if an error occurs while a pre-limit notification is being given, the pre-limit notification will continue in principle; however, for example, if an error occurs that makes it impossible to return to play (e.g., an abnormality in the main RAM 103), the pre-limit notification may not continue.

(First Invention)
The first invention includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating a start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating a stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and presentation control means (e.g., sub control board 400) capable of executing processes related to presentations. a control board 300), a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a setting operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43) capable of detecting a setting operation related to a setting value (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") (e.g., inserting a setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and rotating it clockwise a predetermined angle and then turning on the power button 50, or operating the reset button 41 while the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display unit 16). The game control means is capable of executing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value clearing process in step S2006) for clearing the value of the game value stored when the clear operation is detected. 013) and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a setting value related notification in response to the setting operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Setting is being changed", outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Setting is being confirmed"), and the game machine is characterized in that the game value number clear notification and the setting value related notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "2", priority level "4", priority level "11").

The first invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, and a display control means (e.g., display control means) for displaying the game value. a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when powering on) related to the set value (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6"), and a setting operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting a setting operation (e.g., inserting a setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and rotating it clockwise a predetermined angle and then turning on the power button 50, or operating the reset button 41 while the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16) related to the set value (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6"); The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) for clearing the value of the stored game value when the clear operation is detected. The presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a setting value-related notification in response to the setting operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being changed" and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being confirmed"), and the game value number clear notification and the setting value-related notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "2", priority level "4", priority level "11").

(Second Invention)
The second invention includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game, and game value control means (e.g., game value stored electromagnetically) capable of executing processing related to a game value. The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000) that starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000) that stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The reel control process includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000) that starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000) that detects a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., a reel value control board 400), a performance control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) that can execute a process related to the performance, and a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) that can detect a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on). , reel drive control processing of step S15005), the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage processing (e.g., a game value storage area addition processing of step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear processing (e.g., a game value number clear processing of step S20013) for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected, and the presentation control means is capable of issuing a game value number clear notification (e.g., a game value number clear notification from the speaker 29) in response to the clear operation. This gaming machine is capable of executing the following: outputting a sound stating, "The game value number has been cleared."; and notifying an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error in response to a communication abnormality between the game control means and the game value control means (for example, outputting a sound stating, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" from speaker 29), and is characterized in that the notification of the game value number clearing and the notification of the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "5", priority level "6", priority level "11", priority level "15").

(Third Invention)
The third invention relates to a game device including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a game device related to presentation. The game control device includes a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing a process, a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a receiving means (e.g., a lending device connection terminal board 62) capable of receiving a predetermined signal (e.g., a lending device periodic command) from a lending device (e.g., a lending device 700) capable of lending the game value, and the game control means starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The game value control means is capable of executing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for stopping the rotation of the reel when the game value control means detects a clear operation, and the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) for clearing the value of the stored game value when the clear operation is detected, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for stopping the rotation of the reel when the game value control means detects a clear operation, and This gaming machine is capable of executing a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (for example, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "The play value number has been cleared") and a rental device communication no-response error notification in response to the receiving means not receiving the specified signal from the rental device (for example, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "There is an abnormality in rental device communication"), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the play value number clear notification and the rental device communication no-response error notification are different (for example, priority level "9", priority level "11", priority level "18").

The third invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and presentation control means (e.g., The game control device includes a sub-control board 300, a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a receiving means (e.g., a lending device connection terminal board 62) capable of receiving a predetermined signal (e.g., a lending device periodic command) from a lending device (e.g., a lending device 700) capable of lending the game value. The game control means starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The reel control means is capable of executing a reel control process for stopping the rotation of the reel (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005), a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value clear process for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value according to the clear operation. This gaming machine is capable of issuing a value clear notification (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "The playing value number has been cleared") and a rental device communication no-response error notification in response to the receiving means not receiving the specified signal from the rental device (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "There is an abnormality in the rental device communication"), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the playing value clear notification and the rental device communication no-response error notification are different (e.g., priority "9", priority "11", priority "18").

(Fourth Invention)
The fourth invention includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, and game value control means (e.g., game value system) capable of executing processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values). In a gaming machine having a game control means (e.g., a sub-control board 400) capable of executing a process related to the performance, and a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating a game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), the game control means performs a reel control process (e.g., a reel control process in step S7000) that starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification (e.g., a speaker, 29 to output a voice saying "The playing value number has been cleared.", and a lending device unconnected error notification in response to a lending device (e.g., lending device 700) capable of lending the playing value being unconnected to the gaming machine (e.g., outputting a voice saying "Please check the connection to the lending device" from speaker 29), wherein the notification priorities of the playing value number cleared notification and the lending device unconnected error notification are different (e.g., priority "10", priority "11", priority "19").

The fourth invention relates to a gaming machine including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games and processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, and clear operation detection means (e.g., game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating game value number clear button 61 when power is turned on), in which the game control means performs reel control processing (e.g., processing during reel rotation in step S7000) for starting rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. , reel drive control processing in step S15005), a game value update storage processing for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (for example, a game value storage area addition processing in step S22503), and a game value clear processing for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected (for example, a game value number clear processing in step S20013), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (for example, a message from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared"). The gaming machine is capable of executing the following: a notification of a cleared number of play values (outputting a voice saying "The game has been cleared."); and a notification of a rental device unconnected error in response to a rental device (e.g., rental device 700) capable of lending the game value not being connected to the gaming machine (e.g., outputting a voice saying "Please check the connection to the rental device" from speaker 29); and the notification priority of the notification of the cleared number of play values and the notification of the rental device unconnected error are different (e.g., priority "10", priority "11", priority "19").

(Fifth Invention)
The fifth invention relates to a gaming machine including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and game value control means (e.g., game value stored electromagnetically) capable of executing processes related to game values. The game control device includes a game value control board 400, a performance control means capable of executing a process related to the performance (e.g., a sub-control board 300), a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a door opening detection means (e.g., a door opening/closing sensor 14s) capable of detecting the opening of a door (e.g., a front door 3). The game control means starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The game value control means is capable of executing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for stopping the rotation of the reel when the clear operation is detected, and the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) for clearing the value of the stored game value when the clear operation is detected. The presentation control means is capable of executing a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The play value number has been cleared") and a door open error notification in response to detection of the opening of the door (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open"), and the notification priorities of the play value number clear notification and the door open error notification are different (e.g., priority level "11", priority level "13", priority level "20"), making this a gaming machine.

The fifth invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games and processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, clear operation detection means (e.g., game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating game value number clear button 61 when power is turned on), and door opening detection means (e.g., door opening/closing sensor 14s) capable of detecting the opening of a door (e.g., front door 3), and the game control means starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The effect control means is capable of executing a reel control process for stopping the rotation of the reel (e.g., the reel rotation process in step S7000, the reel drive control process in step S15005), a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (e.g., the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value clear process for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected (e.g., the game value number clear process in step S20013), and the effect control means is This gaming machine is capable of issuing a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The play value number has been cleared") and a door open error notification in response to the detection of the opening of the door (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open"), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the play value number clear notification and the door open error notification are different (e.g., priority "11", priority "13", priority "20").

(Sixth Invention)
The sixth invention relates to a game machine including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a game controller (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to game effects. The game control device includes output control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300), clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and reset operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting a reset operation (e.g., operating the reset button 41) for initializing a predetermined memory area (e.g., a game status memory area 103ak), and the game control means starts rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. The game value control means is capable of executing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for stopping the rotation of the reel when the reset operation is detected, and a reset process (e.g., a main RAM clear process in step S15) for initializing the predetermined memory area when the reset operation is detected, and the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clearing process (e.g., a game value clearing process in step S22504) for clearing the value of the game value stored when the clear operation is detected. The gaming machine is capable of executing a value clear process (e.g., a play value number clear process of step S20013), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a play value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "The play value number has been cleared") and a reset notification in response to the reset operation (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "The RAM has been cleared"), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the play value number clear notification and the reset notification are different (e.g., priority level "11" and priority level "14").

The sixth invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and presentation control means (e.g., The game control means includes a sub-control board 300), a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a reset operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting a reset operation for initializing a predetermined memory area (e.g., operating the reset button 41), and the game control means starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected. a reel control process for stopping the reel (for example, the reel rotation process in step S7000, the reel drive control process in step S15005), a reset process for initializing the predetermined memory area when the reset operation is detected (for example, the main RAM clear process in step S15), a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (for example, the game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and a game value clear process for clearing the value of the game value stored when the clear operation is detected (for example, the game value clear process in step S22504). 0013) and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a reset notification in response to the reset operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The RAM has been cleared"), and the notification priority of the game value number clear notification and the reset notification are different (e.g., priority level "11" and priority level "14").

(Seventh Invention)
The seventh invention is a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement switch 8sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation (e.g., operating the settlement button 8), and the game value control means updates and stores the value of the game value owned by a player. and a game value clearing process (e.g., a game value number clearing process in step S20013) that clears the stored value of the game value when the clearing operation is detected, the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clearing notification in response to the clearing operation (e.g., outputting a sound saying "The game value number has been cleared" from the speaker 29) and a settlement notification in response to the settlement operation (e.g., outputting a "settlement sound" from the speaker 29), and the notification priority of the game value number clearing notification and the settlement notification are different (e.g., priority level "11", no priority level).

The seventh invention also includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement switch 8sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation (e.g., operating the settlement button 8), and the game control means includes a game value update storage process (e.g., , a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) and a game value clear process for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013), the presentation control means is capable of issuing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a settlement notification in response to the settlement operation (e.g., outputting a "settlement sound" from the speaker 29), and the game value number clear notification and the settlement notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority "11", no priority).

(Eighth Invention)
The eighth invention comprises a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes relating to games, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processes relating to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes relating to presentation, and a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation relating to the game values (e.g., operating a game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and the game value control means performs a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by a player, and a process for detecting a clear operation when the clear operation is detected. the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process of step S20013) for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is performed, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a game value number reach notification in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a predetermined value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "There is a game value number reach error"), and the notification priorities of the game value number clear notification and the game value number reach notification are different (e.g., priority level "8", priority level "11", priority level "17").

The eighth invention also includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, and a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and the game control means includes a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player, and a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that clears the value of the stored game value when the clear operation is detected. The gaming machine is characterized in that the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clearing process (e.g., a game value number clearing process in step S20013) in which the game value is cleared and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clearing notification in response to the clearing operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a game value number reaching notification in response to the stored game value value reaching a predetermined value (e.g., "16,369") (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "There is a game value number reaching error"), and the notification priority of the game value number clearing notification and the game value number reaching notification are different (e.g., priority "8", priority "11", priority "17").

(Ninth Invention)
The ninth invention comprises a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes relating to games, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processes relating to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes relating to presentation, the game value control means being capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by a player, and the presentation control means being capable of executing a process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by a player. This gaming machine is capable of issuing a game value number arrival notification (for example, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "There is a game value number arrival error") in response to the stored game value value reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369"), and a pre-arrival notification (for example, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please count") in response to the stored game value value reaching a specific value (for example, "15,000") that is smaller than the predetermined value, and is characterized in that the game value number arrival notification and the pre-arrival notification are not notified in the same manner.

The ninth invention also includes a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and a presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, the game control means being capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation ... This gaming machine is capable of issuing a game value number arrival notification (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "There is a game value number arrival error.") in response to the game value reaching a predetermined value (e.g., "16,369"), and a pre-arrival notification (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Please count.") in response to the stored game value value reaching a specific value (e.g., "15,000") that is smaller than the predetermined value, and is characterized in that the game value number arrival notification and the pre-arrival notification are not notified in the same manner.

(Tenth Invention)
The tenth aspect of the present invention relates to a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, and a setting operation (e.g., inserting a setting key into a setting keyhole 43 and rotating it clockwise by a predetermined angle and pressing a power button) related to setting values (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6"). The present invention is provided with a setting operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting a setting operation such as inserting the tank 50, or operating the reset button 41 while a setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16, and a calculation means (e.g., a main control board 100 which performs a limit calculation process in step S14100) which calculates a game value information value (e.g., a limit MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired by playing a game, and the game control means calculates the previous value calculated by the calculation means. When the value of the game value reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), a game stopping process (e.g., the game stopping process of step S14005) for stopping the game can be executed, and the game value control means can execute a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process of step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation control means can issue a game stop notification (e.g., a spin The gaming machine is capable of executing a notification operation in response to the setting operation (for example, outputting a voice from speaker 29 saying "The limit function is in operation. Today's play has ended.") and a setting value related notification in response to the setting operation (for example, outputting a voice from speaker 29 saying "The settings are being changed," and outputting a voice from speaker 29 saying "The settings are being checked"), and is characterized in that the notification priority of the limit notification is different from the notification priority of the setting value related notification (for example, priority level "2," priority level "4," priority level "21").

The tenth invention also includes a game control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, a setting operation detection means (e.g., the reset switch 41sw, the setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting setting operations related to setting values (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") (e.g., inserting the setting key into the setting keyhole 43 and rotating it a predetermined angle clockwise while turning on the power button 50, or operating the reset button 41 while the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display unit 16), and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing the limit calculation process of step S14100) that calculates a game value information value (e.g., a limit MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired by playing a game, and the game control means calculates the game value information value calculated by the calculation means. When the value reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), the game machine is capable of executing a stop process (e.g., the stop process of step S14005) that stops the game and a game value update and storage process (e.g., the game value storage area addition process of step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a stop notification in response to the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The stop function is operating. Today's game has ended.") and a setting value-related notification in response to the setting operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being changed" and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being checked"), and is characterized in that the notification priority of the stop notification is different from the notification priority of the setting value-related notification (e.g., priority level "2", priority level "4", priority level "21").

(Eleventh Invention)
The eleventh invention comprises a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a game-stop calculation process in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a game-stop MY counter 103ba) using a game value acquired through a game, wherein the game control means is capable of executing a game-stop process (e.g., a game-stop process in step S14005) for stopping a game when the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), and the game value control means the presentation control means is capable of issuing a play limit notification in response to the value of the play value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Play limit function is operating. Today's play has ended.") and a play value number reaching notification in response to the stored value of the play value reaching a predetermined value (for example, "16,369") (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Play value number reaching error."), and the play limit notification and the play value number reaching notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "8", priority level "17", priority level "21").

The eleventh invention also includes a game control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to the game and processes related to the game value (e.g., the electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing the calculation process for the limit of play in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., the MY counter 103ba for limit of play) using the game value acquired through the game, and the game control means performs a limit of play process (e.g., the limit of play process in step S14005) for limiting the game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), and a game control means for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player. The gaming machine is capable of executing a skill value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a play limit notification in response to the value of the play value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Play limit function is in operation. Today's play has ended.") and a play value number arrival notification in response to the stored value of the play value reaching a predetermined value (e.g., "16,369") (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Play value number arrival error."), and the notification priority of the play limit notification and the play value number arrival notification are different (e.g., priority "8", priority "17", priority "21").

(Twelfth Invention)
The twelfth invention includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing a process related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing a process related to presentation, a door opening detection means (e.g., a door opening/closing sensor 14s) capable of detecting the opening of a door (e.g., a front door 3), and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a game-stop calculation process in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a game-stop MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired through a game, and the game control means performs a game-stop process (e.g., a game-stop calculation process in step S14100) for stopping a game when the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"). the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update and storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process of step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, the presentation control means is capable of executing a game limit notification in response to the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game limit function is operating. Today's game has ended.") and a door open error notification in response to detection of the opening of the door (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open."), and the notification priority of the game limit notification is different from the notification priority of the door open error notification (e.g., priority "13", priority "20", priority "21").

The twelfth invention also includes a game control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to the game and processes related to the game value (e.g., the electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, a door opening detection means (e.g., the door opening/closing sensor 14s) capable of detecting the opening of a door (e.g., the front door 3), and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing the limit calculation process of step S14100) that calculates a game value information value (e.g., the limit MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired through the game, and the game control means performs a limit calculation process (e.g., step S1400) that stops the game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"). 5) and a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503), the presentation control means is capable of issuing a game limit notification in response to the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game limit function is operating. Today's game has ended."), and a door open error notification in response to detection of the opening of the door (for example, outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open."), and the notification priority of the game limit notification is different from the notification priority of the door open error notification (for example, priority "13", priority "20", priority "21").

(Thirteenth Invention)
The thirteenth invention includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing a process related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing a process related to presentation, a clear operation detection means (e.g., a game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value (e.g., operating a game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a game limit calculation process of step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a game limit MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired by a game, and the game control means performs a game limit calculation process (e.g., a game limit calculation process of step S14005) for stopping a game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"). the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) for clearing the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected; the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a play limit notification in response to the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "Play limit function is operating. Today's play has ended"), and the notification priority of the play limit notification and the play value number clear notification are different (e.g., priority level "11" and priority level "21").

The thirteenth invention also includes a game control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processes related to presentation, a clear operation detection means (e.g., the game value number clear switch 61sw) capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game values (e.g., operating the game value number clear button 61 when the power is turned on), and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing the stop calculation process of step S14100) that calculates a game value information value (e.g., a stop MY counter 103ba) using the game value acquired through games, and the game control means performs a stop process (e.g., the stop process of step S14005) that stops the game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), and The gaming machine is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) that updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player, and a game value clear process (e.g., a game value number clear process in step S20013) that clears the stored value of the game value when the clear operation is detected, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The game value number has been cleared") and a play stop notification in response to the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaching the specific value (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The play stop function is operating. Today's play has ended"), and is characterized in that the notification priority of the play stop notification and the play value number clear notification are different (e.g., priority "11" and priority "21").

(14th Invention)
A fourteenth aspect of the present invention relates to a gaming machine comprising a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes relating to games, and game value control means (e.g., The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100, a gaming machine stop process in step S2003) for an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game. the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation control means is capable of issuing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (for example, a message from speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed." and outputting from speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board."), and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (for example, outputting a "settlement sound" from speaker 29 and outputting from speaker 29 a sound saying "The door is open."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "2", priority level "6", priority level "20", no priority level).

The 14th invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to the game and processes related to the game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and a presentation. and a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing relating to the above, the game control means being configured to execute a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100, a communication error in the gaming machine process in step S2003) for an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game. The presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification (for example, a sound such as "Settings are being changed" from the speaker 29) in response to the first event processing, a second event processing (for example, a settlement processing in step S3011, a door open error (constant monitoring) processing in step S15104) related to an event that allows the game to proceed, and a game value update storage processing (for example, a game value storage area addition processing in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player. , outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board.") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a "payment sound" from speaker 29, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "The door is open."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority "2", priority "6", priority "20", no priority).

(Fifteenth Invention)
The fifteenth invention relates to a game device including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, and game value control means (e.g., game value control board 40) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values). 0), and a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, the game control means performing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, a first event process for an event that makes it impossible to proceed with the game (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100, a gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003), The game value control means is capable of executing a game value update and storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation control means is capable of issuing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (e.g., a message from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed"). and outputting from speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board."), and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (for example, outputting from speaker 29 a sound saying "Settings are being changed." and outputting from speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board."), and characterized in that the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "2" and priority level "6").

The fifteenth invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and a game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to presentations. and a performance control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of controlling a performance of the game, the game control means including a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, a first event process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100, a gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003) for preventing the progress of the game, and a second event process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100, a gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003) for preventing the progress of the game. The present invention is capable of executing a second event process, which is a process different from the event process and is related to an event that makes it impossible to proceed with a game (for example, a setting value change process in step S100, a gaming machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003), and a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503). The presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event process (for example, outputting a voice from the speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed" from speaker 29) and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (for example, outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Settings are being changed" and outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board"), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "2" and priority level "6").

(16th Invention)
A sixteenth aspect of the present invention relates to a game machine including a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game, and a game value system (e.g., a game value stored electromagnetically) capable of executing processing related to a game value. The game control means includes a game value control board 400 and a presentation control board 300 capable of executing a process related to presentation. The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., a settlement process in step S3011, the door opening error (constant monitoring) processing of step S15104) and a second event processing which is different from the first event processing and is related to an event which allows the game to proceed (for example, the settlement processing of step S3011, the door opening error (constant monitoring) processing of step S15104); the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update storage processing (for example, a game value storage area addition processing of step S22503) which updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player; This gaming machine is capable of executing a first event notification based on event processing (e.g., outputting a "settlement sound" from speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from speaker 29) and a second event notification based on the second event processing (e.g., outputting a "settlement sound" from speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from speaker 29), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the first event notification and the second event notification are different (e.g., no priority, priority "20").

The 16th invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game and processing related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, and the game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., reel rotation processing in step S7000, reel drive control processing in step S15005) that starts the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stops the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., settlement processing in step S3011, and a second event process which is different from the first event process and is related to an event that allows the game to proceed (e.g., the settlement process in step S3011, the door opening error (constant monitoring) process in step S15104), and a game value update storage process which updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player (e.g., the game value storage area addition process in step S22503). The presentation control means is capable of executing a first event process in response to the first event process. This gaming machine is capable of executing a notification (e.g., outputting a "payment sound" from speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from speaker 29) and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a "payment sound" from speaker 29, outputting a voice saying "The door is open" from speaker 29), and is characterized in that the notification priorities of the first event notification and the second event notification are different (e.g., no priority, priority "20").

(17th Invention)
The seventeenth invention relates to a gaming machine that includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processes related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a game control circuit (e.g., a control circuit board 400) capable of executing processes related to presentations. and a performance control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing the performance control means, the game control means performing a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, a first event process for an event that cannot be released by turning the power on and off (e.g., an in-game machine communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003, a lending device unconnected error (main stop) process in step S21006), and the first event process. are different processes, and can execute a second event process related to an event that cannot be released by turning the power on and off (for example, a game machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003, a lending device unconnected error (main stop) process in step S21006), and the game value control means can execute a game value update storage process (for example, a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, and the presentation control means can issue a first event notification in response to the first event process (for example, a message from the speaker 29 saying "Connection between the main control board and the game value control board has been and outputting from speaker 29 a voice saying "Please check the connection to the rental device."), and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (for example, outputting from speaker 29 a voice saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board," and outputting from speaker 29 a voice saying "Please check the connection to the rental device."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (for example, priority level "5" and priority level "6").

The 17th invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and presentation control means (e.g., , sub-control board 300), and the game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., reel rotation process in step S7000, reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, a first event process for an event that cannot be released by turning the power on and off (e.g., game machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003, rental device unconnection error (main stop) process in step S21006), and a second event process different from the first event process. The processing means is capable of executing a second event processing related to an event that cannot be released by turning the power on and off (for example, the processing of an abnormal communication error (main stop) within the gaming machine in step S2003, and the processing of an unconnected rental device error (main stop) in step S21006), and a gaming value update storage processing for updating and storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, the processing of adding to the gaming value storage area in step S22503), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (for example, a message from the speaker 29 saying, "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board." and outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection to the rental device.") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board." and outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection to the rental device."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "5" and priority level "6").

(18th Invention)
The eighteenth invention relates to a game device comprising a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes relating to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processes relating to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a game control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processes relating to presentations. The game control means includes a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing a process, and a display means (e.g., the acquisition display unit 16, the image display device 27) capable of displaying predetermined information (e.g., information relating to an error), and the game control means executes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process ( For example, the processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the gaming machine in step S2003, and the processing for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) in step S21006), a second event processing which is different from the first event processing and relates to an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared by turning the power on and off (for example, the processing for an internal communication abnormality error (main stop) in the gaming machine in step S2003, and the processing for a rental device unconnected error (main stop) in step S21006), and a gaming value update storage processing which updates and stores the value of the gaming value owned by the player (for example, step S 22503) and the presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (e.g., outputting from the speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board," and outputting from the speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection with the rental device") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting from the speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board," and outputting from the speaker 29 a sound saying "Please check the connection with the rental device"), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "5" and priority level "6").

The 18th invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to the game and processing related to the game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation, and predetermined information (e.g., The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., a game machine internal communication abnormality error (main stop) process in step S2003, a lending device unconnected error process in step S21006) for an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared by turning the power on and off. a second event processing which is different from the first event processing and relates to an event in which the information displayed on the display means is not cleared by turning the power on and off (e.g., an in-game machine communication abnormality error (main stop) processing in step S2003, a lending device unconnection error (main stop) processing in step S21006), and a game value update storage processing which updates and stores the value of the game value owned by the player (e.g., a game value storage area addition processing in step S22503), and the presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (e.g., a "Main Control Board and the gaming value control board." and outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection with the rental device."), and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection with the main control board and the gaming value control board." and outputting a sound from speaker 29 saying "Please check the connection with the rental device."), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "5" and priority level "6").

(19th Invention)
The nineteenth invention relates to a game device that includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) on which a plurality of symbols are arranged, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, game value control means (e.g., game value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to game values (e.g., electromagnetically stored game values), and a game control circuit (e.g., a control circuit board 400) capable of executing processing related to presentations. and a performance control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing a performance control process, the game control means including a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected, and for stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process related to an event for outputting predetermined information (e.g., gaming machine information) (e.g., a step related to a process for notifying a setting change signal, a setting confirmation signal, and a door open signal in a hall control fraud monitoring information notification process in step S28403). and a second event process which is different from the first event process and relates to an event for outputting the predetermined information (for example, the setting value change process of step S100, the setting key switch check process of step S15012, and the door open error (constant monitoring) process of step S150104, which are related to the process for sending a setting change signal, a setting confirmation signal, and a door open signal in the hall control fraud monitoring information notification process of step S28403). the game value control means is capable of executing a game value update and storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player, the presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "settings are being changed," outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "settings are being checked," and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "the door is open") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "settings are being changed," outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "settings are being checked," and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 of "the door is open"), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "2," priority level "4," and priority level "20").

The 19th invention also includes a reel (e.g., reel 20) having a plurality of symbols arranged thereon, start operation detection means (e.g., start switch 9sw) capable of detecting a start operation (e.g., operating start lever 9), stop operation detection means (e.g., stop switch 10sw) capable of detecting a stop operation (e.g., operating stop button 10), game control means (e.g., main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to game value (e.g., electromagnetically stored game value), and presentation control means (e.g., sub-control board 30) capable of executing processes related to presentation. The game control means includes a reel control process (e.g., a reel rotation process in step S7000, a reel drive control process in step S15005) for starting the rotation of the reel when the start operation is detected and stopping the rotation of the reel when the stop operation is detected, and a first event process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100 related to a process of sending a setting change signal, a setting confirmation signal, and a door open signal in a hall control fraud monitoring information notification process in step S28403 ... a setting key switch check process in step S15012, and a door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S150104), a second event process which is different from the first event process and is related to an event for outputting the predetermined information (for example, a setting value change process in step S100 which is related to a process for sending a setting change signal, a setting confirmation signal, and a door open signal in the hall control fraud monitoring information notification process in step S28403, a setting key switch check process in step S15012, and a door open error (constant monitoring) process in step S150104), and updating the value of the game value owned by the player. The gaming machine is capable of executing a game value update storage process (e.g., a game value storage area addition process in step S22503) to store the game value, and the presentation control means is capable of executing a first event notification in response to the first event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being changed," outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being checked," and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open") and a second event notification in response to the second event processing (e.g., outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being changed," outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The setting is being checked," and outputting a sound from the speaker 29 saying "The door is open"), and the first event notification and the second event notification have different notification priorities (e.g., priority level "2," priority level "4," priority level "20").

(20th Invention)
The twentieth invention includes a game control means (e.g., the main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a presentation control means (e.g., the sub-control board 300) capable of executing a process related to presentation, and a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a calculation process for a limit in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a limit MY counter 103ba) using a game value acquired by a game, and the game control means performs a first state process (e.g., a process for a normal state in step S5200, a process for an AT state in step S5600) for a first state (e.g., a normal state, an AT state) in which a special game (e.g., a bonus) is not operating, and a second state process (e.g., a ball state in step S5500) for a second state (e.g., a bonus state, a bonus state during AT) in which the special game is operating. a processing for a bonus state in step S5800, and a processing for a bonus state during AT in step S5800), and the presentation control means, when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000") in the first state, performs a first notification regarding a stop function (e.g., displaying a text image on the image display device 27 saying "The stop function is in operation. The upper limit that can be awarded has been reached and play has been stopped. Today's play has ended."), and, when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches the specific value in the second state, performs a second notification regarding a stop function (e.g., displaying a text image on the image display device 27 saying "The stop function will be activated soon. Waiting."), and then performs the first notification.

(21st Invention)
A twenty-first invention is a gaming machine comprising: a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game; a presentation control means (e.g., a sub-control board 300) capable of executing processing related to presentation; a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a presentation calculation process in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a presentation MY counter 103ba) using a game value acquired through a game; and a light-emitting means (e.g., a presentation indicator 36) capable of emitting light in a predetermined light-emitting mode (e.g., lighting, blinking, emitting light), wherein the game control means is capable of executing a presentation-stopping process (e.g., a presentation-stopping process in step S14005) for stopping a game when the value of the game value calculated by the calculation means reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"), and the light-emitting means is capable of executing a notification related to the presentation-stopping process when the result of the calculation by the calculation means reaches the specific value.

(22nd Invention)
A 22nd invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored gaming value), and a display unit (e.g., a gaming value display 24) capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by a player, wherein the gaming control means is capable of executing a judgment process (e.g., a display judgment process of step S8000) for judging whether or not a winning has been established, and an award signal output process (e.g., a gaming value award command transmission process of step S9002) for outputting an award signal (e.g., a gaming value award command) to the gaming value control means when it is judged by the judgment process that a winning has been established, and the gaming value control means is capable of executing an update process (e.g., a gaming value memory area addition process of step S22503) for updating the display unit when the award signal is input from the gaming control means.

(23rd Invention)
A twenty-third invention is a game machine including a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing a process related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a bet operation detection means (e.g., a bet switch 6sw, a max bet switch 7sw) capable of detecting a bet operation (e.g., an operation of the bet button 6, an operation of the max bet button 7), and a display unit (e.g., a game value display 24) capable of displaying the value of the game value owned by a player, The control means is capable of executing a BET signal output process (e.g., a BET command, a MAXBET command) to the game value control means when the BET operation is detected, (e.g., a BET command sending process in step S3013, a MAXBET command sending process in step S3018) which outputs a BET signal (e.g., a BET command, a MAXBET command) to the game value control means, and the game value control means is capable of executing an update process (e.g., a game value memory area update process in step S22410) which updates the display unit when the BET signal is input from the game control means.

(24th Invention)
A 24th invention is a gaming machine comprising: a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game; a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to a gaming value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored gaming value); a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement switch 8sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation (e.g., operating the settlement button 8); and a display unit (e.g., a gaming value display 24) capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by a player, wherein the gaming control means is capable of executing a settlement signal output process (e.g., a settlement command transmission process in step S3008) for outputting a settlement signal (e.g., a settlement command) to the gaming value control means when the settlement operation is detected, and the gaming value control means is capable of executing an update process (e.g., a settlement time gaming value memory area addition process in step S22304) for updating the display unit when the settlement signal is input from the gaming control means.

(25th Invention)
The twenty-fifth invention relates to a game device including a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing a process related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a first initialization operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw) capable of detecting a first initialization operation (e.g., operating a reset button 41 when power is turned on), and a second initialization operation detection means (e.g., a game a skill value number clear switch 61sw), and when the first initialization operation is detected, initializes a predetermined memory area of the game control means (e.g., a game status memory area 103ak) and a predetermined memory area of the game value control means (e.g., a game value error information memory area 403ab), and when the second initialization operation is detected, initializes a specific memory area (e.g., a game value memory area 403aa) different from the predetermined memory area of the game value control means without initializing the predetermined memory area of the game control means.

(26th Invention)
A 26th aspect of the present invention includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), a calculation means (e.g., the main control board 100 performing a game limit calculation process in step S14100) for calculating a game value information value (e.g., a game limit MY counter 103ba) using a game value acquired through a game, and a determination means for determining whether or not the game value information value calculated by the calculation means has reached a specific value (e.g., "19,000") (e.g., a process for determining whether or not the value of the game limit MY counter 103ba in step S14107 has become "19,000" or more). The game control means has a first memory area (e.g., 102a within the main ROM area) in which a first program for controlling the progress of the game (e.g., a program relating to the main loop processing of step S1000) is stored, and a second memory area (e.g., 102b outside the main ROM area) in which a second program different from the first program (e.g., the stop calculation processing of step S14100) is stored, and the first memory area stores a program relating to a transmission processing (e.g., a stop command transmission processing of step S14003) for transmitting a stop signal (e.g., a stop command) to the game value control means when the judgment means judges that the specific value has been reached.

(27th Invention)
A twenty-seventh invention includes a game control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (e.g., a game value control board 400) capable of executing a process related to a game value (e.g., an electromagnetically stored game value), and a setting operation detection means (e.g., a reset switch 41sw, a setting key switch 43sw) capable of detecting a setting operation related to a setting value (e.g., setting "0", setting "1", setting "3" to setting "6") (e.g., inserting a setting key into a setting keyhole 43 and rotating it clockwise a predetermined angle and then turning on the power button 50, or operating the reset button 41 while the setting value is displayed on the acquisition display section 16), and when the setting operation is detected, the game control means transmits specific information (e.g., a name of a main control chip manufacturer of the main control board 100) to the game value control means. the game value control means is capable of executing a specific information output process (e.g., a main gaming machine installation information command sending process in step S17) for outputting a command code (main control chip product code, main control chip ID number) representing a game code, a main control chip product code, and a main control chip ID number, and a setting process (e.g., a setting value change process in step S100) for setting the setting value when the setting operation is detected, and the game value control means is capable of executing a response message creation process (e.g., a main gaming machine installation information message creation process in step S20009) for creating a response message to be sent back to the game control means when the specific information is input, and a response message return process (e.g., a main gaming machine installation information return process in step S20010) for returning the response message created by the response message creation process, and the setting process allows the setting value to be changed when the response message is returned.

(28th Invention)
The 28th invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 400) capable of executing processing related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and a display unit (e.g., a gaming value display unit 24) capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by a player, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a lending signal input process (e.g., a process of determining whether or not a lending notification has been received from the lending device 700 in step S22007) for inputting a lending signal (e.g., a lending notification from the lending device 700), and an update process (e.g., a gaming value memory area update process in step S22725) for updating the display unit when the lending signal is input.

The 28th invention is a gaming machine that includes a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processes related to games and processes related to gaming value (e.g., electromagnetically stored gaming value), and a display unit (e.g., a gaming value display 24) capable of displaying the value of the gaming value owned by the player, and the gaming control means is capable of executing a lending signal input process (e.g., a process of determining whether or not a lending notification has been received from the lending device 700 in step S22007) for inputting a lending signal (e.g., a lending notification from the lending device 700), and an update process (e.g., a gaming value storage area update process in step S22725) for updating the display unit when the lending signal is input.

In the above-mentioned embodiment and modified examples, a "slot machine" has been mainly used as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the present invention may be a "pachinko machine," an "arrange ball machine," or a "jankyu machine."

The above embodiments and variations are merely examples and may be modified as appropriate without departing from the scope of the present invention.

REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 Gaming machine 2 Cabinet 3 Front door 4 Handle 5 Door keyhole 6 BET button 6sw BET switch 7 MAXBET button 7sw MAXBET switch 8 Settlement button 8sw Settlement switch 9 Start lever 9sw Start switch 10 Stop button 10sw Stop switch 11 Left stop button 11sw Left stop switch 12 Middle stop button 12sw Middle stop switch 13 Right stop button 13sw Right stop switch 14s Door opening/closing sensor 15 Various displays 16 Acquisition display section 16a Higher level acquisition display section 16b Lower level acquisition display section 17 Instruction information display section 17a Higher level instruction information display section 17b Lower level instruction information display section 18 Playing period display section 18a Higher level playing period display section 18b Lower level playing period display section 19 Role operation display section 19a Upper role operation display section 19b Lower role operation display section 20 Reel 21 Left reel 22 Middle reel 23 Right reel 24 Game value display device 25 Performance button 25sw Performance switch 26 Cross key 26sw Cross key switch 27 Image display device 27a Performance display area 27b Push order display area 28 Frame lamp 29 Speaker 30 Reel display area 31 Left reel display area 32 Middle reel display area 33 Right reel display area 34 Lower panel 35 Upper panel 35a Explanation display section 36 Play end indicator 40 Reset door 41 Reset button 41sw Reset switch 42 Setting door 43 Setting keyhole 43sw Setting key switch 44 Monitor display device 50 Power button 50sw Power switch 60 Count button 60sw Count switch 61 Play value number clear button 61sw Play value number clear switch 62 Lending device connection terminal board 70s Reel sensor 71s Left reel sensor 72s Center reel sensor 73s Right reel sensor 75 Stepping motor 76 Left stepping motor 77 Center stepping motor 78 Right stepping motor 80 Lending button 80sw Lending switch 81 Return button 81sw Return switch 82 Liquid crystal display 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
102a: Inside main ROM area 102b: Outside main ROM area 103: Main RAM
103a Main RAM usage area 103aa Set value storage area 103ab Bonus storage area 103ac Winning combination storage area 103ad BET counter 103ae Wait timer 103af Replay operation flag storage area 103ag Award value storage area 103ah Bonus end value counter 103ai RB winning count counter 103aj RB game number counter 103ak Game status storage area 103al Payout ball status storage area 103am Next payout ball status storage area 103an Ceiling game number counter 103ao CZ game number counter 103ap AT game number counter 103aq Add-on state game number counter 103ar CZ win flag storage area 103as AT win flag storage area 103at Add-on state win flag storage area 103au First stop memory area 103av Press reference position memory area 103aw Number of sliding pieces memory area 103ax Difference counter 103ay Specific period start flag memory area 103az Specific period flag memory area 103za Specific period end flag memory area 103zb Main error information memory area 103zc Stop position memory area 103zd Play value error memory area 103b Outside main RAM usage area 103ba MY counter for limiting 103bb Internal stack pointer memory area 103bc Limiting flag memory area 103bd Number of plays counter for performance information 103be Total BET number counter for performance information 103bf Total awarded number counter for performance information 103bg MY counter for performance information 103bh Maximum MY counter for performance information 103bi Total awarded number counter for performance information 103bj Performance information consecutive role total grant counter 103ya Ring pointer 103yb (400 games) Total grant 103yc (400 games) consecutive role total grant 103yd (400 games) role ratio total grant 103ye (400 games) instruction included role grant 103yf (6000 games) Total grant 103yg (6000 games) consecutive role total grant 103yh (6000 games) role ratio total grant 103yi (cumulative) Total grant 103yj (cumulative) consecutive role total grant 103yk (cumulative) role ratio total grant 103yl (cumulative) instruction included role grant 103ym (6000 games) consecutive role ratio 103yn (6000 games) role ratio 103yo (cumulative) ratio of a role including instruction 103yp (cumulative) ratio of consecutive roles 103yq (cumulative) ratio of a role 103yr (cumulative) ratio of a role, etc. state 103ys total number of plays upper limit flag storage area 103yt total number of awarded upper limit flag storage area 103yu total number of plays counter 103yv number of plays in a role, etc. state counter 103yw number of plays counter for ratio calculation 104 main random number generator 200 power supply board 300 sub control board 301 sub CPU
302 Sub ROM
303 Sub RAM
304 Sub-random number generator 400 Gaming value control board 401 Gaming value CPU
402 Game value ROM
402a: Within the game value ROM use area; 402b: Outside the game value ROM use area; 403: Game value RAM
403a Inside game value RAM usage area 403b Outside game value RAM usage area 500 Status board 600 Reel control board 700 Rental device 710 Unit board 720 Rental device control board 730 Hall computer output section 800 Game parlor 801 Hall computer 802 Management computer 810 Card company data center 820 Gaming machine information center 821 Machine history server 822 Fraud monitoring server 823 Performance information server 824 Player information server 830 Union 840 Dependence countermeasure agency 850 Card company organization 860 Rental device manufacturer 870 Unit board manufacturer 880 Gaming machine manufacturer 890 Gaming machine management control chip supplier CUR Cursor image FIGa Red seven symbol FIGb BAR symbol FIGc Cherry symbol FIGd 1st bell symbol FIGe 2nd bell symbol FIGf 3rd bell symbol FIGg 4th bell symbol FIGh 1st plum symbol FIGi 2nd plum symbol FIGj Replay symbol

Claims (2)

A game control means capable of executing a process related to a game;
a game value control means capable of executing a process related to a game value;
A performance control means capable of executing a process related to the performance;
A reset operation detection means capable of detecting a reset operation for initializing a predetermined storage area;
A clear operation detection means capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value;
a calculation means for calculating a game value information value based on the number of game values used in a game and the number of game values acquired as a result of the game;
A counting operation detection means capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value;
Equipped with
The game control means includes:
a stop processing for transitioning to a stop state of the game in which the game cannot proceed when the game value information value calculated by the calculation means reaches a first specific value;
a game value number reaching time process for executing a process for transitioning to a game value number reaching state in which game progress is impossible when the stored game value value reaches a second specific value;
It is possible to execute
The gaming value control means includes:
a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player;
a counting process for counting the stored game value when the counting operation is detected;
a game value clearing process for clearing the stored game value when the clearing operation is detected;
It is possible to execute
The stop state of the game is
Even if the counting process is performed, it is not canceled.
Even if the game value clearing process is executed, the game value is not released.
The reset operation is released when the reset operation detection means detects the reset operation,
The game value number reaching state is,
When the counting operation is detected, the counting operation is released and the game can proceed.
The performance control means includes:
A game value number reaching notification that notifies the player that the game cannot be continued in response to the transition to the game value number reaching state;
a pre-arrival notification that prompts the counting operation in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a third specific value that is smaller than the second specific value;
A game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation;
A stop notification in response to a transition to a stop state of the game;
It is possible to execute
The game value number reaching notification is,
The clearing operation can be released after the clearing operation is detected,
The pre-arrival notification is
The clearing operation can be released after the clearing operation is detected,
A game can be played from the time when the pre-arrival notification is executed until the stored value of the game value reaches the second specific value,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification of the play value number reaching, the notification before reaching, the notification of the limit, and the notification of the play value number clearing are notified in different manners. A game control means capable of executing a process related to a game and a process related to a game value;
A performance control means capable of executing a process related to the performance;
A reset operation detection means capable of detecting a reset operation for initializing a predetermined storage area;
A clear operation detection means capable of detecting a clear operation related to the game value;
a calculation means for calculating a game value information value based on the number of game values used in a game and the number of game values acquired as a result of the game;
A counting operation detection means capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value;
Equipped with
The game control means includes:
a stop processing for transitioning to a stop state of the game in which the game cannot proceed when the game value information value calculated by the calculation means reaches a first specific value;
a game value number reaching time process for executing a process for transitioning to a game value number reaching state in which game progress is impossible when the stored game value value reaches a second specific value;
a game value update storage process for updating and storing the value of the game value owned by the player;
a counting process for counting the stored game value when the counting operation is detected;
a game value clearing process for clearing the stored game value when the clearing operation is detected;
It is possible to execute
The stop state of the game is
Even if the counting process is performed, it is not canceled.
Even if the game value clearing process is executed, the game value is not released.
The reset operation is released when the reset operation detection means detects the reset operation,
The game value number reaching state is,
When the counting operation is detected, the counting operation is released and the game can proceed.
The performance control means includes:
A game value number reaching notification that notifies the player that the game cannot be continued in response to the transition to the game value number reaching state;
a pre-arrival notification that prompts the counting operation in response to the stored value of the game value reaching a third specific value that is smaller than the second specific value;
A game value number clear notification in response to the clear operation;
A stop notification in response to a transition to a stop state of the game;
It is possible to execute
The game value number reaching notification is,
The clearing operation can be released after the clearing operation is detected,
The pre-arrival notification is
The clearing operation can be released after the clearing operation is detected,
A game can be played from the time when the pre-arrival notification is executed until the stored value of the game value reaches the second specific value,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification of the play value number reaching, the notification before reaching, the notification of the limit, and the notification of the play value number clearing are notified in different manners.